1 5-'

i^ibi-arg of lb gluseiim

OF

'i»

COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAJIBRIBGE. MASS.

The gift of ■iid.oU.--
No. :.

1

THE

TEANSACTIONS

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

LONDON.

SECOND SERIES— VOLUME V

ZOOLOGY.

LONDON:

FHINTF.D BV TAYLOK AXD FRANCIS. EF.D LION COURT, FLEET STREET:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSK;
AND BY LONGMANS, GKEEN, AND CO., PATERN0SrKR-]lO\V.

1888-94.

C\\

."b^

CONTENTS.

PART I.— July, 1888.

I. The Morpliolo(j}j of Cyclops and the Belatiuns of the Cojjopoda. By MAiicrs ^.[.

Hartog, B.Sc, 3I.A., F.L.S., Professor of Natural Histonj, Queen's Colle;/)',
Cork. (Plates I.-IV.) page I

PAET II.— July, 1888.

II. Bescriptlon of a neto Genus and Species o/' Pyralida?, recciced from Ike Rer. J. 11.

Soching , from the Kan(jr<( VaUeij, Bunjah, Bnd'ia. By the Bight lion. LoRi>
Walsingham, M.A., F.B.S., F.L.S. (Plate V.) 17

PART III.~May, 188!).

III. The Zoology of the Afghan Belimitation Commission. By J. E. T. Aitghisox,

31. D., CLE., F.B.S., F.L.S., Naturalist attached to the Mission, and Secretary
to the Surgeon-General, Her Ilajesty's Forces, Bengal. (Plates Vl.-XIV., and
two Maps.) 'i'.i

PART n\— May, 1890.

IV. Studies in tlie Ilorphology of the Lepidoptera. — Part I. By W. Hatchett Jacksox,

3£.A., F.L.S. , Bejnity Linacre Professor of Anatomy in the JJniversity of Oxford.
(Plates XV.-XIX.) It,",

PART v.— August, 1890.

Y. The External Morphology of the Lepidopterous Pupa : its Relation to that of the
other Stages and to the Origin and History of 3Ietamorphosis. — Parts [.-III.
By Edward B. Poulton, 31. A., F.R.S., F.L.S. , of Kehle and Jesus Colleges,
Oxford. (Plates XX. & XXI.) 187

r

I IV J

PAUT VI.— Jaxuahy, 1891.

e

VI. On the ^lorpholotjii of the GaUinacecc. By W. Kitchen' Pahkei:, F.E.S., F.L.S.,
late Huutertan Trqfcssor of Comparoilve Auaiomy aitd Tlnjaloloyy. Boyul Colley
of Sia-f/eoiis. (Plates XXII.-XXV.) page 21:^.

PART A'II.~May, 1891.

VII. Tl/e E.ricn/al Morjiholoyy of the Lepidopterons Fnjjo : lis Itelation to that of the
other Stages and to the Oriym and nistorij of Metamorphosis. — Parts IV. & V. By
Edwakd B. Poulton, M.A., F.li.S., F.L.S., of Keble and Jes/rs Colleges, Ojcford.
(Plates XXVI. & XXVII.) 24.",

PART VIII.— September, 1892.

VIII. The Decelopnienl of the Sead of tlie Imago of Cliiroiiomus. By L. C. Mial!,,
F.B.S., F.L.S., Frof'ssor of Biology in the Yorkshire College, Leeds, and A. Jl.
Hammond, F.B.S. (Plates XXVIIL-XXXI.) 265

PART IX.— November, 1892.

IX. On the Variations in the Fiten/al Anatomy of the Gaiiiasiiia% especially in that of
the Genital Organs, and on their Mode of Coition. By A. D. Michael. F.L.S.,
F.Z.S., F.B.M.S. (Plates XXXII.-XXXV.) 281

PART X.— May, 1893.

X. A Contribution to Indian Carcinotogy. By J. II. Henderson, M.B., F.L.S., Fellow
of the Unifcrsity of Madras, Professor oj' Biology in the Mad /-as Ch/'istian College.
(Plates XXXVI. -XL.) . 325

PART XL— February, 189L
Titlepagc, Contents, and Index 459

TRANSACTIONS

01"

THE L I N N E A N SOCIETY.

I. Tlie Ilorphology of Cyclops and the Relations of the Copepoda. By Marcus M.

Haetog, D.Sc, 31. a., F.L.S., Professor of Natural History, Queen's College,

Cork.

Bead 19th June, 1884.

(Plates I.-IV.)

Contents : — Introductory. Methods. Segmentation of Body and Appendages, and Voluntary Mus-
cular System. Histology of the Integument. Coelom and its Connective and Muscular Tissues. Digestive
System (including Respiration and Circulation). Kidney. Nervous System and Sense-organs. Repro-
ductive System. The position of the Copepoda in the Crustacean phylum.

Introductoey.

This paper was originally intended to convey only tlie new results I had obtained on
certain points in the anatomy of Cyclops ; but at the suggestion of my friend Prof. E.
Eay Lankester I undertook a full anatomical description. This occupies the greater
part of the following pages ; and histological details have throughout been sub-
ordinated to morphological observations. I have also subjoined a discussion on the
position of the Copepoda in the Crustacean phylum.

Unfortunately my work has been carried on at a distance from great libraries, and
many works I should have wished to consult, especially those of Dana, Dohrn, Packard,
and Van Beneden, have been inaccessible to me. The chief memoirs referred to on
the subject will be found in the subjoined footnote* ; and among them those of Claus

* Bated. The British Entomostraca. (Ray Soc.) 1854.

Bradt, G. S. Monograph of British Copepoda. (Ray Soc.) 1878-80.

Claus. Die freilebenden Copopoden, 1863; Crustaeeen-Systems, 1876; "Das Genus Q/cZo^w, u. s. einheimische
Arten," Wiegm. Arch. 1857 : " Weitere Mittheil. lib. d. einli. Cyclopiden," iUd. ; " Beitrage zur Anat. u. Entw.
d. Cyclopiden," Wiegm. Arch. 1858 ; " Ucb. d. Blassen Kolben u. Cylinder a. d. Antcnnen d. Copepoden u. Ostra-
coden,"' Wiirzb. Zeitsoh. 18(50 ; Ban u. Entw. v. Brtmchijnis starjnaUs u. Apus cancri/ormis, 1873 ; Bau u. Organi-
sation d. Polyphemiden, 1877.

GiESBEECHT. Die freilebenden Copepoden d. Kieler Fiihrdre, 1882.

Gktjbek. " Beitr. z. Kenntn. d. Gcnerationsorgane d. freilebenden Copepoden," Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1878.

Gkenachee. Sehorgan d. Arthropoden, 1878.

Haktog. " Nervous System of Cijclops." Proo. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester, 1878 ; " Anal Respiration of the
Copepoda," ibid. 1879 ; " De l"(Eil impair des Crustaccs," Comptes Rendus & Arch, de Zool. Exp. 1882.

Vernet. Observations Anatomiques et Physiologiques s. 1. genre Cyclops, 1871.
SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 1

2 PROF. M. M. HAllTOG ON THE

have been most valuable and suggestive. Zenker's paper, the first serious attempt to
grapple with the internal structure of this group, is full of gross errors of fact and inter-
pretation ; and Vernet, the last student of the genus, having dissected but little, has
added little to our knowledge.

I Avish gratefully to acknowledge much friendly advice from Professors A. Milnes
Marshall and G. S. Brady ; valuable help in preparing sections from Mr. Walter Langton,
Laboratory Assistant at Owens College; and some excellent drawings made by my
friend Mr. J. Macpherson, student in Queen's College, Cork.

For the species my choice has fallen on C. brevicornis, Claus (Das Genus Cijcl. &c.
p. 32, t. iii. figs. 12-17), which I believe to include as a not very distinct variety the
later species C. (jigas, CI. (Weitere Mittheil. p. 207, figs. 1-5) ; to this it is referred by
my friend Prof. G. S. Brady, P.B.S., and my descriptions of the proportions of the
appendages &c. refer to this solely.

The habitat of Cyclops is fresh and brackish water, usually in pools and back-
waters. The species under consideration is fairly abundant, and occurs with other
species, notably C serrulatus, C. coronatns, and C. temiicomis, in gatherings made in the
neighbourhood of London, Birmingham, Manchester, and Cork (where it occurs in both
fresh and brackish water). It is tolerant of captivity, breeding freely in pickle-bottles, &c.j
but usually in time degenerating in size, though often gaining in transparency. It feeds
usually on living animals (e.rj. Rotifers, the youngest of its own species, &c.), but will
eat dead aquatic animals, and, in the absence of other food, browses on algse, of which
its stomach is sometimes full.

To obtain specimens in quantities for stocking-purposes, sweeping with a large muslin
net may be resorted to ; for taking specimens from the jar I use a dipping-tube, much
narrowed above to jii'event recoil, and bevelled below to make entrance more certain ;
"with this it is easy to catch animals resting against the glass of their receptacle, towards
which the bevelled side of the tube is held. The proportion of males to females is very
variable : every gathering has some of each. Males are more abundant in autumn and
winter.

Methods.

Examination of the living specimen is of course for many things absolutely necessary.
In confinement under the cover undue pressure is avoided by putting under a frond or
two of duckweed [Lenina). This arrangement has the advantage that by a push at the
edge of the cover the Cyclops can be rolled over and over to show in turn back, side, or
belly. In this case the legs are usually bent forward, seldom the reverse; but the
position may be arranged, before covering, with a needle under the simple microscope,
the Cyclops usually shamming dead when touched.

Careful management of light and selection of objective are all-important. Points
clearly made out imder a wide illuminating ray and a low-angle objective disappear
under other conditions, and vice versa. I have found the Abbe condensor invaluable
for this work.

For dissection I use French spear-head needles, and w^ork chiefly with a Chevalier's

MOEPIIOLOGT OF CYCLOPS. 3

doublet of 3'" focus. The hard parts are best seen in water after treatment of the fresh
animal with ammonia.

Eor preservation I follow Gieshrecht's method : kill with a few drops of osmic acid
(1 per cent.), decant the liquid Avhen tlie animals are dead and have sunk, wash in fresh
water and replace by alcohols successively of 30, 50, 70, 90 per cent., and absolute, at a])out
ten minutes' interval. The animals are now ready for staining, which may be done by
Mayer's saturated tincture of cochineal in 70 per cent. spirit(after a preliminary immersion
in spirit of that grade), or Kleinenberg's hiiematoxylin, of which I use an old dark sample
thinned with absolute alcohol and filtered*. After staining and removing to absolute
alcoliol tliey can be transferred for dissection to oil of cloves or glycerine by subsidence
(after Gieshrecht's method), or for imbedding to xylol, by adding first a few drops of
xylol, pouring off part of the liquid, and adding xylol and so on till they are in pure
xylol. By adding paraffin little by little to the xylol, keeping the solution just melted,
and replacing by fresh paraffin the imbedding is completed. For arrangement I pour
the paraffin and Cyclops on to a slide wet with glycerine, and then with a hot wire melt
the tiny slab upon the block of paraffin to fit the clamp of the microtome. For fixing
the sections, I have, unfortunately, not succeeded in making the shellac t or the india-
rubber process a certainty, and some of my slides only a few months old mounted with
india-rubber are already showing round pale .spots, a beautifully fenestrate structure in
the rubber film, which interferes with observation. One more word on staining : on the
whole, hasmatoxylin is the better ; but the cochineal runs it close, especially when the
osmic acid has distinctly browned the specimen, the resulting colours varying from
brick-red to chocolate-brown or violet, much like gold chloride. The darker ones are best
for the nervous system, but the nuclei of the other tissues show better in the redder ones :
in glycerine this colour washes out greatly, especially if the tinge be of the redder grade.
Gold chloride I have used with moderate success, owing to the tendency of the soft
structures to shrink from the cuticle, and have been hence unable to use picric acid or
borax-carmine ; but for the rapid staining, under the cover, of dissections of specimens
freshly killed with osmic acid, I have found diluted glycerine and picrocarmiuc a
useful medium.

Genus CYCLOPS, O. F. Miiller.
Inner maxillipeds not markedly subchelate (fresh water).

Species Cyclops brevicornis, Glaus.

Antennulcs of female l7-jointed, comparatively short and blunt, not extending beyond
its free thoracic segment; 5th thoracic foot 2-joiuted, bearing 2 plumes and a short tooth ;
size 2'5-55 millim.

Claus gives the size of Cyclops bi-evicornis as 3-5 millim., of C. (jUjas 5-5 ; Brady gives
C. gigas as 2'7 millim. I have found it vary from 2-5 to 3'S millim.

* In all work with alcoholic stains I make a point of immersing tho specimen in alcohol of the same grade as
the solvent, both before and after staining, to avoid all chance of precipitation.

t At least half my attempts with shellac have resulted in tho scattering of the sections, or else in a spottiness of
the shellac. [I have since devised a successful improvement on the sheUac method. — June 1887.]

1*

4 PROF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

Segmentation of Body anb Appendages, and Yoluntary Muscular, System.

The body of Cyclops is somewliat pear-shaped, i. e. ovoid in front, narrowed, cylin-
drical behind (PI. II. figs. 1 & 2). It is obviously thus divided into a fore body or cephalo-
thorax and a hind body or abdomen, but the boundary is not easy to fix. Before a detailed
description, I will run over the chief points. The cephalon bears five pairs of appendages :
antennules, antenna3, mandibles, maxilkc, maxillipeds. Dorsally it forms one continuous
piece fused with the first thoracic tergum to form the carapace, but ventrally the first
thoracic segment is distinct. Then follow four free thoracic segments, growing smaller
and smaller, the last, indeed, being smallest anteriorly, so that the joint between the fore
and hind body is in front of it. All these segments of the cephalothorax are convexo-
plane, the dorsal convex side being prolonged into pleura;. The remaining five segments
are cylindroidal and lack pleurse, and the first is vmited with the second in the adult
female, so that these five have been taken collectively as the abdomen. Bu.t the first
has in both sexes a pair of appendages, reduced, it is true, to the condition of genital
valves, and should, therefore be ascribed to the thorax, if we wish to be consistent in
our nomenclature of the Crustacea ; and I shall accordingly regard this as the last or
sixth thoracic segment. We have, then, a cephalon bearing five pairs of appendages, a
thorax of six segments, the first united dorsally with the cephalon, the last (in the
female) with the abdomen, and four abdominal segments, the last bearing tlie paired
f ureal processes, in all fifteen segments.

The next subject before us is the full description of this body, its appendages, and
muscles ; for describing them together is a more intelligible plan than relegating the
muscles to another section, which would seem a plan as rational as, in describing a
steam-engine, to make separate articles for the wheels and the rods. In the note below
the terms used for denoting the various processes of the cuticle are defined*.

Cephalothorax. — As stated above, tbis is composed of five distinct pieces dorsally,
seven ventrally ; it forms an ovoid convex above, flattened below, truncate in front, widest
about the posterior end of the cephalon proper, narrowed behind the end of the fourth
segment ; the fifth is almost triangular, with the base posterior, and the sixth squarish.

* For brevity I use the following terms for outgrowths of the cuticle : —

Setce — the finest, flexible, cuticular prominences into which no hypoderm can be seen to extend. These may be
inserted singly in small circular pits, in which case I term them " circumvcdlate seta'."

l^eeih— coarse, simple, rigid prominences, usually pointed, containing or not processes of hypoderm.

Spines — much elongated teeth, usually articulate at base, with a distinct core of hypoderm.

Hoohs — spines curved at end.

Sc(U'«^flattened spines serrated on one or both edges.

Hairs — flexible processes containing a core of hypoderm, and often punctate, probably owing to an incompletely
articulate structure.

Plumes — hairs fringed with fine setfe ; " pinnate," when the seta> are confined to two opposite sides.

Lancets — pale flattened hairs, shaped like the blade of a knife ; inserted by a constricted, filiform, dark-bordered
staUi.

MOEPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 5

The carapace, from the region of the antenntc backAvard, and all the thoracic segments
but tlic sixth, have each distinct pleura prolonged behind downwards and backwards into
auricles, most marked and acute in the fifth (fourth free) thoracic segment. In front the
carapace or tergum of the cephalon and first thoracic segment is continued downwards
into a blunt narrow ventral rostrum, separated from an oblong epistoma by a narrow
vertical cleft (notadnate as often stated). Just above the rostrum on each side, in front
of and above the sockets for the antennules, are the nearly circular, smooth, flattened
corneal facets (PI. II. fig. 7), between which, on the anterior end of the carapace, are a
few symmetrically placed circumvallate setae, probably representing the frontal organ.

The sternal region (PL II. fig. 3) is much more diversified. In the cephalon we may
distinguish the median region from the lateral areas occupied by the sockets for the limbs.

The antennulary sockets are almost lateral to the rostrum. . Between the antennules
is a narrow ridge, the epistoma (PL III. figs. 1, 4, 6), acute and V-shaped in section in
front, becoming broad and bilobed behind, extending more and more downwards, and
passing into the broad labrum.

The mouth (PL III. figs. 4, 6) is a squarish opening between the two mandibles,
bounded in front by the labrum, behind by a transverse prneoral bar, continuous with
the thickened socket of the mandible. From the sides of this bar spring the two
paragnathpB, or lobes of the "metastoma" of Huxley, which underlie the shafts of the
mandibles, and form practically a floor to the mouth. All these parts will be described
more fully in connection with the digestive apparatus. For the rest of the cephalon this
median part of the sternal region is broad and flattened.

Laterally two sinuous " arthrodial ridges " (PL I. fig. 14) are formed on each side,
strongly chitinized. On each side, the inner and outer ridge have the concavities of their
sinuosities facing to form sockets for the appendages, while transverse processes bound
these sockets in front and behind ; but the only socket where they meet to form a complete
bar is that for the antenna {at") small and rounded. The others are incomplete in front
and behind, and that of the two maxillipeds is incompletely separated by a process from
the bar which joins the inner and outer arthrodial ridges behind them. The inner ridge
is, indeed, incomplete at the anterior side of the socket of the outer maxilliped, probably
owing to the inward and upward prolongation of the posterior inner angle into a
hollow, flattened, boot-shaped, postmaxillary apodeme {ap.'pm.), with the " foot '
projecting forwards and inwards and the " heel " backwards and outwards.

This postmaxillary apodeme* gives attachment to the great flexor muscles of the trunk
in all the Copepoda I have examined.

The free entosternite (PL I. fig. 15) is a small plate in the middle line of the maxillary
region, flattened and concave from side to side on its upper surface ; its lower surface is pro-
duced to an edge, right and left of the middle ; its anterior edge is concave, and the pos-
terior convex, so that it forms a segment of a ring; to the outer third of its posterior edge
is inserted a strong muscle connecting it with the postmaxillary apodeme— the retractors
of the entosternite ; between these it is produced into a median plate with its hinder

* Lankester considers apodemata -with a hollow opening to the free surface of the bofly as an Araclmoid character.
" Limulas an Arachnid," in Q. J. M. S., 1S82.

6 PROF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

edge convex and also parallel to the anterior edge. At each side it gives attachment
to a muscle springing from near the top of the carapace, the suspensoi" of the entosternite
(PI. III. fig. 5, m.s.eiit.). The anterior part of the stomach rests on the upper face
of the entosternite and may readily be confounded with it in sections. This entosternite
is common to all the Copepoda I have examined. In Ostracods and Cladoceva it also
occurs, and its suspensors become the adductors of the shell. Prof. Lankester writes to
me that he has found it in Falmmon, and Apns.

The description of the anterior thoracic region (PI. II. figs. 3, 4, 5, 6) which I am
about to give diflPers greatly from that of previous observers, for the reason that Zenker's
original account was so completely erroneous that the partial corrections made by
others have only left the matter perplexed.

The peculiarity consists in this : the two sockets for the limbs are oblong holes, each
extending about two-fifths of the width of the sternum from its outer edge ; they are
united across the middle line by a narrower slit in which works a transverse median
plate, whose internal cavity opens above into the coelom and at each side into the cavity
of the coxopodite of the limb (PL I. fig. 10) ; it is not merely united thereto, as Clans says,
by interlocking processes. The anterior face of this plate is marked by a longitudinal
half-cylindrical ridge at each outer side ; the posterior face bears halfway up a transverse
row of teeth. The posterior lamella of the plate bends back directly to the sternal integu-
ment ; but the anterior lamella is produced up into a / ^\ -shaped plate, projecting
into the body, but giving no attachment to muscles.

Zenker called this a " Bauchwirbel," or abdominal vertebra*, in complete misapprehen-
sion of its structure and functions ; and subsequent observers have retained the name.

A convenient designation is that of coupler. It is certainly a downgrowth process of
the sternite, and not, as suggested by Lankester t, a coalescence of the bases of the appen-
dages themselves.

In front of the middle of each coupler is a median, oblong, peg-like ridge on the
sternite, pointed in front, where it fits into a notch in the segment in front. The pos-
terior part of each sternite forms a somewhat pentagonal plate with its (notched) apex
posterior, and a short bifid plate-like projection from the postero-lateral edge ; from the
postero-lateral angle a rod-like thickening runs up obliquely outwards and forwards to a
little behind the middle of the posterior edge of the socket of the oar-foot. Two
unthickened membranes run in, like transverse slits, behind the rod, but do not meet on
the middle line.

The socket for the limb is wider than the coxa from before backwards, especially at
the outer side, enabling it not merely to be flexed +, but also drawn backwards, recalling
the sliding-seat mechanism of the modern racing-boat. The anterior edge of the arthrodial
cavities is fringed with fine teeth. Except for these structures, the sternal region of the
thorax appears to be soft and pliable.

* He described internal processes supportiug the nerve-cord,
t " Limulus au Arachnid," Quart. Jouru. Microsc. Sci. 1881, p. 633.

J I use the terms flexion and extension dift'erently in different parts. In the thoracic limb flexion means motion-
upwards and backwards.

MOEPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS, 7

The first sternite is the longest from before backwards. The fourth has no pentagonal
plate, but only a ring behind the insertion of the limb, and sends up a pair of short lateral
apodemes for the partial insertion of part of the great pectoral flexors of the body.

In the fifth thoracic segment the sternal thickenings are simply a succession of rings
incomplete dorsally, of which the last (possibly belonging to the sixth segment) sends in a
strong median process for the insertion of the chief pectoral flexors of the body.

The five succeeding segments narrow gradually ; each is uearlj'^ cylindrical and over-
laps its successor. The last thoracic segment is much swollen ventrally in both sexes,
containing the veslcula: seminales or the anterior part of the spermatheca, as the case
may be ; in the female it is united with the first tru.e abdominal segment.

The proper abdominal segments have their posterior overlapping edge fringed with
teeth, sharp and elongated in the last at the base of the furca. I give the formula of
the relative lengths of the segments, furca (/), and caudal setae {s) —
th. vi. abfl. i. ii. iii. iv. /. s.

11 10 5 4 4 14 52

th. vi + abrl. i. ii. iii. iv. /. s.

male.

24. !) 8 7 20 (J6

female.

The unit of these measurements =1,-5 mm.

The upper surface of the posterior half of the last abdominal segment is excavated,
with the adjoining parts of the furca, into a squarish supra-anal cavity, into which the
anus opens as a longitu.dinal cleft. Over this the tergum is prolonged as a semicircular
plate, called by Glaus " Af terklappe," but which is immovable and should rather be termed
"Afterdecke." Elsewhere * I have called this the sujyra-cmal plate (PI. III. fig. 2), and shown
that it is equivalent to that part of the telson of the Decapoda which projects beyond the
anus, while the furcal lobes exist, even in the Astacinae, as little, oblong, setose, retral pro-
cesses. The furcal processes I regard as equivalent, if not to limbs, to the paired outgrowths
of tlie body that develop elsewhere into limbsf ; if they have no muscles, it is because their
position on a terminal segment makes them unnecessary. I should not be surprised to find
them movable, with proper muscles, in some member of this group. A small crown of
teeth surrounds the distal end of the furcal process. The process is setose on its inner side,
and bears on its dorsal surface a flexible plume, about one third its length from its distal
end, and a similar one at its outer side. At the end are four long pointed spines with (hori-
zontal) pinnately attached setiE. Of these spines the outermost is the shortest, the inner
twice as long (longer than the furca), the second outermost six times as long, and the
second innermost seven and a half times as long, nearly as long as the after-body and
furca together. Both of these long plumes are articulated by an iitternal thinning of
their cuticle a little above their base.

This is a convenient place for a list of measurements of two adult specimens, male
and female J.

* British Association Report, 1882.

t In development they agree with limbs. They do not exist in the youngest Nauplius, but after the first moult
appear as distinctly ventral outgrowths.

X The specimens from which these measurements were taken were confined with as little pressure as possible to
avoid distortion, and I do not thLuk that the width is much exaggerated, if at all.

8 PEOF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

Male. Female.

Length of carapace 505 /^ 726 /a

Length from I'ostrum to end of thor. V. . 863 ju. 1242 /u,

Length from tlior. vi. to abd. iv. inclusive 1 oqq r^o

(hind body excluding furca) .... J ^ ^

Length of furca 126 /j. 210 fx

Longest furcal spine (taken between two") p-,q j,r,Q

transverse parallels) J ~

Total length 1946 /^ 2726 /a

Greatest width 484 /x 684 /i

Width: length 10:40 10:39

The proper trunk-muscles are not very complicated; they fall into two groups,
extensors and flexors. In the fore body, the great extensors of the body form two
symmetrical groups taking origin at the anterior lateral portion of the carapace (below
and external to the muscles of the antennules and antennoe) and are attached chiefly to
the anterior edges of the third and partly the fourth thoracic segment. Mediad of these
a series of small extensors form V's with the apex backwards, running from the anterior
edges of the third, fourth, and fifth segments to those in front of them, the muscles
running over most segments being external. Two pairs of these extensors go from the
dorsal region of the carapace to the second (first free) thoracic segment — one anterior
starting from just above the great extensors ; the other internal and posterior from
about the level of the maxillipeds.

The great flexors (PL II. figs. 4 & 5) take origin on the upper edge of the " leg" and
posterior edge of the " foot " of the postmaxillary apodeme, and converge with inter-
segmental tendinous intersections on the ventral surface (which, however, do not extend
through the whole thickness of the muscle), and are inserted partly into a pair of apo-
demes on the sternal region of the fourth thoracic segment, near the middle line and
postei'ior to the limbs ; but their chief insertion is into a median peg-like apodeme on
the incomplete sternal ring of chitin forming the hinder limit of the fifth (or anterior
detached piece of the sixth ?) segment ; while the outer part of these flexors appears to
become continuous with those of the abdomen.

In the hind body the mitscles are divided into four groups, two suj)ero-la(eral and two
infero-lateral, the uppermost of the former group acting as extensors, and the lowermost
of the latter as flexors. Here all the muscles are parallel, and the nearer the middle
line the shorter their course, just as in the dorsal thoracic region. No muscles extend to
the furca.

A series of short pleural muscles connect the two walls of the pleura together,
especially visible in transverse sections of the carapace. The other body-muscles belong
either to the limbs or to the visceral system, and will be described with them.

The paired apjjendages are confined to the cephalothorax (unless we regard the furcal
processes as such) and are eleven in number : antennules, antenna?, mandibles, maxillae
of first pair, maxillse of second pair (of which the rami are discrete to the very base, so
that they are conveniently and commonly described as outer and inner, or anterior and
posterior maxillipeds), four pairs of oar-feet, and two pairs of rudlmentarij feet, the
hinder of which serve the purpose of genital valves. The only sexual differences to be
noted are in the antennules and the genital valves.

MOEPHOLOGY OP CYCLOPS. 9

I. Antennule or first antenna * (Pi. I. figs. 1, 2). — This is differently formed iu the
two sexes, in both acting as a strong oar, but in the male acting also as a clasper and
correspondingly complicated. In the female the preaxial edge is convex to the extensor
edge, while the reverse holds for the male. Chiefly on the preaxial and ventral edges
in both are borne hairs and spines, partly olfactory iu function, partly plumes iu-
ci'easing the swimming-surface. There are 17 segments in both sexes of this species,
and its total length in the female is about as long as the cephalothorax and first thoracic
segment, but may not extend beyond the carapace.

Female (PI. I. fig. 1). — 1st joint oblong falciform, 5 preaxial, 3 ventral plumes.

2nd annular, 2 preaxial, 2 ventral plumes.

3rd annular shorter, 1 preaxial, 1 ventral plume.

4th shortly cylindrical, 4 preaxial, 2 ventral plumes.

5th smaller in all dimensions, shortly cylindrical, 2 preaxial pi. and 1 hair, 1 dorsal plume.

6th annular, 1 preaxial plume, 1 hair.

7th cylindrical, 1 preax. olf. hair, 1 ventral plume.

8th and 9th annular, conical (distal ends expanded), each with 1 preaxial plume.

10th broadly annular, 1 preaxial plume.

11th broadly annular, no plume.

12th truncate, conical, dilated distally, 1 preaxial plume, 1 olfactory lancet.

13th shortly cylindrical, no plumes.

14th „ „ 1 ventral plume.

15th cylindrical, conical, dilated distally, 1 preaxial, 1 postaxial plume.

16th „ „ „ 2 preaxial, 1 postaxial plumes.

17th, elongated cylindrical, slightly dilated distally, ending in an obtuse knob, 1 post-
axial plume halfway up, and a wreath round apex of 5 plumes, a (preaxial) pale hair,
a hooked hair, and an olfactory (with a dark-bordered shaft and a long taper apex) .

The following table gives the relative lengths of the separate segments of the female
antennule: —

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
25 4 3 11 8 4 10 4 4 5 6 7 5 6 9 11 14

'Y:he proper muscles are as follows : — Extensors. (1) Short extensors : a group of three arising together
on the preaxial side of the basal joint ; the most proximal and postaxial inserted at the base of the 2nd
joint; the next with a partial insertion at the base of the 2ud, and a full insertion at the base of the 5th,
the third, most preaxial, running with intersections or partial insertions with the two former to its proper
insertion iu the base of the 8th joint. (2) Lonr/ extensor : origin behind the former; insertion into base
of 17th joint. Flexor : a muscular slip running from postaxial side of 1st to base of last joint.

Male (PI. I. fig. 2). — Divided into 3 distinct folding segments by special joints so as to serve as
clasper, and jointed by a ball-and-socket with a basal segment ; these will be noticed
after detailed consideration of the joints.

1st joint elongated, constricted at base, convex on anterior surface, which bears 4 short
plumes and 2 long ones; lateral face with three olfactory lancets (the 3rd "lancet"
with one of the long plumes is really on the distal arthrodial membrane).

2nd joint shortly cylindrical, 2 short plumes.

3rd ,, short, annular, 1 long and 1 short plume (att. of basal extensors).

* A consideration of the morphology of these and the next pair of appendages is deferred to the section on the
nervous system.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V, 2

10

PROF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

with the iuterarthrodial membranes as long as the segments;
' plumes very long, olfactory lancet on 4th.

<

<

<

4th joint short annular, '

5th „ ,; ,

6th „ „ , ^

7th „ obliquely truncated, annular, conical, longest on extero-dorsal side, overlapping

8th, especially on outer side.
8th joint similar to 7th but longer, overlapping 9th segment.
9th „ a narrow ring bearing on inner (anterior) edge an olfactory lancet.
10th „ almost bell-shaped, its produced distal margin overlapping the next on all sides,
especially veutrally and anteriorly ; 1 short plume.
These constitute the basal segment.
11th joint short, cylindrical, expanding distally, convex postaxially, concave preaxially,

bears on a projecting ridge at preaxial flexor edge a plume and hook, serrated at base.
12th joint annular, bears on preaxial edge a plume, a hook serrated at base, and a short spine.
13th „ annular, bears a short olfactory lancet, and a small slender hooked spine.
14th „ cylindrical, tapering distally, excavated on the preaxial side, distally for the
reception of the 15th segment, and bearing on its preaxial side a short process, which
gives off proximally and distally a strong spine, resembling together those vegetable
hairs known as " medifixi " or " malpighiaceous."
These constitute the first segment of the clasper.
' 15th joint an elongated sclerite, practically undeveloped on the postaxial side, strongly convex,
bulging out preaxially and, as it were, let in between the 14th and 16th segments (lying
chiefly in the former in flexion), and produced at each end into an apodeme.
16th joint elongated cylindrical-falciform, convex on its postaxial edge and bearing a long
plume ; preaxially bearing 2 stout " medifixed spines,'^ a proximal and a distal, bearing
on the apex of the 15th and the base of the 17th joints respectively.
These form the second segment of the clasper.
17th joint elongated bluntly falciform, with a strong basal convexity on the preaxial side
underlying the spine of the 16th segment, and showing a slight indication of division
about its middle ; bearing on its postaxial side 6 plumes and a tuft of about 3 round its
apex, among these hairs one or two are pale*. This forms the last segment of the clasper.

L

Many segments have little angular processes both dorsally and ventrally near the post-
axial side, at their distal ends, articulating with corresponding notches on the adjoining
segments, and forming hinges limiting extension. Thus constituted, the male antennule
is a powerful clasper, formed of four consecutive pieces ; the basal extending to the 9th
and 10th joints, and having there a practically ball-and-socket motion, owing to the way
7 and 8 overlap 9, and 10 overlaps 11 ; the second piece extends from 11 to 14 inclusive,
and with the next piece forms the clasper proper ; 15 is simply a hinge by which 16 flexes
on 14, and 17 alone constitutes the last piece, flexing on 16 and lying on its dorsal surface.
All the joints flex in the same direction — preaxially.

Proper Muscles. — 1. Basal group : (1) a long basal extensor originating in the outer part
of socket inserted on extensor edge of base of 4th joint ; (2) a short basal extensor origi-
nating on flexor side of base of 1st joint, crossing over and inserted with the former ;

* Claus describes the pale hairs as encliTig with a dark-coloured ring, like the hairs of the antennule of Baphnta.
In the Bpecimen before me one is ringed at the apex, that of the fellow antennule is not.

MORPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 11

(3) a short basal flexor, originating in base of first joint just distal to last muscle and
inserted on flexor side of second joint.

2. Muscles acting on 9th-13th joints : a fine muscle extending from tbe insertion of
basal extensors to the flexor side of 9th joint ; part at least being contimied to the base of
13 on its extensor side must be an extensor of the 13th joint. A pair of slips from the
flexor edges of 2 and 3 inserted on the flexor side of 9.

3. Flexor of the clasping-joint : a great thick-bellied muscle, taking origin in 9 and
inserted in apodeme of 15, which acts, indeed, as a tendon by its ventral insertion lying
inside 14 (which is exceptional, for, as a rule, the proximal segment of an appendage
overlaps the distal).

4. Plexor of last piece : origin on extensor side of 16, insertion into flexor proximal
edge of 17.

The noteworthy points are these : the 15th segment acts purely as a sesamoid in the
flexor of the 15tli segment, changing the direction to make the pull more direct : in
flexion it lies almost entirely inside 14. An extraordinary mechanical device is the " lock-
spring" arrangement for extension of the IGth and i7tli segments, and possibly of tlie
13th. Both the 14th and 16th segments have on their flexor edges short processes bearing
a horizontal medifixed spine like the ' pili mcdjnr/heacearum ' of botanists. The ends of
the spines lie on the two adjoining segments in each case, which, indeed, are tumid and
convex (the 13th only slightly so), so that in flexion the spines are forced over them,
and when the muscles relax their elasticity determines extension. The hooked and ser-
rated spines on the llth-14th segments must help to tighten the hold on the female.

This pair of appendages is, in both sexes, acted on as a whole by extrinsic muscles,
inserted into the proximal end of its basal joint, running obliquely upwards and backwards
to the sides of the carapace. These are a double extensor, nearly vertical, pulling the
antennule forward, a double shoi'i flexor taking origin just a little further back, and a
double long flexor running obliquely upwards and backwards internal to the other extrinsic
muscles of the cephalic appendages, to be inserted at the upper lateral part of the cara-
pace in the region of the maxillipeds. (This muscle consists distinctly of two great
fascicles, one in front of the other, but I cannot make out distinct insertions.) This might
be regarded as lending some support to the view that the carapace is formed in part by
a backward extension of the cephalic region ; but mechanical advantage may have
determined the gradual backward shifting of the insertion. This pair of appendages is
innervated from the postero-lateral region of the brain.

II. Antenna projjer (PL I. fig. 3), clinging antenna or second antenna: 4-jointcd,
flexor, postaxial or outer or hinder edge serrated with fine teeth along its whole length.

Basal joint oblong, concave externally, convex internally, bears at distal end on
extensor side two flexible hairs sparsely setose; on flexor side, on a distinct bat slight
prominence, a long flexible hair as long as rest of limb, fringed abundantly with coarse
almost tooth-like setae, probably equivalent to the exopodite or palp found here in some
other families of the Copepoda.

Second joint shortest of all, hinged to allow limited extension and flexion ; cylindrical,
bears a thinly fringed plume halfway up extensor edge.

2*

12 PEOF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

Third joint longer, cylindrical, widening distally, with greater range of extension and
flexion ; on extensor ridge are in succession a plume and five hooked spines, getting
larger distally, and three others lie at extensor side of distal end.

Fourth joint narrower, slender, oblong, hears seven hooks of various sizes, and round
apex inserted into a thin chitinous membrane, forming the apex of the limb.

Proper Muscles of the Antenna. — Flexor, origin doubtful ; insertion on flexor side of
base of second joint. Extensor of third joint, from base of second to base of third joint.
Detaching muscles : one taking origin about the middle of the basal joint, going to the
insertion of the three terminal hooks of the third joint ; another, stouter, taking origin
a little beyond the last, and ending in the membrane forming the distal end of the limb,
on which are inserted the seven hooks. The action of these muscles must be to detach
the hooks and release the animal for purposes of chase or safety.

JExtrinsic Muscles of the Antenna. — At least four take origin near the top of the
carapace, two extensors, and two flexors, both sets inclining backwards. A fifth muscle
springs from the free entosternite. The innervation of tliis limb is from the circum-
03sophageal cord, a point discussed below.

III. Mandible (PI. I. figs. 4, 4«; PL III. fig. G). — Inserted by a squarish base,
having the form of an oblong block, excavated, as it were, on the posterior ventral
side to form a long falciform process, the shaft, flattened from before backwards ; at its
end it expands into a cutting-blade divided into strong teeth, and bearing at its dorsal
edge a short blunt hair bearing a unilateral (ventral) fringe of fine short setae, and
presumably tactile or gustatory. Palp a short knob on the antero-ventral side of the
basal block, bearing a fine hair, two long plumes as long as the carapace, turned back,
and usually lying in the subpleural space.

The shafts, which are underlain by the paragnathaB of their respective sides, curve not
only forwards but upwards, so that the two overlapping and interlocking blades lie
actually in the gullet ; and even in extreme abduction they never leave the oral cavity.

Correlated with the rudimentary palp and want of joints, the mandible lacks com-
pletely all proper muscles except a single slip running to the palp.

Extrinsic Muscles of Mandible. — Long adductor from near top of carapace to inner
edge of base, with an external slip continued to the palp.

Short adductor from side of carapace to same insertion as long adductor.

Long abductor originating in front of the long adductor, and passing in front of short
abductors to be inserted on outer edge of base.

Short abductors, two strong muscles from free entosternite, inserted on outer side of
base, just distal to long abductor.

IV. Maxilla of the first pair or Maxilla proper (PL I. figs. 5, 5 a). — A two-jointed
limb, with a rudimentary biramous palp on the lower joint.

Basal joint ovoid, slightly sigmoid, flattened above downwards at its distal end; ob-
liquely truncated on its inner side for the insertion of the distal joint.

Distal joint triangular, with the apex forwards and inwards, compressed from above
downwards, outer edge convex, prolonged at apex into a strong falciform tooth, just
below which is a fine plumose hair. Inner border coarsely toothed, some of the teeth

MOEPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 13

again serrated, followed proximally by a conical hair, pale-bordered distally, and a
conical setose plume near the base.

Palp inserted on ventral anterior border of basal joint, just before its distal end ;
squarish and continued into a terminal shorter ramus and a lateral longer ramus
(exopodite ?), both oblong. Basal part bearing a plume on its outer preaxial edge.
Terminal ramus bearing a somewhat falciform saw, serrated only on inner concave edge,
and two rather longer plumes. Lateral ramus bearing three long strongly setose plumes.
The two rami of the palp are not at all articulate, and are what Lankester terms ' inar-
ticulate phyllites.' The maxillae lie turned forwards beneath the paraguathte, which they
usually underlie, and in normal extension do not come far from the body.

Proper Muscles of the Maxilla. — A strong flexor of the distal joint [m. Jlr), taking
origin on the outer side of the basal joint ; an extensor of the distal joint {m. ex.-) takes
origin just beyond this ; and two small muscles run to the base of the palp.

Extrinsic Muscles of the Maxilla (PI. III. fig. 5). — These are of unusual complication,
having origins in the free entosternite, the postmaxillary apodeme, and the dorso-lateral
regions of the carapace. I believe the following is a correct classification by function : —

Long adductor obliquely inwards, downwards, and forwards from latero-dorsal region
of carapace to anterior and inner angle of base.

Short adductor from side of carapace to same insertion.

Long abductor directly downwards and forwards from its insertion near top of carapace
behind long adductor to outer side of base.

Lateral abductor from side of cai-apace to same insertion.

Short abductor from entosternite to same insertion as last.

Flexor (?) from " toe " of postmaxillary apodeme to anterior side of basal joint.

Extensor (?) from same insertion to posterior side. Doubtless the adductors and
abductors also contribute to flexion and extension respectively.

V. Maxilla of second pair, MaxilUped. — The peculiarity of this limb is its division down
to the base into two rami, with distinct extrinsic muscles. Clans figures them correctly
as inserted into a single arthrodial cavity, imperfectly divided by a peg on the posterior
side ; but his interpretation that they are connected by a chitinous bar is erroneous. As
mentioned above, they are completely separate. In Cyclopidce they an; inserted nearly
at the same level, the area for the outer ramus being prolonged inwards anteriorly in
front of the inner ; in many Copepoda this is so exaggerated that the outer is completely
in front of the inner, so that they are often termed anterior and posterior maxillijieds *.
I shall describe these two rami, -each Avith its musculature, as outer and inner maxillipeds
respectively.

Y a. Outer MaxilUped (PI. I. fig. 6). — Basal joint elongated and strong; at base of
trapezoidal section the anterior side longer than the posterior ; above rather narrowed
and compressed from before and without ; marked about one third its length up by a
transverse interruption of its thickened cuticle to form an imperfect joint; outer

* Van Beneden, according to Gerstiicker, regards them as distinct limbs (Bronn's ' Thierreieh,' Bd. v. Abtli. 1).

14 PEOF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

(posterior) edge arched, inner concave up to the false articulation, below which it bears
a stumpy 2)alj)ifo7'm process, with two setose plumes ; above bearing a tapering setose
plume, and then trending obliquely back to the end of the joint. Posterior edge of
base prolonged obliquely inwards and forwards towards the opposite side into a foot-like
proper apodeme. The nephridium opens near the base of this joint on its posterior inner
face.

Second joint developed only on the anterior inner edge and, as it were, let in between
the first and third ; j)rolonged inwards like a sort of finger, bearing a terminal strong
spine twice its length, fringed with a few coarse setae, and a much shorter spine, curved,
and lying on the distal edge of the former.

Third joint flattened, oblong, bent inwards at an obtuse angle, the first produced at
its inner anterior edge into a process ending in a falciform spine, bearing on its con-
cave (upper) edge, a little below its end, a row of setiform teeth ending in a larger one ;
facing the concavity of the spine is jointed another, tapering and pinnate, with coarse
setae in its lowest two thirds, and just at the junction of the two, on the inner side, is a
fine hair.

Fourth joint inserted just at the base of the introrse process of the last ; it is squarish,
and bears at its distal end, on the inner side, a fine cm'ved hair, a strong, smooth,
somewhat falciform acute spine, fringed on its concavity, near the base, with a few setse.

Fifth joint a mere knob at the end of the last, but, as we shall see, with distinct
extensor and flexor muscles of its own ; it bears two strong falciform spines, toothed on
the concave upper side {i. e. towards the body). The several spines being all on the
anterior inner side, and capable of apjiroximation by the muscles acting on the joints
that bear them, convert the limb into a prehensile member, justly termed " hand " by
Jurine.

Froper Muscles of the Outer Maxilliped. — Extensor of the false joint originating on
the carapace (with the extensor abductor of the limb external to which it lies), inserted
into the limb on its extensor side, just beyond the false joint.

Muscles of the palpiform jyrocess : extensor from proper apodeme, flexor from top of
carapace (internal to extensor abductor).

Muscles of second joint : flexor from post-maxillary apodeme, extensor from proper
apodeme ; these muscles run near the flexor side of the limb.

Muscles of third joint : extensor and flexor ; strong-bellied muscles from proper
apodeme to inner and outer proximal margins of third joint.

Muscles of fourth joint: extensor and flexor; two strong slips from base of third to
base of fourth joint.

Muscles of ffth joint: extensor and flexor; two small slips from same origin as last
two, and running between them and through fourth joint to base of fifth.

Extrinsic Muscles of Outer Maxilliped. — Long flexor-adductor. A broad fan-shaped
muscle, converging upwards from sides of carapace to upper side of basal apodeme.

Second and Third jlexor-adductors, from free entosternite and intermaxillary septum
respectively to proper apodeme.

MOEPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 15

Extensor abductor from near top of carapace, descending posterior to flexors, to be
inserted in proper apodeme at hinder outer part.

In the flexed position the limb comes forward and inward, and the setae of the palpi-
form process pass through the notch of the retracted postoral bar into the mouth. In
fuU extension the limb does not go beyond a right angle with the body.

V6. Inner Maxilliped (PL I. fig. 7.) — This is about equal in length to the first and
half the third joints of the outer. It is less compressed, and is squarish in section at base.

First joint, nearly half the total length, produced inwards, upwards, and forwards at
base into a strong toe-like apodeme, elongated, constricted just above its base, bearing
on its inner face, halfway up, a palpiform process with two setae, a lower one, short and
tapering, and an upper one, distinctly jointed at its insertion, both plumose, with distant
coarse setce ; and above this process the limb bears a similar plume, but shorter and finer.

Second joint elongated, nearly equal to the first; an oblique ridge of teeth runs
from the base obliquely across to the posterior edge at about three fifths its length, and
is continued along that edge to the end of the joint. The anterior edge is ventricose, with
the greatest swelling beyond the middle, bearing a stout tapering spine with a few scat-
tered setse.

Third joint short, almost triangular, Avider behind, its outer angle produced into a
short process, bearing a spine similar to that of the preceding joint, but longer.

Fourth joint a little knob bearing on its anterior edge a spine similar and equal to the
last, and at its apex a hooked spine half the length of the former, and a shorter j^ale
hair.

The Proper Muscles of the Inner Ilaxilliped are as follows : —

A levator of the palpiform process, originating from the postmaxillary apodeme, and
inserted in the inner edge of the limb just beyond the process, depression being effected
by its elasticity.

An extensor and flexor of the second joint, inserted into its base, and originating in the
apodeme of the limb.

An extensor and flexor of the third joint, inserted into its base, and springing from the
base of the second joint.

An extensor and flexor of the fourth joint, inserted into its base, originating with the
last two muscles, and running a little nearer the middle of the limb through the second
and third joints.

These muscles render the limb distinctly prehensile.

Extrinsic Muscles of the Inner Maxilliped : —

An adductor flexor and abductor extensor spring from the sides of the carapace below
and behind those of the outer maxilliped, and are inserted into the basal apodeme of the
limb.

A second adductor springs from the postmaxillary apodeme, and is inserted on the
posterior side of the limb, near its base.

This limb, in flexion, has its distal processes passing into the mouth, and, in extension,
like the outer i"amus, is never more than perpendicular to the body.

16 PROF. M. M. HARTOG- ON THE

VI.-IX. Anterior Thoracic A2ipemlages. Sivimming-Feet, Oar-i^iee^* (PI. I. figs. 8, 9). —
The first four pairs of thoracic appendages are biramovis swimmiug-feet, which have given
the name to the order. They resemble one another in so many points that tlie
description of one is that of all, save in slight details. We shall therefore commence with
the description of the anterior or first thoracic limb. It is flattened from before back-
wards, with a thicker protopodite, composed of a coxopoditc, united across the middle line
with its fellow by a median coupler, and a basipodite ; the latter bears the two rami (eudo-
podite and exopodite).

Coxopoclite transversely oblong, bevelled off at inner angle, where it bears a long-
plume t ; above this, joined to the coupler (curved), distal edge bearing a row of fine
teeth ; another row traverses the middle of the posterior face, and is continued across the
coupler. Its outer edge is fringed with long setoe.

Basipodite oblong, much shorter (from above downwards) than cosopodite, and not
extending inwards beyond the bevel of the latter. Distally it is excavated on the outer
side by a concave bevel for the insertion of the exopodite, external to which is a long
plume, while in the middle of this edge a short process, on which is inserted the endo-
podite between an (internal) plume and an external tooth. The inner edge is rounded at
the angle and finely fringed with setse.

Endopodite. — First joint squarish, convexly tapered at insertion ; distal edge finely
toothed ; inner edge bearing beyond its middle, on a step-like indentation, a long plume,
above which is a strong tooth ; outer edge finely setose, produced at distal angle into a
sharp tooth. Second joint stouter, half elliptical; distal edge finely toothed; inner edge
bearino- on successive step-like processes two plumes, setose, proximal to the first, and
endino- at distal angle in a sharp tooth ; outer edge as in first joint. Third joint elliptical,
truncate at both ends ; distal edge bearing a strong saw between an (internal) plume and
an (external) strong tooth ; inner edge bearing three plumes ; outer finely setose.

Exopodite rather shorter than endopodite, and from its more proximal insertion reach-
ing little beyond the base of its third joint; resembling it in the general form of its
joints, which are, however, broader ; and the third is longer, almost triangular, with the
base proximal.

First joint setose on inner edge, with a single plume at distal angle ; outer edge setose,
with a saw between two teeth (i. e. proximal and distal) at distal angle.

Second joint like first.

Third joint, distal edge bearing two plumes ; inner edge not fringed, bearing two
plumes ; outer edge bearing distally three distant teeth, and in the intervals a saw.

The other three pairs of limbs are similar to the first, but more elongated. The third
is the largest and stoutest, the fourth the most elongated and slender. In the fourth the
internal plume of the basipodite is replaced by a strong tooth, and, as in the second and
third, the fringe along the outer edge of the protopodite is finely serrated instead of being

* I regard tlie oar- feet asjlexed when bent backwards and upwards ; extended wlicu bent forwards.
t All the plumes of the limbs are pinnately setose on the transverse plane only.

MOEPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS.

17

setose. The slight differences in the chitinous appendages of tlie several limbs may be
seen in the following table; the order is from proximal to distal, and from within
outwards.

Table of Differences in the Hairs l^c. home on the respective Oar-feet, in order from proximal to distal,
and from within ouhvards. P = plume; S = saw; T = tootli.

Endopodites.

Inner edge.
Joints.

Outer edge.
Joints.

Apex.

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.

Limb 1 ....
Limb 2 ....
Limb 3 ....
Limb 4 ....

ExOPODITES.

Limb 1 ....

Limb 1'

Limb 3 ....
Limb 4 ....

PT
PT
PT
PT

P
P
P
P

PPT
PPT
PPT
PPT

PT
PT
PT
PT

PPPT

PPPT

PPPT

PP

PP

PPPP

PPPP

PPP

T
T
T
T

TST
TST
TST

TST

T
T
T
T

TST
TST
TST
TST

TP
TP
TP

TP

TSTS
TS

TS
TS

PST

PST

PST

T S S T

PPT

STST

STST

P S T S T

Proper Muscles of the Frotopodite. Inner, middle, and outer extensors of basipodite. —
Three groups of muscles pass from short tendinous origins * on the anterior side of the
base of the coxopodite to the anterior face of the basipodite — an inner group of three
bands, a middle group of three, and a single slip of a single band to the outer angle of
the basipodite; all these three are extensors, the first, and possibly the second, also
adductors, while the third must abduct, and probably restores to place at end of fore stroke.
Internal to the inner group of extensors is the fourth extensor, a very fine slip (showing
exquisite striation in osmic-acid specimens), originating from the apodeme of the posterior
face of the limb, and inserted in the inner angle of the ba.sipoditc.

The flexors of the basipodite. — Two strong muscles, come obliquely across from the
posterior edge towards the inner angle of the coxopodite, to be inserted a little outside
the middle of the base of basipodite on its outer side. These are flexor abductors of the
basipodite, and a third, rather fan-shaped, comes straight down from the junction of the outer
and middle thirds of the base of the coxopodite to the posterior face of the basipodite.

Adductor of the exopodite. — A double slip from the middle of the inner edge of the
basipodite, joined by a third from the middle of its posterior face ; inserted in the inner
angle of the base of the exopodite.

Abductor of the exopodite. — A strong muscle from proximal angle of inner edge of
basipodite running across the joint to be inserted into the outer angle of the exopodite.

Proper Iluscles of Endopodite. — A double slip rises at the base of basipodite and runs
on its anterior face, anterior to the muscles just mentioned, straight to the base of the
2nd and 3rd joints of the endopodite, having an insertion in the inner angle of
each ; this probably adducts these joints and, I believe, flexes them too,

A single slip from the base of basipodite, between two of the middle flexor muscles, I'uns

* Distinct by their paleness in well-stained balsam specimens.
SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 3

18 PEOF. M. M. HARTOG ON THE

inwards and downwards to enter the endopodite and runs along its outer side to the hasal
angle of the 2nd joint; tliis must ahduct, but probably also flexes the joint.

Muscles of Exopodite. — A double slip rises from the outer angle of the base of the
ramus and is inserted into the inner basal angles of the 2nd and 3rd joints of the
exopodite, which it addticts and ^xohdihYj flexes.

Extrinsic Muscles of Oar-feet. — Sets converging like a fan from their insertions on
the sides and top of the tergum of the segment to be inserted at the base of the coxo-
podite, the j)osterior or flexor sets being inserted into the apodeme referred to above.
The motion of the limbs as oars may now be understood ; starting from extension, they
are inclined slightly forward at an angle of about 70° to the body. Then, in flexion,
they are drawn rapidly back so as to lie almost horizontally against the body ; at the same
time by abduction of the basipodite the limbs of the pair are drawn away from the
middle line, while the proper abductor of the exopodite draws it again away from the
inner ramus, so that the grasp of the limb on the water is at its fullest, owing to the
fringes of plumes and saws. In extreme flexion the limb is further drawn back on the
outer side, w^here its socket is, as it were, too big for it, thus producing the sliding-seat
effect mentioned above.

Then the limb is extended ; dviring this the flexors of the rami come into play so as to'
keep them bent with their axes parallel to the body, and at the same time their adductors
come into play, rotating the limb and its rami, which now have their outer edges (fringed
with saAvs and not Avith plumes) turned forw^ards, while their inturned adducted apices
meet on the middle line; thus there is a decided feathering. In extreme extension
a slight abduction takes place and the rami straighten, presumably by the spring action
of their joints, as I have noticed in my dissections that the joints of the rami are
always extended *.

X. Rudimeutary Feet, 1st jMir (5th Thoracic)^ (PL II. figs. 4, 5, 6), at the extreme sides
of the ventral surface,but still not at all lateral. Basal joint squarish, prolonged at outer
angle into a process bearing a long plume ; bevelled at inner angle to bear the distal joint.
Distal joint elongated, cylindrical, about as long as basal joint, bearing on inner edge a
sharp tooth + and tipped by a long plume.

Muscles, an extensor and a flexor attached to the sides of the tergum of its segment.

XL Rttdimcntary Feet, 2nd pair (6th Thoracic). Difi'ering slightly in the two sexes;
in both reduced to an elliptical flap overlying the sexual aperture and forming a valve,
with its distal edge close against the boundary of the next segment.

Female. Best seen in profile position; forms a transverse oval flap stretching one third
of the width of animal from ventral edge ; bears towards outer lower angle two teeth
and a short plume.

Male. Distinctly ventral and approximated, almost united along their anterior edge,

* From Giesbrecht's licautiliil figures it would apjioar that the musculature I have described is typical in the
Copcpoda ; he gives, however, uo description of what he has so carefuUj- drawn.

t In this genus specific cliaracters of great constancy are to be got from this limb.

X I once found, as a monstrosity, this tooth prolonged into a short serrated spine — an approach to its condition in
C. scmdulas.

MOEPHOLOGT OF CYCLOPS. 19

which is crescentic (the convexity anterior) ; posteriorly separated by a median cleft. Each
valve forms a right-angled triangle, with rounded sides and the right angle posterior and
internal ; outer angle slightly produced and hearing three plumes, the innermost coarsest,
the intermediate smallest in every way, the outermost longest.

Muscles of the liudimentari/ Feet. — In the fo/tale these consist of two sets : the one of
a number of slips taking origin near the anterior edge of the segment and converging
like a fan to l)e inserted at a slightly lower level into the base of the limb ; the other,
crossing this obliquely, consists of a few slips taking origin a little ventral to the former,
which it crosses on the inner surface and is inserted on the distal side of the vulvar slit.
The former probably closes the genital valve and would be its depressor. Possibly what
I have described as the attachment of the latter may be its insertion, in which case it
would raise the genital valve by leverage on the proximal end ; or it may rectify the
curve of the spermathecal duct described below*.

In the male a small slip, very difficult to see, runs from the outer side of the segment,
about its middle, obliquely inwards to the ventral wall of the limb, and is doubtless a
lecatov.

Histology of the Integument.

The chitiiwus cuticle forms everywhere an investment to the animal, and is continued
inwards to the mouth, gullet, and fore part of the stomach, into tlie kidneys and into the
rectum. The processes it bears have been already noticed. Its thickness varies greatly,
being at a maximum in the shaft of the mandi1)le and the inner arthrodial ridge, at a mini-
mum in the arthrodial membranes; its consistency varies from complete flexibility to strong
rigidity and brittleness, but it is nowhere calcified. In sections of the inner arthrodial
ridge alone have I seen traces of lamination. It is everywhere underlain by a hypoderm,
except perhaps at the insertions of the muscles, which in some cases, at least (muscles of
the gullet), appear to rest directly on the cuticle. The cuticle is readily traversed by
even dilute acids.

Hijpodevm. — This is composed of polygonal, mostly hexagonal, nucleated cells. In
the living state neither nucleus nor cell-boundary is seen, only a smeai'y-looking vacuo-
lated syncytium, in which, however, the existence of nuclei is readily demonstrated by
drawing a little weak acetic acid (one per cent, or less) under the cover. The oval
nuclei then come cleaidy into view. They have no exceptional features, and like the
connective-tissue nuclei, which they mucli resemble, show, when well stained, a reticulated
structure. The continued action of the acid determines a shrinking of the hypoderm
from the cuticle, as mentioned above. Nuclei are of rare occurrence in hairs and spines.

The only successful demonstration obtained of the boundaries of the hypoderm cells
has been by the action of silver nitrate. For this I wash a few live animals in a filter
with distilled water, put them in distilled water in a watch-glass and add a few drops
of the silver solution (one per cent.) ; after about twenty minvites' I wash in distilled

* We must note that this limb, at the base of which the genital opening is situated, corresponds exactly in this
respect with the sixth limb behind the second maxillie of the female Leptostraca and Malacostraca, a coincidence
found in no other Entomostraca than the Copepoda.

3*

20 PEOF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

water, aud leave them exposed to sunlight for a day or two, transfer through the alcohols
to oil of cloves, and then in some dissections the areas will be found especially visible on
the appendages (PL I. fig. 9). They are very large for the size of the animal.

I would note here that while the cuticle is fairly impervious to stains, it is very readily
traversed by even dilute acids (as well as gold and silver solutions), so that it probably
offers no great impediment to cutaneous respiration. That the hypoderm stains so badly,
as a rule, is comparable to the difficulty witli which the underside of a section or soft
animal lying on glass takes its proper coloration.

A tabular list of the various forms of hair has been given above. In connection
with the skin the following points about moulting are of interest. Before each moult a
collection of connective-tissue cells is seen below the integument, which only disappear
gradually after the moult. The hypoderm is withdrawn from the old hairs ; and the new
hairs (even the long caudal spines) are inverted into the body to be everted at the moult.
At each moult an increase takes place in the number of segments and the joints of the
appendages, especially the antennules ; when the full number is reached no further
moult takes place.. It is probable that even the finest setge and teeth contain a process of
hypoderm, or are at least hollow, for the cuticle of the plume or saw is traversed, in
silver-nitrate specimens, by a dark line at the base of each seta.

Pore-canals and Glands. — These occur regularly in certain parts. They are oval, much
vacuolated cells, with a spheroidal nucleus toward the proximal end, in all cases inclined
obliquely towards the surface, and open distally in a minute slit-shaped pore in the cuticle.
Each receives at its base a nerve-fibre, which passes just before through a bipolar gang-
lion-cell. In some cases I observed in a large vacuole, adjacent if not belonging to a
pore-canal, irregular concretions. These I found at one time constant at the base of the
5th thoracic limb in a collection of males of this species, and regarded as auditory organs*.

The distribution of some of the most obvious is as follows: —

Trunk : 5th thoracic segment, one at base of each appendage, innervated from ganglion
in 4th segment ; 6th thoracic segment, one pair ventro-lateral, internal to genital aperture
(innervated from enlargement on ventral cord close to its bifurcation) ; 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th
abdominal segments each one ventral pair, and (except the fourth) one lateral pair.

Furca : one pair on outer side, opening about one third the way down, and at least
two near distal end, on ventral side.

Swimming-feet : one at the base of each " saw " on the exopodite, opening distally and
anterior to it, and one at the base of each corresj)onding tooth or plume on the endopodite
(PI. I. fig. 9, 1)0.).

Whether these organs are to be regarded as rather nervous or excretory is uncertain.
Similar " glands " are found in many groups of Vermes as well as in Arthropoda.

CCELOM AND ITS CONNECTIVE AND MuSCULAR TISSUES.

The connective tissues of the body form irregular lacunar trabecular, with nuclei
scattered through them. They are so distributed as to form mesenteries to the alimentary
canal and re})roductive organs, aud iu some cases form a sarcolemma to the muscles,

* See also below, iu the accouut of the uervous system.

MORPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 21

AvLieli is at other times entirely absent. My silver specimens have not shown the cell-
limits. In the living state these membranes have a smeary look. Under certain con-
ditions, and especially in young specimens between the moults, and in those specimens
Avhicli, from their load of epiphytic life, I judge to be aged, they are gorged with oil-
globules, especially abundant in t!ie serosa of the back of the stomach. Their colour
varies from straw-colour to bright orange, or else is prussian blue. The curious point
is the usually symmetrical arrangement of these, a globule of either colour being
repeated by a similar one at the opposite side of the middle line. In individuals rich
in globules of the yellower shade I have made out an absorption at the purple end of
the spectrum, but I have not had access to sufficiently high powers to ascertain whether
the globules individually give a distinct absorption siicctrum. (The same blue pigment
occurs sometimes diffused in thehypoderm, especially about the junction of the segments.)

The muscles are all well striated, and show typically every line and space enumerated
by the histologist. They consist, in the adult, exclusively of contractile substance, and
show neither nuclei nor sarcolemma in the adult, though in immature specimens a
nucleated mass of protoplasm remains outside the fibre. As mentioned, they may end in
the cuticle itself, or be inserted in the parietal connective tissue (muscles of stomach
and intestine). In some cases, hovvever, they are inserted by short tendons, into which
their fibrillaj penetrate a short distance. This is best seen, in the living animal, in the
short extensors of the thorax*.

Ccelomic fiuld and Corpuscles. — The ccelomic fluid is colourless; and, indeed, I have
been quite unable to distinguish haemoglobin in any of the tissues. No heart is present
in this group t- The corpuscles are rt/wtpiZ/br;;/, richly vacuolated and granular, with
fine pseudopodia, by means of which they crawl a1)out ; they may be best seen in the
live specimen (supine) in the fourth and fifth thoracic segments, where one rarely fails
to see them crawling over the nerve-cord and nerves, without causing any twinges of the
muscles. For this reason I gave up my first impression of their being parasitic, and I see
that another observer J has found them generally in the Copepoda, and takes the same view
of their nature, for which of course he has priority. In preserved and mounted specimens
they almost elude observation ; Imt when found they present 1-3 small rounded nuclei.
The circulation of the ccelomic fluid is effected by the digestive system, and will be
described below.

Digestive System (including PtESPiUATiox and CiRCUiiATiON).

The (dimentarii canal (PL III. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) begins in a distinct oral cacitij bounded
by the masticatory limbs and other processes ; from this a narrow gullet rises and ends
on the ventral anterior end of the stomach, which is continued back as intestine and rectum
to the uuns. We shall take these in order.

* So far as I know, these counective-tissue terminations to muscles have been universally denied for the muscles
in the Arthropods.

t In the Calaiiido' a heart is present in the dorsal region behind the reproductive gland (/. e. in the first and second
thoracic segments). Like that of Cladocem it is an ovoid sac with lueridionally arranged muscular libres forming
its walls, with a posterior and two lateral venous ostia, and au arterial ostium in front.

t Trie, Zool. Anzeiger, Jahrg. v. lbS2, p. 4US, abstracted Journ. Hoy. Microscopical Society, 1882, p. 778.

22 PEOF. M. M. HAETOG OX THE

The month (PI. I. figs. 12, 13 ; PL III. figs. 1, 4, G, mo.) is bounded by the lahriim iu
front, by il^n postoml bar behind, by the socket and base of the mandibles at the side,
and ventral to them hy the paragnathcs and maxillce, which also in adduction form its
ventral limit.

The labrum (PI. I. figs. 11, 12 ; PI. III. fig. 4) is a broad plate continuous with the epistoma,
inclined backwards and downwards and bevelled at the angles ; its free margin ends in
a row of eight teetli inclined to the median line and larger as they are more external ;
outside each of the external teeth is another, smaller, and then, separated by a short
space, inclined upwards and outwards is another large tooth.

On the anterior aspect, i. e. external, are two longitudinal rounded ridges bearing a
ti'ansverse row of long curved sette turned downwards and forwards, like a moustache,
overhanging the toothed edge. The inner, posterior, or oral face bears just above the
teeth a fine transverse ridge of chitin, some way above which is a median circular pore,
the opening of the saUvurij duct (PI. III. fig. 6, sa. p.). The labrum must be raised to
close the mouth by the action of the anterior divaricators of the gullet, and returns to its
former position by elasticity.

The paragnath(s (PI. I. figs. 12, 13, 14; PI. III. figs. 5, 6,jj^.) (Clans) are two processes
running forwards below the shafts of the mandibles from the jwstoral bar, together with
which they form the " bilobed metastoma" of Huxley. They have a very irregular shape,
as will be seen by the figures ; and either bears on its ventral outer edge a row of fine
setse, internal to this a row of teeth, and one or two isolated teeth, and on its inner
side a transverse plate (pectinate process) flattened from before backwards, and incised into
a number of strong teeth lying behind and parallel with the plates of the mandibles.
The paragnathfB are attached to the outer angles of the postoral bar, where it joins the
inner arthrodial ridge between the sockets of the mandibles and maxillae. This bar is
prolonged inwards and backwards at its middle into a short apodeme, receiving the
insertions of four muscular slips [retractors of the postoral bar) (PL III. figs. 4, 5, m. r.
poh.) which run downwards and forwards from their origin on the lower surface of the
free entosternite, perforating the ventral nerve-cord in two collateral pairs ; this draws
the postoral bar into a V, the result being the approximation of the paragnatha? under
the mouth, and the meeting of their toothed plates ; while adduction is due simply to the
elasticity of the postoral bar. Thus the oral cavity is a hollow wedge with a squarish
base rapidly narrowing above and in front of the gullet, which, Avheu closed, has its
anterior and posterior walls approximated so as to form a slit. The upper parts of the
mouth are covered with transverse rows of very fine, short, close-set seta?, which probably
exist also in the gullet*.

The anterior wall of the mouth contains incomplete semicircular constrictors, transverse
muscular strips (PL III. fig. 6, m. cons. or.). In their intervals are inserted,. by brush-like
diverging ends abutting directly against the cuticle, the anterior apertors of the mouth

* I may note here that food, in Cyclops and tho other members of Ci/clopidcf, and llarpactkidce, is directl)- put into
the mouth bj' the appendages, not whirled in by the vortices they produce (as writers have repeatedly stated), for
the simple reason that they are not capable of producing vortices. The statement is correct as regards Diaptomus and
probably all the Calanidce,

MOKPilOLOGV or CTCLOPS. 23

(i'l. III. fig-, -i), narrow slips, most of them inserted into the junction of the labrum
aucl epistoma ; but the u])permost pair cross the internal divaricators of the lower
liml) of the gullet to be inserted into the upper end of the anterior edge of the
epistome.

The posferio?' apertors of the mouth, are one or two paii'ed slips, from the lower
surface of the entosternite, the chief work being done here by the retractors of the
postoral bar.

The gullet (PI. III. fig. 4, a?.) is a short tube bent at a sharp angle halfway up, so
that it is divided into a lower limh running upwards and forwards, and an upper limb
running upwards and backwards. The lining membrane of the gullet is strongly
chitinized, longitudinally plicate when contracted. It is certainly in parts fringed with
very fine (gustatory ?) setae. Its comtrictors are complete hoops of miiscle.

The anterior dicaricafors of the loiver limh (PL III. fig. 4) are paired slips, originating
in the ventral and anterior edge of the epistoma, and inserted by brush-like ends
abutting against the cuticle ; the posterior divaricators have similar relations at their
insertion into the posterior wall of this limb and converge to their origin on the lower
side of the anterior edge of the entosternite.

The divaricators of the angle of the gullet (PI. III. fig. 4) are a radiating series
of paired muscles inserted between the base of the rostrum and the socket of the
antennule ; between the sockets of the antennules and of the antennte, those of the
antennae and of the mandibles, those of the mandibles and the maxillae, each muscle
consisting of at least two slips ; a strong pair to the angles of the free entosternite ;
and a posterior pair, crossing the posterior divaricators of the lower limb to be inserted
behind them on the lower surface of the entosternite in front of the attachments of the
retractors of the postoral bar. The two most anterior pairs of these divaricators perforate
the brain.

The tq)2)cr limb (PI. III. fig. 4) of the gullet is surrounded by about six complete
constrictors, in two groups, an upper and a lower, of three each. The anterior divari-
cators (or better, perhaps, levators) of this limb arise from the carapace just behind
and below the insertion of the anterior (shorter) muscles of the antennule, and diverge
to their insertion; a strong bundle is inserted between the two groups of constrictors,
and two others in the intervals between the three upper constrictors. There are no
posterior divaricators to this limb.

Stomach (PI. III. figs. 1, 5). — This is an oval sac, extending 1)ack to aliout the seccmd
thoracic segment, the gullet opening by a transverse slit into the lower part of its
anterior cud. Its anterior thii-d difiers from the rest in being lined by a thin chitinous
cuticle ("intima" of Leydig), secreted by a flattened hypoderm, and thrown into longi-
tudinal folds when contracted. The muscular coat of this part is composed of very fine
irregularly arranged muscles, contrasting strongly with tlieir regular disposition over the
rest of the stomach. This part of the stomach may be compared with the chitinized
gizzard found in all Crustacea cxcejit the Pliylloi)ods and some of the Copepods them-
selves. The rest of the stomach is lined by large vacuolated columnar cells, loose at
their rounded ends, which project into the cavity of the stomach ; their ovoid nucleus lies
near the base of the cells. They contain fat-globules in the anterior part, and posteriorly

24 PEOF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

the granules, regarded as urinary by Leydig and Glaus, from their resistance to acids
and alkalies and their presence in the excrements. I have, however, failed to obtain
the murexide reaction in the stomach isolated on the slide. These concretions are
apparently removed by the casting off or degradation of the free ends of the cells con-
taining them, as they occur in the faeces surrounded by a clear space and membrane. The
muscular coat of the stomach is composed of an inner layer of longitudinal fibres, and an
outer of circular, all very fine, obscurely striated, and quite separate. The circular fibres
are reallv semicircular, extending from near the middle line of the one surface to that of
the other ; approximated towards their middle, and spreading out in fans on the upper and
lower surface, the fans of opposite sides being opposite one another. These circular fibres
are comparatively few and distant over the stomach, and in contraction sometimes make
it into a series of pouches.

The intestine (PI. III. figs. 1, 3, i.) is a tube extending to the hinder end of the second
abdominal segment. It differs from the stomach in its more abundant transverse muscles
(of similar arrangement, howcAer), in its smaller lumen, and its less vacuolated shorter
columnar or cubical epithelial cells, which do not project in the same way at their ends,
except at the posterior boundary of the intestine, where they project inwards and forwards
into it to form a sort of prerectal valve (PL III. fig. 2, ^jr. v.).

The rectum (PI. III. figs. 1, 2, r.) is a short tube with a very delicate chitinous cuticle
secreted by a tabular hypoderm, and with a strong close investment of circular muscular
fibres. It opens dorsally by two anal valves, leaving a dorsal longitudinal slit into the
squarish supra-aual cavity, partly overlain by the supra-anal plate. A row of fine teeth
or coarse setae extends along the dorsal side of each anal valve.

The stomach is invested by connective tissue {"serosa" of Leydig) loosely connected
with the median line above, and with the side walls of the body so as to form mesenteries.
Two distinct anterior levators or protractor muscles, each a single slip, run from the upper
surface of the stomach, some way behind the junction of the anterior and middle thirds,
upwards and forwards, to be inserted into the parietal connective tissue of the body near
the middle line of the carapace, a little in front of the separation of the sexual ducts
from the generative gland. Two posterior levators* run from the junction of the
stomach and intestine to lie inserted in the anterior edge of the tei'gum of the third
thoracic segment, close to the middle line.

The depressors (two pairs) are fine slips running obliquely outwards from the lower
serosa, diverging, as it were, from the four corners of a parallelogram, two forwards and
two backwards. From their position they are very difficult to see, only appearing in
horizontal sections of a certain thickness ; and the only ones I have clearly made out are
the anterior slips, originating from the sternal region at or behind the base of the post-
maxillary apodeme, and running upwards inwards and backwards. The two posterior,
I can see, are inserted further back on the lower serosa of the stomach, to which they
converge inwards and forwards from their origin.

The intestine and rectum are fixed by two lateral pairs of mesenteries, deficient or
only represented by muscles posteriorly. They are moved by two sets of muscles,
median and lateral. The median are attached to the parietal connective tissue at the

* These levators are best seen in living immature animals lying on their sides.

MOEPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 25

junction of the second and third ahdominal segments ; from which two muscles diA'er""c,
the anterio?' heing a retractor and the posterior a 2^^'otractor. Two muscles extend
I)ackwards from the anterior edge of the fourth segment, and are inserted into the upper
wall of the rectum just before the anus; they ^\ow\^i I'j'olract the rectum and dilate the
anus at the same time. Besides these, on the ventral side a sheet of flue flbres passes
from the anterior end of the fourth segment uji wards and backwards on to the rectum,
and acts at once as retractor and dilator.

Lateral Muscles. — A pair of transverse slips, inserted near the ventral median line of
the serosa of the intestine and passing outwards dorsad of the great flexors to be attached
to the anterior edge of the fourth thoracic segment, pull the front of the intestine down-
wards and backwards. On each side, about halfway down the second abdominal segment,
two muscles diverge to the wall of the intestine, the anterior being a retractor, the
posterior a protractor. A similar set are placed in the third segment ; acting together,
they would serve as dilators.

Two mvTScles attached to the anal valve of each side are its apeiHors ; the one {lateral)
runs to the side wall of the fourth abdominal segment, the other {ventral) to its ventral
wall.

Owing to the action of the muscles just described, the stomach and intestine move
backwards and forwards in a regular rhythmic sway. First the stomach moves upwards
and forwards, becoming strongly arched ; then backwards and downwards, flattening
again, so that the intestine forms at its commencement a vertical sigmoid loop ; third,
the rectum is pulled back, straightening the gut, and at this moment tlie anal valve
ojiens ; fourth, the anal valves close while the rectum is pulled torward, especially
at its hinder end. In this w^ay it is obvious that the coelomic fluid is moved forwards
along the dorsal, and backwards along the ventral chambers left above and below the
alimentary canal *.

The only accessory glands to the alimentary canal are the saHrary (jlaiids (PI. III.
fig. 6, s(j.). In tlie fresh state, these form great paired botryoidal masses lying at the
outer sides of the labrum and epistoma. The cells do not show well in preserved
specimens, but in their jjlace we find a pair of membranous nucleated sacs in the same
position, which bend in posteriorly and join on the middle line to a short chitinized tube,
which opens by a median salivary pore on the oral face of the labrum.

I have attempted to show, in previous papers, that anal respiration is typical of
Crustacea. I did this in ignorance of the completeness of my case ; for Glaus, whose
knowledge of the class is far above rivalry, ascribes, in his ' Crustaceen-System,' to his
" Protopliyllopoda" (the supposed Crustacean ancestor) a short muscular rectum, sus-
jjcuded to the l)ody-wall and opening by dilator muscles into widely opening ("/c/c/^6'/i-
dem") lumen. In his ' Polyphemiden,' p. 10, however, published a year later, he expressly
denies, chiefly against Weismann, the respiratory significance of the process, as " regel-
massig und normal fiir die Erhaltung des Organismus." After repeated observations of

* Vernet describes a peculiar valve -which I cannot identify, and ascribes a great part in lliis circulation to a
dilatation and contraction of the stomach, forgetting the physical impossibility of this process without the taking up
and discharge of liquid by the stomach, which does not occur, and which he does not assert.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 4

26 PROF. M. M. HARTOGr ON THE

Cojiepods, Daphnia, Polyphemids, and Leptodora, he finds a " powerful activity of tliese
muscles, a rapid rhythmical expausiou and contraction of the rectum, when the animal
having been exposed for some time to the pressure of the cover-glass is deprived of its
normal respiratory relations, or when the animal in its proper conditions has to expel a
bolus of faeces. This shows," he continues, " that the action of the dilators is est-cntial
for the expulsion of the faeces, in contradistinction to Weismann's rather teleological view
that the joeristaltic motions would certainly suffice for the evacuation of the contents of
the intestine. While the former relation, easily verified, shows that in abnormal con-
ditions, perhaps of asphyxia, an increased activity of the dilators is excited, which
jjerhaps [italicized in the original] may to some extent expose a new surface for respi-
ration"*. There are two objections to Claus's view of the matter — one of fact, the
other of interpretation. As regards the fact, three stages may be seen on examining a
Cyclops under the cover-glass. In the first, with moderate pressure, or none at all, the
rhythmic contractions are perfectly regular ; next, with increased pressure, they diminish,
become irregular or stop ; last, under yet stronger pressure, and especially when the animal
is somewhat crushed, they become again very strong, spasmodic, giving tlie look of
cramp. In Dapjhnia, the rhythmic contractions are best seen when the animal is quite
free in a zoophyte-trough, with room and to spare to swim and to turn over ; and if it has not
been observed before in these Crustacea swimming freely, it is because any observer who did
not wdsh to make out a sj)ecial point would be sure to confine his specimen, to save liis eyes
and patience. Under similar conditions of free room I have observed this action of the
rectum in three groups of Copepoda Natantia, in Caligus and Argulus among the
Parasitica, Daphnia, Chydorus, Ilacroccrcus, and Molna, and in Apus larvae in the
Phyllopoda, in Gammarus and Aselltis of the Arthrostraca, and in the Zo^ea-larvse of
Brachyura and Macrura. It occurs in Cypris and Candona, and is, I have no doubt,
universal and normal.

Next, as regards argument. So many animals lack dilators for the anus, that it is
impossil)le to regard them as essential to defecation. The peristaltic action which can
urge the faeces down against the friction of the rectal wall is surely sufficient to expel
them into the external medium, and the mere presence of the muscles accounts for their
incidental employment ; for how could the faeces pass without opening the valves ?
Moreover, the greater number of muscular slips serve rather to dilate the cavity of the
rectum than to open the valves.

It is a noteworthy fact, and altogether against Claus's view, that the rhythmic action f is
interrupted for some considerable time just when the lower part of the intestine is filled
with faeces ; and comes into play with increased activity immediately on their expulsion,
just as a man will pant after holding liis breath for a short time. Whatever be the case
as regards Cyclop)s breathing by the surface of the body, and especially by the pleura,
it is hard to see how such a respiration would suffice for a thick-skinned animal like
Caligus, where the cuticle is dense everywhere and separated by a thick hypoderm from
i\w ccelomic liquid. This is a far more serious obstacle to respiration than the thin walls
of the rectum chitinized though thev be.

*t5^

* Strangely enough, this was published just a year before my first note " On the Anal Piespiratiou of Ci/doj'S,^
though I only saw the pnper recently.

t i>ce my further remarks on anal respiration in treating of the relitiou of Copepoda.

MORPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 27

TUE KlDNET.

The organ (PI. III. fig. 7) to which this term applies has heen described by Huxley as " a
coiled tube with colourless contents." It is a simple tube lying at the sides of the carapace
in the region of the maxilla? and maxillipeds, just above the reflection of the pleura, into
which it does not extend. The numerous coils lying partially one over the other will bo
found, l)y careful focussing, to sliow the arrangement figured ; Iho shading is inserted
to guide the eye in following the coils. At (2) the tube bends horizontally inwards
behind the lower part of the dorsal flexor of the outer maxilliped ; it then bends down-
wards, forming a small irregular dilatation at the base of this limb, and finally opens into
a depression at the hinder and inner edge of the liml), between the extensor and the flexors
of the third joint. This course may be followed in transverse sections, and in specimens
of which the soft parts have been dissolved by ammonia.

The coils are best seen in the living animal on its side, under a fairly high power ; the
horizontal part of the duct and its opening may sometimes he seen too in the live animal,
supine, under the right amount of pressure, with the limbs in suitable positions — a
matter rather of chance than skill. The other end of the tube, turning inwards at (1), is
seen in transverse sections to run horizontally parallel to the duct, and opens apparently by
a wide trumpet-shaped mouth into the coelom. The arrangement of the coils fia-ured is, I
believe, general in C. brevicornis, and occurs but slightly modified in some specimens at
least of C. tennicornis, C. coronatus, and 6'. serridatus. The histology of the tube is very
simple, a cuticulized tube, suspended by connective tissue in which I have been unable
to detect any specialization. This organ, first described as opening near the mouth, and
probably a poison-gland, by Zenker, was identified by Clans and Leydig with the " Sclia-
lendriise " of Phyllopods ; Glaus showed, in successive papers, that this gland opened on
the base of the outer part of the second maxilla in Phyllopods proper, and behind the
single maxilla in Cladocera ; he also showed its opening at tlie base of tiie outer maxilliped
in some parasitic Copepoda. But I believe that this is the first demonstration of its course
and aperture in the swimming Copepods. Among the Calanidce a similar gland is
known in the freshwater Diaptomus, but has been denied to marine Copepoda. Sections
of Calamus finmarcliicns. Leach, and a Po)ttelUna have revealed it in its proper position,
but much simpler, indeed a simple loop, of which one end opens on the outer maxilliped.
I have also found it in the "youngest Cye/c^w-stage " of Canthocumpiuii,io wliich it
has been alternately ascribed and denied, and in Sapplih^inu.

Clans describes in the Nauplius CopejDod larvae {Diaptomus, Cyclops) a similar tube
forming a loop, of which the two ends lie in the region of the second liml) {at'). This
is the case; the loop extends far back, about two thirds the length of flie Nauj)lius,
lying below the dorsal retractors of the limbs. The two ends lie close together, one
coiled and the other nearly straight, in the base of the antenna on the ventral side,
internal to and ventrad of the "masticating hook." In the youngest Nauplius [ Avas
uncertain of an aperture; in the next stage with one pair of appendages added, tlu;
straighter limb in the antenna abuts clearly against the surface, and possibly opens
there ; while the other coiled limb is continued back again to an irregularly triangular
mass of protoplasm, vacuolated, and containing refractive globules (PI. III. fig. 9).

4*

2S PEOf. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

It seems probable, from a comparison of tbe oldest Nauplius with the youngest
Cyclops-stage, that the gland is the same structure in both, but thnt its opening has
acquired different relations in the metamorphosis. In the Phyllopod Nauplius, Glaus
describes an " antennary gland" in the same position as in the Copepod Naupliiis, and
opening below the masticatory hook. This he identifies with the "antennary gland"
of the Malacostraca, and describes as disappearing soon. In the meantime appears the
proper sliell-glaud of the adult, having its aperture, as in Cyclops, at the outer segment of
the second maxilla. Glaus lays great stress on the presence of two pairs of excretory
tubes as indicative of Annelidan affinities. But in the absence of any fuller account of
the development there remains the possibility that here, as well as in Cyclops, tlie
two glands are really one in origin, and that the connection with the antenna is only
replaced by that with the second maxilla. In this case it is interesting to note that
the primitive relation of the duct to the antenna is retained in the Malacostraca, in
which the "shell-gland " proper, with its duct opening in the second maxilla, is apparently
never developed *.

This is interesting, as showing tlie archaic relation, seen only in the larva of the
ancestral group of Entomostraca, preserved and functional in the more recent Mala-
costraca.

The Nervous System and Sense-Obgans.

Central part. — This is composed, as in all Arthropods, of a prooesophageal ganglion
or brain, two parccsophageal cords, one on each side of the gullet, and a ventral
cord, which extends here to the anterior boundary of tlie sixth thoracic segment, where
it bifurcates.

Brain (PL IV. ligs. 3, 4)). — This is an irregular mass, squarish in both sagittal and
transverse section ; but while in the latter its edges are respectively superior, inferior, and
lateral, in the sagittal plan the square is, as it were, tilted, so that its somewhat hollow
postero-inferior face rests on the lower half of the upper limb of the gullet, and its anterior
angle abuts against tlie median eye. The cellular elements form everywhere a thick super-
ficial layer, in front occupying half the thickness of the brain, and showing here a distinctly
paired grouping. They are scanty in front, next the eye ; and they are absent from the
postero-inferior face and the part of the brain in front of this, being the great transverse
commissure, and showing consequently a fine molecular structure in sagittal section,
sharply marked off from the other nucleated part. In dissections and horizontal sections
the arrangement of these fibres can be seen. The hinder set are transverse and go from
one paroesophageal commissure to the other; the next are oblique, and connect the
one side of the brain with the paraesophageal commissi;re of the other side ; the
anterior set are transverse, and connect the two sides of the brain f . The brain gives off

* Except that a looped gland with opcuiugs at inx" occurs in Ehq)hocofis and Acantliosoma laiTce of Scrgestids
(Clans, Crust, p. 36, t. iv., 1, fig. 12, p. 37).

-j- These are well seen in some dissections I have made of Calanus, and coincide on the whole with Claus's figure of
the brain of CalaneJla (Freil. Cop. t. vii. p. 9), except that he does not figure or notice in the text the posterior
transverse commissure. The grouping of the nuclear elements into three paired sets, as seen in Calaims and
Calitiiflhi (Claus), cannot be made out iu the braiu of Q/c/ops, so much more consolidated.

MOEPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 29

ill front the very short optic iicrves, aliove and external to which are the two short frontal
nerves, and further back the nerves to the antennules, which rise in distinct triano'ular
lobes or widenings out, Avith the apex outwards and forwards, marked by the large and
distinctly triangular nerve-cells they contain.

From its upper surface it gives off two superior frontal nerves, and from its ventral
angle a median uzygos nerve to the epistoma and labruin, forming an azijgos ganglion
before breaking up. The loAver part of the brain is perforated by two pairs of the
muscles from the angle of the gullet.

Farcesophageal Cords. — These pass obliqiiely downwards and backwards ; they are
elliptical in section and nucleated on their outer surface, the inner part next the gullet
being simply connective *. As is well known, the nerves to the antennaj arc given off from
these, rather towards their anterior termination, a point to which I shall revert. Behind
and above the antennary nerves, a short pair of cutaneous nerves come off and run a
short course obliquely outwards, forwards, and upwards to end in a ganglion below the
hypoderm, just behind and dorsad of the antenna.

rentral Cord (PL IV. figs. 1, 2, 9 ; PL III. fig. 1, «<?.).— This is a cord of ovoid section,
extending back from the back of the gullet to the end of the fifth thoracic segment, or
beginning of the sixth, where it bifurcates or is continued by two branches which, giving
off branches, finally end in the furcal processes. Its depth is greatest immediately behind
the gullet, and diminishes posteriorly, so that its lower side is convex in the cephalon.
Beyond the second segment it is suddenly flattened from above downwards. It does not
narrow much from side to side before the third thoracic segment, where it suddenly con-
tracts ; beyond this, it forms a rhomboidal enlargement towards the posterior end of the
fourth segment, and another slight one just before its bifurcation. There are no distinct
ganglia save these, in which, indeed, I have only sometimes been able to ascertain the
presence of cellular elements. The cord is, of course, slightly splayed out laterally at
the origins of the nerves, but that is all. The ordinary rounded nuclear elements of the
central nervous system are exclusively peripheral and, indeed, chieflj^ confined to the
dorsal and ventral surfaces. A few occur on the anterior edge, where the cord abuts
against the gullet ; only a few very fine elongated nuclei, possibly representing the neuri-
lemma, are found beyond the middle of the second thoracic segment (except a very few,
foiu" or five, more rounded, sometimes observalile in the ganglion of the fourth segment),
where the dorsiventral flattening takes place, so that in the next segment the cord is
tape-like.

In the third segment are given olT the nerves to the fourth limb, and a nerve to the
side of the fifth segment ; from the ganglionic (?) enlargement in the fourth segment
are given olf the nerves to the great flexor muscles, to the fifth appendage (first rudi-
mentaiy foot), and to the sides of the sixth thoracic segment. From just before the
bifurcation of the cord a nerve is given off, of which part goes to the sixth thoracic limb
(genital valve) and part to the inner side of the vulva of the female.

I have found it almost impossible to fully trace the nerves from the anterior part of tlie

* I use the term cord adnsedly, because ' commissure ' or ' connective ' would imply the absence of ganglionic
elements and has, probably, led to much erroneous reasoning.

30 PEOF. M. :m. hartog ox the

cord ; the mandibles and paragnatha> reeeive nerves that run outwards and foi'wards, and
the nerves to the next appendages are ahnost transverse ; but by the time we get to the
third segment they are markedly oblique, running backwards to the appendage of the next
segment. The parietal cutaneous nerves appear everywhere to come off, as in the two
last thoracic segments, from the segment anterior to that which gives nerves to the
limb. This arrangement is, perhaps, explicable on the hypothesis that the segments were
originally mcsoblastic, and that each intersegmental septum received both an anterior and
posterior nerve, which passed from it to the body-wall, and that with the tendency to
centralization of the body the anterior nerve alone persisted.

To this account of the nerves it is necessary to add that in each segment a pair of
nerves are given otf to the trunk-muscles, and that there appears to be a fine muscular
nerve, distinct from the large sensory, to some at least of the appendages. The sensory
nerves appear to spring from the ventral face of the cord, the muscular from a higher
level. The ventral nerve-cord is perforated in the maxillary region by two holes * for
the retractor muscles of the postoral bar. Most of the fibres constituting the great bulk
of the ventral cord are longitudinal ; but both vertical and transverse commissural fibres
occur, the latter at short intervals. The cord is traversed by distinct longitudinal
lacuna3 of rounded section, which in transverse section are seen to be laterally sym-
metrical, and can be traced in sagittal section for a considerable distance ; these would
doubtless favour the osmotic changes required for the active life of the cord.

The branches of the bifurcation of the ventral cord run at first below and then along-
side the intestine, giving oflf branches. In the third abdominal segment each splits into
a dorsal branch for the fourth segment and the anus &c., and a ventral one running to
the furca, both branches presenting those ganglionic enlargements, to be referred to
hereafter, characteristic in luvertebrata of sensory nerves near their termination, as
shown by Leydig.

We are now in a position to note critically the morphological peculiarities of this
nervous system. Paired ganglia never occur in the ventral cord of the Copepoda ; the
ganglia and their connectives are strictly median, when distinguishable, as in the
Calanidce. In these the ventral cord forms, according to Claus f, a ganglionated chain
(though in DiaptoiiiKS and Calanns nerve-cells exist also in the constricted or com-
missural intervals). This is the typical arrangement, according to Claus: — two nearly
fused ganglia in the region of the oral appendages, a third behind the maxillipeds, a
fourth and fifth behind the first and second thoracic appendages respectively, and a
sixth and seventh close together at the hinder part of the third or beginning of the
fourth segment. The nerve to the first oar-foot comes from the ganglion behind the

* The perforations of the central uervous system by muscles connected with the gullet is very puzzling, and I am
at a loss to give any morphological explanation of this singular state of affairs, repeated in CaJatias and Diaptomus,
and probably common to the order. Can the short commissure immediately behind the gullet in Phyllopods represent
the part of the meticsophageal ganglion in front of these perforations? A puzzling monstrosity occurred in one live
specimen of Cyolops I examined ; the ganghon of the fourth thoracic segment was pierced completely from above
downwards by a large oval hole, occupied by nothing, but a mere solution of continuity.

+ Freil. Cop. p. 41.

MOliPHOLOGT or CYCLOPS. 31

maxillipeds, and so ou. It it will be seen, then, tliat the conditiou of the cord in Ci/clops
corrcsjionds fairly to this, only with a more complete fusion of the ganglion. In
Euchceta, as in Cyclops, no cells are said to be found beyond the second tlioracic
segment*.

The single cord found here is not only characteristic of Copepodaf, but is the
earliest condition in Crustacea generally. Even in Apus and Branchlpus the resolution
into the ladder-arrangement is ontogenetically secondary, and the want of comjilete
distinction betw^een connective and ganglion occurs in some, at least, of the Annelida
(Oligochgeta), and I shall revert to it again.

Another point is the presence of ganglion-cells iu the paroesophageal cords.
Glaus, who noted the origin of the nerves of the antenna) from these cords, which he
calls "commissures," both in Copepoda and in the Phyllopods (including Cladocera — it
is quite obvious in Iloina), inferred the innei'vation of these appendages from the sub-
ffisophageal ganglion, a view strongly taken up by Laukester J. With the recoo-nition
of the ' central ' (/. e. ganglionated) and not commissural character of these cords, the
superstructure founded on the misconception falls, and we are led to the admission that
the antennae are morphologically what they are physiologically in the Nauplius, adoral or
2ieristonii(d, not metastoriiial appendages ; and the auteunules, w"hich are always uniramous
in larval forms, [)rovided, as they are, with special sense-hairs, may be again regarded as
belonging to the praestomiuni.

Prom this digression we return to the nervous system and consider its histology. As
we found no sarcolemma, so a neurilemma seems completely absent ; the nerves are quite
naked. The nerve-fibres are exceedingly fine, and the only structure iu the larger nerve-
trunks is this fibrillation, with, occasionally, a few of the fine elongated nuclei already
noted in the posterior part of the ventral cord.

The inside of a bifurcation is always rounded, owing to recurrent fibrils, but contains
no nuclei, only dark granules.

Ganglionic Elements. — It is most difficult to determine the relation of ganglionic cells
to nerve-fibres. Vv^hat stain and are, in appearance, nuclei, usually seem to lie in clear
spaces, representing presumably cell-cavities ; but then these nuclei, instead of being
spheroidal, are most irregular in shape §, though nearly uniform in size iu the central
nervous system. Such nuclei (?) extend for some distance into the ceplialic nerves.
Stellate cells, however, are distinctly seen in the cerebral dilatations at the base of the
antennulary nerves.

A little before the termination of the sensory nerves, each primitive fibre enlarges
into an ovoid bipolar cell containing a large ovoid nucleus with a distinct reticulum.
As these bipolar cells lie close together on the adjacent filn'es of the same nerve, the ell'ect

* Balfour, ' Embryology,' i. pp. 433, 434; Claus, Ban u. Entw. von Bmachipm siai/iudis u. Apits iaitrrifonnis.

t " On A2}>'s," Quart. Jouni. ilicrosc. Sei. 1S81, p. 374.

1 In the Corijcmdce, as in C'alirjiis and the Parasitica generally, the nervous centres are condensed into a thick
perioesophageal ring surrounding the gullet aud giving oft' posteriorly two cords, -n-hich sui)ply branches to the thoracic
appendages and the hinder part of the body.

§ This irregularity is probably due to the post-mortem contraction of tlu> protoplasm round the cucleus. In the
living animal all nuclei visible are regularly spheroidal or ovoidal.

32 PEOF. .M. M. ITAETOG ON THE

is that of a gaBglionic enlargement. This is well seen in the living animal at the base
of the antennule (animal prone), in the jiosterior end of the abdomen (where both of the
terminal branches of the abdominal cord swell into elongated ganglia of this kind
(animal lateral), or especially at the base of the fifth thoracic appendage (with the animal
supine) ; with care it may be detected also at the sides of the carapace (animal lateral).

Sympathetic System. — The only trace of this 1 have been able to find is in the azygos
nerve runuini? down from the inferior aniile of the brain, which 2;ives rise to a "■au2:lion
in front of the mouth ; but its fibres seem to be exclusively distributed to the hypoderm
of the ventral face of the epistoma and labrum and the front wall of the mouth.

The Nerve-terminations.

Motor. — It is very difficult to trace these in most parts ; but one pair are most con-
spicuous, that of the nerves from the fourth ganglion to the great flexors, seen readily
in the living animal (supine). The end is a typical Doyerian hill, containing several
small irregular refractive bodies, which are possibly nuclear. In one of my dissections
(gold chloride), I have found such a hill raised from its muscle (great flexor) in an anterior
thoracic segment, and the base of the hill appears to run out at each end into a striated
muscular fibril.

Sensory. — The ordinary ganglionic enlargement of the sensory nerves before its termi-
nation has been already described ; the filn-es then run to the hypoderm, where they are
apparently lost. In some of my osmic-acid specimens I have detected, in surface view,
a fine reticulum in the hypoderm, recalling the finest corneal network ; but though this
may be nervous, I have been unable to satisfy myself that it is not a mere coagu-
lation-product. However, we usually find that everywhere in the neighbourhood of the
entrance of a nerve into the hypoderm the cuticle bears a number of circumvallate setae.
A group of these lies in the forehead, between the corneal facets : these are the equivalents
of the well-developed "frontal organ" found in so many Entomostracans, as well as in
some Malacostracan larvte ; and this fact confirms their interpretation as sense-organs
everywhere. In the alxlomen the symmetrical arrangement of the cu-cumvallate setae
makes them conspicuous under high powers (living), a pair on the supraanal plate
being easiest to find.

A second form of cutaneous end-organ is the bail" proper. Every plume and hair of
the antennule receives a fibre which has passed through a bipolar ganglion-cell ; and
probably the same is the case with all the hairs, hooks, and spines of the body, though
not the teeth and ordinary fine fringing setoe. The majority of the hairs and the
circumvallate setae seem endowed only with ordinary tactile sensibility, and that this sense
should require special extensions of the skin is only natural in an actively swimming
animal frequenting the mazes of aquatic vegetation.

Besides these, the al)ove-described lancets and pale hairs found on the antennviles, especi-
ally of the male, and on some of the oral appendages, ajopear to be olfactory or gustatory in
function ; for there is no real difference between these senses in an aquatic animal. Their
presence on the antennule is universally characteristic of the Crustacea, and their better

MOEPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 33

clevelopracnt iii the male is au argument ofteu used iu support of their oliactory
chai'acter.

The pore-canals (described on p. 20) are probably also sense-organs. In support
of the aiuUton/ character I have ascribed to concretions found at one time constantly
at the base of tlie fifth thoracic appendage of the male of C. hremcornis, I cite
an observation of Clans*: — "Possibly a peculiar structure iu the brain of C((lu-
nella belongs to the category of auditory organs. There are two spherical spaces, like
otocysts (Taf. vii. fig. 9), in whose clear contents a ball of concretions is visible.
Whether this differentiation be constant or not, I have unfortunately been unable to
determine." My concretions occurred singly, or in an aggregate of two or tlirce, in a
little clear vesicle on a vacuolated mass lying on the outside of the ganglionic dilatation
of the nerve, just below the base of the limb. I believe that the vacuolated mass Avas
the pore-canal which lies in this position, but my knowledge then was insufficient to carrv
me so far. The very inconstancy of these organs is, strangely enough, a point of identity
with Claiis's suggested otocysts ; and tliat they should occur in tlie pore-canal cell,
instead of in the brain, is by no means an unparallellecl occurrence. Indeed, if we admit
their auditory function, we get a side-light on the meaning of the two-fold condition
(closed and open) of the auditory organ of the Malacostraca. It may well have arisen
from the confluence of a number of pore-canal cells, perhaps originally sunk in a special
pit. I offer this as a suggestion to others.

Sense-Organs.

Bye (PI. II. figs. 7, 8 ; PI. IV. figs. 4, 0, 7, S, 15).— The eye of Cijclops is situated in
the frontal region, resting immediately on the anterior end of the brain. In brief, it
consists of three spheroidal ocelli, two lateral and an infero-median (the latter, as usual,
first detected by Glaus), imbedded in sockets lined with pigment in a central sup])orting
mass. Each ocellus is composed of a number of bluntly fusiform bacilli, placed radially
and containing a nucleus distal to their centre ; the ocellus receives the very short optic
nerve posteriorly at its outer surface, so that the optic elements are reversed, as in
the eye of Dendrocoelum lacteum-f. The central mass is divided into three blocks by
fine membranous partitions — one superomedkm sagittal, separating the blocks which
receive the two lateral ocelli, and one iiifero-horizontal separating these from the
block for the inferior ocellus. A similar posterior partition separates tlie central
mass from the brain, and is quite imperforate by nerves. Each of these blocks contains
at least one nucleus, probably two, an anterior and a posterior. The tapetum consists
of fine reddish granules, lying on the face of the block, and giving a brilliant metallic
lustre by reflected light or dark-ground illumination.

The median ocellus is nearly spherical, containing about eight peripheral and one
central bacillus. It is connected with the rostrum by two fine slips of fibres, diverging

* Freil. Cop. p. .5(i, Taf. vii. fig. 9.

t See the paper by Justus Carriere, Archiv f'iir raikros. Anat. 1S82. Sar/illa has. according to the Hertwigs, a
pair of similar eyes, each of three inverted ocelli with an internal " lens," possibly eijuivalenl to the " block."'
SECOND SEEIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 5

34 PEOE. M. M. HAETOG- ON THE

right aud left from its centre, of whose real nature I am in doubt, though it is natural
to compare them to the muscular slips which move the eye of Diajitomus, which would
lose their muscular character in an immovable eye like that of Cyclops. The median
eye looks directly down on the rostrum, which probably serves as a cornea. The lateral
ocelli are much more flattened and contain more bacilli — at least eight to ten peripheral
and three central. They face outwards and forwards. In front of each is a nearly
circular corneal facet, forming a slight depression in the frontal region, Avhere it escapes
notice in almost every view, being best seen in a dissection of the fresh animal treated
with ammonia *. In the inner limb of each bacillus is an oblong body (probably a
rhabdome), staining deeply with osmic acid, ha^matoxylin, &c.

This account is not so satisfactory as I could wish, owing to the extreme difficulty of
dissecting out and treating under the cover so minute an organ ; while in imbedding,
cutting and clearing, shiinkages take place ; and a natural anxiety as the razor
approaches the important place often spoils the median section. Not one in ten of my
series shows the eye satisfactorily. But all the above points are clearly made out.

In botli Cyclops and Calatms I have traced a few fibres along the septum, between
the blocks of the lateral ocelli. That they do not enter the bacilli I am positive ; I
believe they pass oi\ to the frontal region, or ends in the nuclei of the blocks. The strongest
confirmation of this view is to be found in the structure of the eyes of Corycseidoe and
Pontellidte.

Reprodtjctive System.

The reproductive organs consist in both sexes of a median egg-shaped reproductive
gland, situated in the tergal region of the first thoracic segment (i. e. under the hinder
part of the carapace), with its pointed " embryonic " t part posterior, and sometimes bent
down and forwards, and giving off at its wide anterior end two ducts, which turn down-
wards and backwards to end, each under a genital valve, in the fifth thoracic segment.
In both sexes the gland, though supported by a sort of mesentery, can scarcely be said
to have a proper investment. The first origin of the gland is by two large nucleated cells ;}],

* From the difficulty of finding these cornese under ordinary conditions they have been noticed by Claus alone
in C^iclops tenuicornis (Freil. Cop. p. 45, Taf. ii. fig. ] 7). They probably exist throughout the genus. Grenacher
describes the eye of Calcmella very differently (Schorg. d. Arthropoden, p. 63, Taf. v. fig. 36, Taf. vi. figs. 37, 3S).
He describes central cells, which are evidently part of what I term the blocks ; he also figures the nerve-fibres as
entering on the proximal side of the bacilli, stating that he has followed them cei-taiiji/, tlimujh with extreme
difficidfy. I have examined the eye of Calanus in old spirit-specimens, which, however, were in fair condition, both
by dissections aud sections ; this evidently is on the same type as that of CalancUa, diflcring from Cijchps in the fact
of the blocks not csteuding backwards, so that they leave a space at their hinder end, iuto which the optic nerve
enters before lireaking up into a ventral and two lateral branches. I cannot speak positively as to the ventral
branch. Tlie lateral branches unquestionably do not cuter the inner ends of the bacilb. A discussion as to the
morphological importance of tliis eye will be found in the concluding section " On the Systematic Position of the
Copepoda."'

t Grubcr's paper (see ante, p. 1, note) revolutionized our knowledge of these organs in the Co])epoda. It has
been a most valuable guide to me.

J I find that Trie has anticipated me in this (Zool. Anz. 1SS2).

MORPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 35

huddod off from the subhypodei-mal connective tissue on each side the rectum, in the
Nauplius of the second stage (with rudimentary maxillte).

The Female Ortjans.

The ovari) (PI. II. fig. 1, ow.) appears, at first sight, as a nucleated syncytium at its
liinder end ; but treatment as aforesaid with oil of cloves for dissection detcn-mines
enough shrinkage to 2)rove that each nucleus has its proper investment of protoplasm.
While in Cyclo])s I have been unable to trace the formation of the ova, a dissection of
Cidanus has shown me karyolvinetic figures, and evident multiplication of nuclei at the
hinder free end of the ovary, and there only. The latter statement certainly holds good
for Cyclops. Towards the middle of the gland a clear space appears round the
reticulated nucleus, the " germinal vesicle" which becomes larger. The body of the
ovum becomes filled with spheroidal food-yolk granules, and the ova incx'ease in size as
they pass into the oviduct. The oviducts (PL II. figs. 1, 0, od.) seem to be outgrowths
from the ovary; even in young examples with an incomplete number of joints (eleven) to the
antennules and three segments to the abdomen, they may be traced to the place where the
vulva is seen afterwards to open ; but in one with only two abdominal segments I failed
to trace it down to the fifth thoracic nerve. At this stage it has already begun giving
off those uterine processes (Pis. II. fig. 1, & III. fig. 5, ««.) so conspicuous a little later by
the dark colour the ova which fill them assume. The uterine processes are as follows : —
A pair, each of which bifurcates, runs forward to tlie head ; a second runs back next the
dorsal median line to the second or third thoracic segment ; these are given off from the
oviduct near its origin. Besides these, the oviduct itself, full of ova, first bends down
obliquely back and then passes parallel to the latter pair, between the great extensors
and flexors, and internal to the motors of the oar-feet, to the fourth segment, giving off a
short blind ventral uterine process in each intersegmental space ; beyond the fourth seg-
ment it contains no ova, and forms an elongated dilatation in the sixth segment before the
vulva. OAving to the dark colour of the ova, the body of the pregnant female is elegantly
banded. The wall of the oviduct seems composed of a fibrillated coat, in which I have
sought in vain for a distinct arrangement of muscles ; it is lined by very short granular
nucleated cells with a look of hypo])last. Its uterine part douljtless secretes food-yolk,
while its lower part, as first shown by Grube, is filled with a cement-substance (forming
a stained coagulum in prepared specimens), which sets in water. Often, by opening
the fresh animal, the masses of ova become surrounded by a membrane, which can only
proceed from this cemei\t, so that possil)ly the uterine parts also secrete it. Each
vulva is a transverse lateral slit behind the genital valve ; it receives on its inner side the
short sperm-duct (PI. II. fig. 6, sp.d.) from the spermatheca.

The spermatheca (PI. II. figs. 1, 6 ; PI. III. fig. 1, splh.) is a sac in the dilated ventral
side of the sixtli thoracic segment, and extending into the first abdominal segment
anchylosed with it. It is superficial to the trunk-muscles (flexors). It forms a double
bag, its two lobes being anterior and posterior, nearly equal, transversely oval, and united
by a short isthmus ; into the base of the upper lobe leads iq) wards and forwards a short

5*

36 PEOF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

median " vagina " from the coimlatory ])ore (PI. II. fig. 6, spi^.) lying at the boundary of
the thorax and abdomen. The sperm-ducts are short tubes, extremely difficult to make
out exactly in this species. I have, however, satisfied myself that they lead from the
posterior and outer j)art of the anterior lobe of the spermatheca. Each has a kink
pointing forward, wdiich, as suggested by Grube, acts as a valve to prevent the exit of the
contents of the spermatheca.

I have shown above that one muscle of the sixth appendage might raise the lower edge
of the vulva, rectify the kink of the sperm-duct, and efi'ect the passage of the sj^erm to
the vulva. The spermatheca, like the ducts, have all a chitinous lining ; they are not
formed till the last moult ; they contain in the virgin female an irregular coagulum-
looking mass, in the fertilized female a mass of swollen polygonal spermatozoa.

In oviposition the eggs, which have no vitelline membrane, and are polygonal by
mutual pressure in the body, pass out with the cement of the ovidixct and spermatozoa.
The cement serves not only to attach the mass of eggs to the vulva, but by its coagu-
lation to give both a general investment to the eggs, chambered by partitions, and a
special investment to each eg^. From 70-90 is a common number for the eggs in each
mass, which in this species has a real narrowly oval form, about 20 eggs long to 3 or 4
wide at the widest. The length of time for incu^batiou varies chiefly, I believe, with the
temperature, for I never fail in getting a brood of Nauplii wdthiu 48 hotu"s by keeping
a female bearing egg-sacs in a corked " Bolton's tube " half full of water in my waist-
coat pocket.

The Male Organs.

The testis (PL II. fig. 2, te.) resembles the ovary in form, position, and structure.
Its hinder end is a syncytium, containing rather large nuclei, some of which may be seen
dividing and showing karyokinetic figures (PI. IV. fig. 13) : about the middle the nuclei
are well formed and large (male ova or spermatospores), in front they divide again, and
form the spermatozoa, apparently about 32 to each spermatospore, for 16 nuclei are
visible in a single view^ : I have not followed the full details of this process, which shows
even moderately w^ell in only a few of my specimens. It is evident that other methods
must be resorted to than those given above for a full investigation on spermageuesis,
and I would recommend tlie investigator to select a much larger and more transparent
form, such as the pelagic Cahmus and Calanella, or perhaps even the Parasitica.
The paired vasa deferentia may be divided into four segmeiits, which we may term
respectively vas efferens, epididymis, vas deferens (sensu restricto), and vesicula seminalis.

The vas efferens (PI. II. fig. 2, v.e.) is simj^ly a short tliin-wailed tube running obliquely
down and back for a short distance from the anterior end of the testis.

The next section or epididymis (PL II, fig. 2, e2).) forms a loop arched upwards and
inw^ards, the two limbs close together, and approaching one another on the median dorsal
line, the bight posterior, at about the middle of the third thoracic segment ; the lower
and inuer limb continues the vas efferens; while the upper outer limb at its end bends
down to form the vas deferens proper. The lumen of the epididymis is very small, but

MORPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 37

its epithelium is large, coluninav, vacuolated, and spongy-looking. There is hardly any
membranous wall, and where the two limbs are in contact their epithelial cells dovetail
in with one another in this as in most species of Cyclops. The second limb a little before
its end undergoes the change to the characters of the vas deferens (PI. II. fig. 2, i\d.), which
after running to the junction of the vas effereus and first limb, bends at an acute angle,
and runs ol)li(|uely downwards and outwards for a short distance and then backwards,
following nearly the same course as the oviduct, but is rather more wavy. It opens on
the inner side of the large reniform vesicula semlnalls (PI. II. figs. 2 & 5, ve.s.) which,
with its fellow, fills tlie ventral enlargement of the sixth thoracic segment.

The vas deferens has a \qv\ thin membranous Avail lined by tabular cells ; within this
it contains a structureless membrane, the wall of the spermatopltore, forming a tube closely
packed Avith spermatozoa, intermixed with deep-coloured nuclei in stained specimens, and
extending back to the end of the third thoracic segment, beyond which it narrows greatly.
The substance forming the wall of the spermatophore seems to be extensile ; a segment
of it must come down bodilj^ into the vesicula seminalis, whereof it follows the reniform
contour of the cavity.

The vesicula seminalis is reniform, and occupies with its fellow the ventral part of
the last thoracic segment. Its wall is thin and chitinized inside.

The contents of the spermatophore are of three kinds : — 1. A sul:)stance in which the
spermatozoa are apparently imbedded, which swells up in water, becoming at the same
time richly vacuolated. 2. The ordinary spermatozoa, rod-like bodies, slightly wavy, not
readily stained, but in water swelling up into disks, Avhich show a refractile streak,
staining in watery logwood dye (Draper's ink, formerly recommended in the Q. J. M. S.).
3. Roimded bodies, Avhich in Avater swell up, shoAving a clear space round a nucleus,
distinctly reticulated (after staining AAdth logwood). In the mature spermatophore these
balls, at first mixed with the spermatozoa, become concentrated (by migration ?) into a
layer lining the wall, and by their swelling contribute to, if they do not eff'ect, the expul-
sion of the spei-matozoa into the spermatheca. What, then, are these bodies? It is
evident that they correspond with the large nuclei seen in the vas deferens, and they
must be either elements formed in the epididymis, or, as Gruber (who does not seem to
have employed reagents) suggests, a second form of spermatozoa, Avhich he justifies by a
comparison Avith the dimorphic spermatozoa of the Isopoda. A confirmation of this
A^iew is my obserA'ation that, on staining after the action of Avater, in both epididymis and
vesicula seminalis, we are able to make out a stained nucleus wliich has taken no share
in the sAvelling of its unstained envelope, Avhich before Avas closely applied to the nucleus.
In this case the cells of the epididymis must supply the luitrimcnt to bring about this
enlargement of some of the spermatozoa, as no such difFerentiation is observable in the
testis. The intermediate substance, of Avhicli a distinct plug is found at the mouth of
the spermatophore, is probably a secretion of the epididymis, for it invests the sperma-
tozoa in the A'as deferens*.

I have never been able to observe closely the union of the sexes. From the accounts

* Movement has beeu denied to spermatozoa in all Crustacea save Cirripeds. I have seen them distinctly and
actively undulating in the hody of a male Cijpris, half crushed by the cover.

38 PEOF. M. 3r. HAETOG ON THE

given by Jurine (whose book I only know at secondhand), Claus, and especially Vernct,
the following is the process ; — The male seizes the female in the clasping-joint of his
antennules by her fourth pair of oai'-f eet, the ventral surfaces of the two animals towards
one another. The male then pulls itself up, so that its genital openings come to a level
with, the copulatory pore of the female, and expels its spermatophores, Avhich become
fastened to the pore, each presumably undergoing a torsion in expulsion, so that the
apex, which looked towards the middle line, now turns forwards and adheres to the
pore of the female. The globular elements of the spermatophores then swell up and
drive the spermatozoa out into the spermatheca. The two empty sacs of the sperma-
tophores remain attached for a short time to the female ; there they swell up and become
rounded. As is well-known, Cyclops is never parthenogenetic, but one fertilization
suffices for many broods of ova.

The Position op the Copepoda in the Crustacean Phylum.
In my work, lasting as it has done over a considerable time, it has been constantly in
my mind to trace out morphological relations ; and the conclusion to which I have been led,
that the Cojoepoda actually represent the ancestral form of the Crustacea, is one which
carries to me the greater weight in view of Balfour's opinion that they " are undoixbtedly
among the lowest Crustacea which are free, or do not lead a parasitic existence," and
that " they may claim to be very primitive forms, whicli have diverged to no great extent
from the main line of Crustacean development," assigning as reasons their retention of : —

(a) " The median frontal eye as the sole organ of vision," which I would put thus : — Tlie plasticity of
the eye, derivable from the triune inveoied eye of the Nauplius, and the absence of eyes of the paired
compound type found in other Phyla, which we may term the " Phyllopod eye."

(b) " The simple biramous " swimming-legs, and indeed the character of the appendages generally,
and " other characters " of which I give a list.

(6') The plasticity of the maxilla. (To be considered with b.)

(c) The small development of the pleura, never enclosing the body, nor limiting infra-pleural epimera.
{d) The absence of (/ills, and the functional anal respiration.

(e) The jjlasticity of the fore part of the alimentary canal.

(/) The circulation.

{g) The general form of the body.

Under each heading I propose to make a few remarks before sketching out what seems
to be a not impossible phylum of the Crustacea.

(o). The eye of the Copepoda is, with few exceptions, derivable from the type of Cyclops or
Calanella. In Pontellidae the several ocelli are separated, their number often augmented,
and lenses sometimes superadded ; in Corycseidoe the lateral eyes are widely sepai*ated
from the median, and peculiar in many ways, but contain " inverted " bacilli, the
nerve entering on their distal side, as first noticed by Claus and confirmed by Grenadier *.
Now this eye, which we may term the " Nauplius eye," is found, scarcely varying from
its typical condition (so far as one can judge from figures and specimens), in almost all

* Op. cit. p. 66, t. vi. figs. 39-43.

MOHPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 39

groups of the Crustacea except the Avthvostraca *, if not in the adult, at least in the larva,
and coutemporaneons Avith or anterior to the paired compound eye.

The ordinary paired Crustacean eye exists often side by side Avith the Nauplius eye,
constantly in all the Malacostraca, iu most Phyllopoda, in some Ostracoda (Cypridinidaj,
etc.), in the Branchiura [Argidns), in the Cirriped pupa, but not in the Ehizocephala.

We may infer that the Nauplius eye is primitive — in Copepoda proper it isfiinciioi/al,
and hence susceptible of a degree of variation of which it is incapable when superseded and
reduced to a mere larval organ. We may also infer that the compound and paired eye of
Crustacea appeared later, in a stock which was ancestral to those which have it. But
Argulus and the Cirripedia and Rhizocej)liala have distinct Copepodan affinities. We may
conclude, then, that the stock Avhich first acqviired this form of tlie organ, and was ancestral
to the rest of the Crustacea, was itself a descendant of the Copepoda.

Again, a recently acquired organ would be less constant than one long possessed; and
we find just in these groups of puzzling affinities the inconstancy we might expect on
tliis hypothesis: Cirripedian pupae have the compound eye, Rhizocephala lack it; in
Ostracoda the Cypridinidae alone possess it. This reasoning would lead us to the
following jjhylogeny : —

Copt'poda.

Eudiplopida (a hyjjothetical group).

Branchiura.

Ostracoda. Protopliyllopoda.

Cirri[)edia.

Nebaliidffi. Phyllopoda.

Artlirostraca. Thoracostraca.
{b & h^). Condition of appendages.

1. Antennules. — As mentioned, this pair is always uniramous — the primitive larval

condition.

2. Antenna;. — In some groups biramous, in others uniramous by loss of exopodite.

3. Ilandibles. — Possessing in some groups \\\ii\\' primitive biramous p)alp, ncAer more

than uniramous in other adult Crustacea.

4. JIaxillcc I. — Most plastic ; showing every transition from the primitive mastica-

tory blade with a biramous palp to the closest approach to tlie type of the

Phyllopod limb, in w'hich all Laukester's divisions, except, perhaps, the " bract,"

may be made out.

I dwell the more on this appendage, because I think, with Clans f, that the biramous

condition is primitive, and that if, as is almost certain, the oral thoracic appendages of

Malacostraca have passed through a Phyllopod stage, that stage is pliylogenctically

secondary to the biramous condition ; while there is no proof that the abdominal limbs

have been at all Phyllopod-like in ontogeny or phylogeny. On the contrary, those

* Giard has shown that even in this group the larva of Entoiriscus has a Xau])Hu8 eye.

t Crustaceen-System, p. 17. Considering this and other things, I cannot see wliy he calls the primitive Crustacea
•■' Protophyllopoda." I use the term iu a restricted sense, as will be seen from the above phylogeny.

40 PEOF. M. M. IIARTOG ON THE

of Nehalia approach a rudimentary Copepod couditiou, the two hindermost possessing a
true sternal coupler. And in the Phyllopods themselves the limbs pass through a bifid
condition, equivalent to the same embryonic stage of the Copepod foot or maxilloe in
its second state.

A glance at the figures of maxilla? of various Copepods will show what I mean. The
only conjecture possible is that a metamorphosis similar to that which the raaxilte are
undergoing iu this group has extended l)ackw"ard to a varialile number of segments in
the Protophyllopoda to adapt them to their limicolous life, and to make a stronger nutri-
tive current for their bodies, as they become more and more enclosed by the prolongation
upwards of the pleural groove in the thoracic region, and possibly its ultimate conversion
into a bivalve shell.

5. 3IaxilHpecls. — The complete separation of the two rami is comparable to that of the
same and the preceding pair of appendages in the Phyllopoda proper, where, however,
they are very much reduced.

6-9. Thoracic Limhs. — These are, I believe, very primitive, and derived, like all the others,
save perhaps the antennules, from the limb of the Chsetopod *, pushed down by the exten-
sion of the tergal region, so that the notapodium becomes the exopodite, and the neura-
podium the endopodite. The couplers are purely Copepodan, reappearing, however, in the
hindermost abdominal legs of Nebalia (Glaus). This is surely a strong confirmation
of the above stated view of the gradual extension of the " phyllopodization " of the limbs
from before backAvards.

10-11. Rudimentary Feet. — These are two pairs, sometimes used as accessory genital
organs, which remain in a very embryonic condition ; they serve as an index to the
process by Avliich the abdomen has lost its appendages to make it a more efiicient rudder.
As mentioned above, the coincidence in the position of the genital aperture hei-e with
that of the female Lcptostraca and Malacostraca brings the latter groups directly under the
succession of the Copepoda, putting the Phyllopods on one side, out of the direct pedigree
of the Malacostraca.

12. Fiirca. — This, as I have already suggested elsewhere, is possibly a modification of a
pair of limbs. It is not present in the youngest Nauplius, but appears as a pair of
ventral outgrowths after the first moult. These are, perhaps, not developed in all Crus-
tacea, but exist, much reduced, as part of the Astacine " telson." It is interesting to note
their immense size in Nebalia.

{c). The Copepoda may have their bodies flattened, with thepleura? straight out; but, so
far as I know, no member of the group has the pleural groove prolonged so far up the body
as to mark out an epimeral region between the reflection of the pleura and the sternum.
The development of the pleural cavity, when carried to an extreme, results in the forma-
tion of the bivalve shell ; and we have seen how in Ostracoda, and presumably in the
bivalve Phyllopods &c., the adductors really represent the suspensors of the entosternite,
which we know to be so primitive a structure as to be found in Arachnida (including

* In the free-swimming pelagic Clia3topod Tomopteris the parapodia are well marked off from the body so as to
have a distinct protopodite ; and the hinder part of the body is tapering, with much reduced appendages, recalling or,
better, foreshadowing the Crustacean body.

MORPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 41

Poecilopoda) on the one hand, and Falcemon among the Decapoda on the other ! Using
this character a phylum may be constructed differing from the former only in the addition
of a new group " Bathypleura."

This at once shows how the Branchiura [Argtihis) come to be so close to Copcpoda ;
they are a very slightly modified group that lias come down from tlie time of the Eudi-
plopida, before furtlier divergence had taken place from the Copepod stem.

((/). The Betentlon, of the Anal Bespiration, and the Absence of Gills. — I regard this
as of capital importance. In almost all the Malacostraca the gills, or at least the
podobranch,can be traced to the Phyllopod or Leptostracan type. Here we find nothing
of the kind. In Cirripeds and Ostracods the gills are of totally different origin, and it
is just these two orders that we saw are referable to an arcliaic type intermediate
between the Copepoda and the Phyllopoda. If we substitute in our last phylum
" Podobranchiata " for " Protophyllopoda " it will express the facts thoroughly.

The sviggestion has occurred to me that the rectal part of the intestine was pi'imi-
tively connected rather with the nephridial system than with the (then aproctous) gut,
an arrangement actually persisting in Platyelmia and some Rotifers {Asplanchna). In
confirmation of this view it is to be noticed that in some pelagic Mollusca, besides the
anal respiration as mentioned by Gegenbaur, a similar respiration takes place by the
adjacent renal organ, as (first indicated by Huxley, I believe) shown by Joliet, who has
conclusively disproved the taking-up of the water into the blood (' Oomptes Rendus,'
1883). What seems likely is that this renal opening, adjacent to the primitively blind
end of the intestine, has fused more or less with it, and furnished it with an outlet,
which in Crustacea (and Annelida) has lost all connexion with the kidney, while in the
Mollusca a separation of this rhythmical organ into rectum and kidney proper has
taken place. The condition in Amphineura is strongly confirmatory of this view *.

{e). Plasticitij of tlie fore ])art of the Alimentary Canal. — As is Avell known, in the
Phyllopoda the gut has two branched or simple hepatic diverticula ; in Ostracods, Lep-
tostraca, and Malacostraca, besides this, the anterior part of the stomacli is chitinized.

Now we find in Cyclops and Diaptomns a chitinized anterior end of the stomach and
no diverticula ; in Calanus &c. the chitinization is limited to the gullet, and there is a
median dorsal branching hepatic diverticulum. In Tcmora and Calanella there are
paired cteca. The conclusion is that in various Copepoda we find a foreshadowing of
conditions well marked in the other Crustacea f.

(/). The Condition of the Circulation. — The heart, when present in Copepoda J, is a
dorsal contractile sac, lying in the first or second thoracic segment, with three venous ostia,
one posterior and two lateral, and a median anterior arterial ostium, sometimes continued
into a short branching aorta ; this corresponds with the heart of Cladocera and the
cardiate Ostracods. Now, while I am perfectly aware of Claus's reasons for considering

* Vide Lankester, " Mollusca" Encyclopaodia Britaniiica.

t May not the chitinization of the gullet and stomach, with the development of an armature, be returns to a
primitive condition found in so many Worms and Hotifcrs, and even homologous, longo intervallo, with the odonto-
phore of Mollusca ?

t Calanidai and Pontellidtc.
SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 6

42 PEOF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

the many-chambered heart of the proper Phyllopods as primitive, there seem to me
equally strong ones for believing it to be rather a new development, connected with
the strong segmentation of the long body, like what we find in the very aberrant
Stomatopods, a group in which the similar heart cannot but be regarded as merely
homoplastic with that of Phyllopods, if the Leptostraca {Nebalia) be the parent form of
the Stomatopods. In Nebalia there are the above three large, well-marked venous ostia,
but besides these there are smaller ones — one pair in front of the large lateral pair, and four
" ganz klein " pairs, nearly dorsal, between these anterior and the posterior pairs ; another
lateral pair is added at the last moult, between the anterior lateral pair and the foremost
of the dorsal ones. Now this shows that in Nebalia an increase in the number of ostia
takes place just at the last moult, and the curious positions and varying size of the ostia
squares with the possibility of this heart being derived from the simple heart of the
Copepod and Zosea, independent of the segmented heart of the Eranchiopod. With the
strong development and concentration of the cepbalothorax which I ascribe to the
primitive Crustacean, its heart must have been a short one, and many Zosese show the
same condition of the heart as we find in Copepoda. Moreover, if we compare Crustacea
with Chsetopoda, we find many a reason for believing the heart of the former to be a new
structure, possibly derived from intersegmental septa or mesenteries. In that case it
could only have been formed in the roomy cepbalothorax, and would have had the
Copepod form.

The circulation is effected in some of the Parasitic Copepoda, according to Claus,
Pickering, and Dana *, by contractile mesenteric valves ; and in all of that group, which
I regard as off tilie main line of Crustacean descent, the blood-corpuscles are said to be
floating rather than wandering cells.

I may here note that there seems very little reason for connecting the so-called blood-
system of Arthropods — at least of Crustacea — with the proper blood-system (pseudhsemal)
of Annelids ; the former always containing the amoeboid coelomic corpuscles, the latter
special corpuscles derived from its walls, and, indeed, in this respect corresponding, as
in so many others, in a measure with the blood-system of the Vertebrate embryo.

{g). The General Form of the Body. — If we try and figure to ourselves an ideal Crus-
tacean, that shall combine the characters of as many groups as possible, including, too,
such larval forms as Zoaea, we find that we have an Arthropod with a strong and large
cepbalothorax, its segments fused anteriorly, and with bifid limbs on its ventral surface, the
cepbalothorax appendages used for progression and apprehension of food, and the abdomen
reduced to a jointed tail with ill-developed appendages, and made by the enlargement of
the dorsal end into an efficient caudal rudder or fin. Of svich a type are all Protozoseaj,
and most Zoa?ae, Nebalia, Cuma, and many adult Macrura ; and it occurs, disguised by
the shell, in many Cladocera and Ostracoda. This is the characteristic form of Copepoda
generally, which, indeed, corresponds absolutely with the Erichthya larva of Stomatopods,
save for the better-developed pleuraj of the latter, and its widely expanded telson. If we
imagine how the creeping Chsetopod evolved into tlie Crustacean, we shall see that

* Sco (jerstiiuker in Bronu s Thiur-lleich, lid. v. p. G.jG.

MOliPKOLOGY OF CYCLOPS.

i3

the elongation of the parapodia for swimming must have demanded a firmer point (Vapimi,
and entailed the fusion of the anterior segments. That this has taken place may be
judged from the unsegmented Nauplius, which in the c§^ was markedly divided into three
segments, a point hitherto but little noticed. The limljs would work to better effect
by being displaced ventrally, and the dowmvard extension of the carapace into pleura,
very little marked indeed in some Copepods {Calaims), would probaljly aid the action of
the limbs by concentrating their action on a limited volume of water. But as in onto-
geny the segments develop from before backwards, and the limbs develop only slowly
and later than their proper segment, we should look for the disappearance of the abdo-
minal appendages by a mere retardation, not by progressive abortion — i. e., pro tanto, a
i"etention of a young condition in that region, such as we find actually in the pelagic worm
Tomopterls ; and when once they disappeared in the adult, it would be vain to seek any
traces of them in the larva. That they should reappear does not imply a new creation
of parts, but just such an occurrence as the revival of suppressed parts, with which every
vegetable morphologist is familiar. In Nebalia the hindermost abdominal feet are united
by a median covipler (Claus) as in Copepoda. We are led, then, on all sides to the
conclusion that the Copepoda represent a primitive type of Crustacea.

How, then, would the Nauplius stand ? Purely as a necessary larval form, with its
anterior segments fused, and in no sense ancestral ; and this is the generally accepted
view. Beyond Copepoda we can imagine a scries of forms with progressively disjointed
cephalic ends and rudimentary abdominal parapodia, and these would hardly be counted
as Crustacea at all. To essay a Phylogeuy : —

{Mesopida.)
Copepoda Natantia.

Copepoda Parasitica.
Eudiplopida.

Eudiplopida stenopleura.
(Branebiura.)

Cirripedia.

Rhizocepbala.

Eudiplopida batluj pleura.

Ostracoda.

Protophyllopoda.

This table explains itself. By assuming that Cirripedia and Ostracoda come off from
the parent stock soon after the development of the compound eyes, we can understand
their inconstancy in the two groups — a recently acquired organ, like a new trick, being

first forgotten.

One point more remains. If in any Crustacea we are to seek a common relation to the
Tracheata, especially to the Araehnida, it must be the Copepoda. While I do not think

44 PEOF. M. M. HAETOG ON THE

we can at pi*esent go far in this direction, we may at least note that here the intestine
is in its hinder part distinctly renal in function, that as the liver is distinctly an out-
growth from the anterior digestive part, so Malpighian tuhes may he developed (phylo-
geuetically as they are in fact ontogenetically) as paired outgrowths from the hinder
part. Besides this, the hasal parts of the limbs are united by a median sternal process,
as Lankester noted (" Limidus an Arachnid," Q. J. M. S. xxi. p. G38), though he regarded
this in the one gi'oup as effected by the outgroA^h (or rather downgrowth) of a median
sternal process, and not in the other ; but there seems no reason for this distinction *.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Note. — The great majority of these figures were drawn to' scale with the Oberhauser camera, and
scarcely diagrammatized, except by the omission of unimportant details. The striation of the muscles
is, however, conventional throughout. The drawings of the limbs have been finished for the engraver by
Mr. J. Macphersou, and most of the others by Miss F. Thorpe, of Cork. To the actual magnification
of the drawing I have subjoined the letter of the Zeiss objective under which it was originally made
(B r, C J", D 1", E 1", J -L" imm.).

The following are the letters iised : —

a., anus ; ap., apodeme ; ap.an., apertor ani ; ap.pm., postmaxillary apodeme ; ar., arthrodial
(cavity or ridge); atJ, anteunule; «<.", antenna ; b., brain; 6/., block of eye; bas., basipodite ; car.,
carapace; c.f., corneal facet; Co., coupler; com., commissure; coa?., coxopodite; ep., epididymis ; epi.,
cpistoma ; erid., endopodite ; ent., free entosternite ; ext., exopodite ; f., furca ; jl., flexor ; g., ganglion ;
g.az., azygos ganglion; h., masticatory hook; i., intestine; k., .shell-gland; k.o., its opening;
I., labrum ; lac, lacuna ; lap., lappet of paragnatha ; m., muscle ; m.ab., abductor ; m.add., adductor ;
m.ap., apertor; m.ap.an., apertor ani ; m.cons.or., consti'ictor; m.d., depressor; m.ext., extensor ; m.;?., flexor ;
m.l., levator; m.oc, occludor; m.-pr., protractor; m.pL, pleural; m..r., retractor; mn., mandible;
mx., maxilla; nixp.^, outer anterior maxilliped ; mxp^., inner or posterior maxilliped; mo., mouth;
n., nerve, nerve-cord; n.az., azygos nerve; n.fr., frontal nerve; n.fr.sup., superior frontal nerve;
n.fr.i., inferior frontal nerve ; m.m.., motor nerve ; n.pl., pleural nerve (to side-walls of body) ; n.sens.,
sensory nerve; n.th., thoracic nerve ; o., outer; oc, ocellus; oc.l., lateral ocellus; oe.w., ventral ocellus ;
od., oviduct ; oe., oesophagus ; ov., ovary ; p., palp or palpiform process ; pc, pore-canal ; jhj., paragnatha ;
pi., pleuron; p.o.h., postoral bar; p.p., pectinate process; pr.v., prerectal valve; t., rostrum; re.,
rectum ; ri., ridge ; s., stomach ; sa.g., salivary gland ; sa.p., salivary pore ; sp.d., sperm-duct ; spp., pore
of spermatheca ; sm. a./)., supra-anal plate; .</;.//;., spermatheca; st., sternal plate; /., tooth ; le., testis;
^A., thoracic segment or appendage; m., uterus ; r.f/., vas deferens; v.e., vas efl'erens; ?;e.s., vesicula
seminalis ; vu., vulva.

Plate I.

Figs. 1-10 are all magnified 150 diameters : C.

Fig. 1 . Right antennule of female.

Fig. 2. Right antennule of male.

Fig. 3. Antenna.

Figs. 4, 4 a. — 4. Left mandible, ventral aspect ; 4 a, posterior aspect. (The full length of the setse

of the palp is not drawn.)
Figs. .5, 5 a. — 5. Left maxilla, posterior aspect ; 5 a, ventral aspect.

* I leave this passage as it was written in 1884 ; but I am more and more inclined to accept the view that the
Arachnida are rather connected with the Arthrostraca. Feb. 1588.

MOEPIIOLOGY OF CYCLOPS. 45

Fig. 6. Riglit autcrior maxillii)C(l, postcro-internal face, sliowing renal aperture.

Fig. 7. llight posterior luaxiilipcd, same face.

Fig. 8. Left 1st thoracic limb, posterior face; muscles of anterior side omitted.

Fig. 9. Right 4th thoracic limb, anterior face ; muscles of posterior side of jirotopoditc omitted ; pore-
canals and (in exopoditc lower joints) outlines of hypodcrm cells indicated.

Fig. 10. Section thi'ougli the right coxopodite and coupler of a thoracic limb; from a horizontal section.

Fig. 11. Free apex of labrum. x 375 : E.

Fig. 12. ]\Ionth of a live animal, from below, showing labrum, with salivary pore, prcoral bar, para-
gnatha; (the right, pff.r.) turned out, and exposing its internal face.

Fig. 13. Paraguath;e, seen dissected out in ammonia, seen from above (oral aspect).

Fig. 14. Part of the sternal region of cephalon, ammonia preparation, showing inner and outer and inner
arthrodial ridges, sockets, and shrivelled remains of kidney.

Fig. 15. Free entosternite, dorsal view, from a horizontal section; the lined parts are the retractor
muscles attached to the postmaxillary apodemc, and the squarish dots are the origin of the
retractors of the prcoral bar seen by transparency, x 125 : D.

Plate II.

Fig. 1. Adult female, seen from above; the reproductive organs and extrinsic muscles of the intestine
and anus put in diagrammatically, as if the animal were transparent, x 48 : 1".

Fig. 2. Adult male; reproductive oi-gans diagrammatic, x 48 : 1".

Fig. 3. Sternal region of anterior part of thorax (compiled from two sketches of the live animal) : the 1st
limb and coupler are seen turned back ; the region of the 2nd thoracic segment is exposed by
the 2nd limb (not shown) being turned forward, and the 3rd limb turned back. Part of
the ventral nerve-cord shows by transparency, and the transverse direction of the nerve to the
1st limb, as compared with the obliquity of those to the 3rd and 4th, is obvious. The front
of the ncrvc-coi-d is too narrrow. x 150 : D.

Fig. 4 ft. Sternal region at junction of fore and hind body (4th to Gth segments) of immature female
before last moult, diagrammatized from life, showing 5th thoracic limb ; great flexors of body
and median apodeme of their insertion, nerve-cord enlarged at hinder end of 4th and 5th seg-
ments, and bifurcating in the Gth, giving off at tlie former enlargement nerves to the flexors,
to the 5th limb, and to the sides of the Gth segment, and at the latter nerves to the vulva and
to the sixth limb (genital limb), x 150 : C and D.

Fig. 5. Same region of adult male, showing in addition the genital valves, vesicula; scminales, left
vas deferens, and the nerve from the 4th segment to the side of the Gth. x 150 : C and D.

Fig. 6. Side view of same region of female combined from life and sagittal sections, showing vulva, sperma-
theca, and pore, Gth limb (genital valve), and terminations of pleural nerve, x 150 : C and D.

Fig. 7. Frontal section (from a transverse series) showing corneal facets, &c. x 250 : D.

Fig. 8. Horizontal section through eye and front of brain, showing left optic nerve, and (at a slightly
higher level) right inferior frontal nerve. x 125 : J.

Plate III.

Fig. 1. Sagittal section of adult female (nearly median), showing chief organs in *i<M ; histologica details
diagrammatic ; ganglion of fourth thoracic segment {r/. th. 4) too large, x 18 : 1".

Fig. 2. Sagittal section through last three segments of abdomen, showing epithelial valve at junction of
intestine and rectum, median (dorsal) muscles of rectum, and ventral apertor ani, and continu-
ation of one fork of nerve-cord to furca. x 250 : D.

Fig. 3. Intestine, from above (horizontal section, osmic acid and cochineal), showing the epithelium and
SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 7

46 PKOF. M. M. IIAKTOG ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF CYCLOPS.

the incomplete circular muscles in fascicles attached at the sides of the gut, and diverging
towards the upper (and lower) median line ; the striation is too marked, and the longitudinal

fihres are omitted. E.
Fio-. 1. Sagittal section (almost exactly median) through front of eephalon, showing relations of rostrum,

epistoma, and labrum, a3sopliagus, and muscles of deglutition, brain with azygos nerve and

ganglion, eye, and nerve-cord. x 150 : C.
Fig. 5. Transverse section of maxillary region of male (slightly diagrammatized), and the anterior branches

of the uterus, introduced from a corresponding section of a female, showing muscles of maxilla,

position of entosternitc with its suspensors, retractors of preoral bar, nerve-cord, stomach, and

pleural muscles, &c. X 150 : C.
Fig. 6. Horizontal section of front of cephalon of female, showing relations of mouth, &c., salivary glands,

and duct. X 150 : C.
Fig. 7. Left kidney of immature female, in natural position, from without, shaded to convey relations

of its successive coils : 1, point at which it bends inwards (into ccelom ?) ; 2, commencement

of duct. X 250 : D.
Fig. 8. From a transverse section in the region of the anterior maxillipeds, showing relations of kidney

and duct : 1, 2 as in Fig. 7. x 125 : D.
Fig. 9. Left kidney of Nauplius, 2nd stage, in situ, from below, with its termination (opening ?) on base

of antenna, and its other end in a mass of protoplasm in the body, x 525 : J.
Fio'. 10. Series of maxillae from various Copepoda, to show transitional forms from biramous condition to

that of the Phyllopod (copied by kind permission from Brady's 'British Copepoda') : —

a. CaJanus finmarchicus, Gunner _; b. Metridia armata, Boeek ; c. Pseudocahnius armatus,

Boeck ; d. PonteUa Wollastoni, Lubbock ; e. Pseudoctj clops obtusatus, Brady and Robertson ;

/. Parapontella brevicornis, Lubbock ; g. Notodelphis agilis, Thoi'cll ; h. Robertsonia tenuis,

Brady and Robertson.

Plate IV.

Fig. 1. Sagittal section o anterior part of nerve-cord, traversed by retractors of preoral bar. x 375 : E.
Fig. 2. Horizontal section of nerve-cord in region of first and second maxillae, showing transverse fibres,

slightly deeper on left side, x 375 : E.
Fig. 3. Superficial view of brain, from a dissection (osmic acid, cochineal, oil of cloves), with origin of

nerve to left antennule, forming a lateral lobe, x 250 : D.
Fig. 4. Sagittal section of brain and eye to left of median line, showing left superior frontal nerve.

X 250 : D.
Fig. 5. Sagittal section of eye, nearly median, x 525 : J.
Fig. 0. Slightly oblique section of eye. x 375 : E.
Pig. 7. Horizontal section of inferior (median) ocellus, x 375 : E.
Fig. 8. Dissection (after gold chloride) of front of brain and eye. x 250 : D.
Fig. 9. Transverse section of nerve-cord in posterior region of first maxillse. x 375 : E.
Fig. 9 a. Section at level of posterior maxillipeds ; all nerve-cells alone indicated, x 150 : D.
Fig. 10. Portion of large nerve-trunk laid open by razor, and showing nucleoid granules. x 525 : J.
Fig. 11. Expansion of a large nerve (sensory, below hypoderm). (From a transverse section.)
Fig. 12. Doyerian eminence, from same section as fig. 11. x 375 : E.
Fig. 13. A nucleus from posterior end of testis (rhachis) : b, dividing nuclei from a little further on, one

showing the diaster stage, with spindle of achromatin fibres ; c, male ova, or spermatosporcs

from about middle of testis; d, male ova, with dividing nuclei, from a little further on. (All

these taken from a dissection treated as in fig. 3.) x 1050 : J.
Fig. 14. Expidsive bodies from a crushed seminal vesicle, slightly swollen (Draper's ink, glycerine).
X 750 : E.

[ 47 ]

II. Description of a new Genus and Species of Pyralidoe, received from the Rev. J. H.
Hocking, from the Kanrjra Valley, Punjab, India. By the Right Hon. Lokd
Walsingham, M.A., F.B.S., F.L.S.

(Plate V.)

Bead 16th June, 1887.

About seven years ago I received from my friend Mr. Hocking*, then residing at
Dharmsala in the Punjab, a batch of cocoons with some preserved larvae and a few
specimens of a moth, to which, having regard to the evidence of its life-history, I found
it difficult to assign a place in the accepted system of classification.

The following notes accompanied the specimens : — " On Jamin. Larvae covered with
a thick coating of dirty |white silk ; each larva in a separate compartment, great numbers
of which joined together form a mass as large as a man's fist. The larvae when young
march over the leaves as processionary larva?, covering the leaves as they go with silk,
which after a little forms the outside of the compartment and is covered with frass ;
after a little each individual makes a compartment for itself, using the frass-covered
silk, which it lines, as it draws it round itself, with a fresh covering of silk, so that there
are two layers of silk with frass between them. I had worked for two years for these,
and then found all tlie larv:e in June turned into pupae.

" Imago during the iirst fortnight in July.

" A second lot found in Octolier furnished the larvae now brought."

The collection received at the same time contained so large a numl)er of new and
interesting species, as to induce me to indulge the hope that it might afford material
for a separate work. The greater part of these, together with many larvae admirably
preserved by Mr. Hocking, are now in the British Museum; and those which have
not yet been described have become the subject of special study, with a view to
publication.

Mr. P. Moore, to whom the specimens were shown, was somewhat incredulous as to the
connexion between the larvae and the perfect insects, having met with no similar series
of transformations in his large experience of Indian Lepidoptcra. I received no further
particulars about the species under consideration until 1885, after Mr. Hocking had
returned to England and settled in Suffolk. At the risk of some slight repetition, I
quote his letter, dated April lith of that year, in full, so far as it relates to this subject : —

" I am so pleased, I have succeeded in getting home from India a box full of co(!oons
of that moth about which Mr. Moore was, and I believe still is, so sceptical. Wiien
tliey arrived this morning, I found, on opening the box, that there was a quantity of frass
in it, showing that the larvae had been put in before they had changed. On cutting open

* Eev. Jno. H. Hocking, Debenham Vicarage, Stonham, Suffolk.
SECOND SKRIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 8

48 LORD WALSINGHAM ON A NEW GENUS

one compartment, I found a dead larva, and my heart sank within me ; but in the next
I found a fine healthy chrysalis, and so in the others I have opened:

" You have a specimen of the caterpillar mounted. In my list it is No. 23 of 1879,
and I liave the following notes on it : — ' June 28. On Jamin. Larvi3e covered
with a thick coating of du'ty white silk ; each larva in a separate compartment. Had
searched for two years for this; and then found all the larvae changed to chrysalids.
Moths came out first fortnight of July ; c? and ? differ.'

"This I afterwards discovered was the second brood; these which I am sending you
should come out soon, if the second lot should be spun up and in chrysalis state on 28tli
June, when I found the chrysalis in 1879. You should, I think, place them in a warm,
damp air. I remember these coming out in the sweltering heat of the rains in the Kangra
Valley. It is, I think, a triumph to have described this insect to unknowing people in
India, and in getting home a by no means common thing just in the right state. I told
my friend as nearly as possible where to find it, and told him to go on cutting open the
compar^^ments every week, until he found a chi-ysalis and not a caterpillar. And he
seems to have acted up to his orders. You might, perhaps, send a clump to Mr. Moore
and let him see the moths come out."

The cocoons referred to in the above letter reached me safely, and were placed in a
conservatory in my house in London.

The perfect insects emerged in the months of June and July, and although a large
proportion of them were cripples, several good specimens were obtained. I believe that
Mr. Moore also succeeded in rearing some from the clusters of cocoons which I sent to
him. I am much indebted to him for an opportunity of examining some allied forms
from his Indian collection, as well as for the suggestion, in which I entirely concur,
that the genus is allied to the well-known European genus Aglossa. In proof of a
somewhat similar tendency to gregarious habits in that genus, the following extract
from the late Mr. Wm. Buckler's notes on the life-history of Aglossa cuprealls, Hb.,
published in the Ent. Mon. Mag., Sept. 1884, p. 76, may be referred to : —

" From the first they spin the rubbish together, making tubes much in the same way
as ^ji«^e<e«rtiis and often making use of a straw, bean-husk, or folded leaf of Cladliim
mariscus, as a private retreat ; they seem, when supplied with plenty of materials, to
make the sides of their galleries of some considerable thickness, and sometimes two or
three larvae were found inhabiting the same gallery, which, however, in such a case
would be noticeably longer than one occupied by a single tenant."

This account, taken together with other evidence, is valuable as showing analogy
between the habits of the two species in the larval state, and strongly supports tlie
conclusion that some afiinity exists between them.

The following is the description of a new genus and species, taken from the specimens
above mentioned (figured on the Plate which accompanies this paper) : —

AND SPECIES OF PYKALID.E. 49

EPIPASCniINiE.

C(ENODOMUS, gen. nov.

(Kotvoc= common, So/xoc= dwelling.)

Type Coenodomus Hockingi, Wlsm.

AntenncB : d bipectinate, tapering through two thirds of their length ; thence laterally
compressed, merely pubescent ; each pectination bears a double series of fine hairs
beneath ; a cylindrical, erect, membranous sac, obtuse at the apex, arises out of the
enlarged, globose, basal joint, and is thickly clothed with strong elongate scales ;
5 simple, slightly pubescent, with basal joint much enlarged, but without a membranous
sac.

Ocelli none.

^i/es large and projecting.

Maxillary palpi short, porrect.

Labial palpi projecting about the width of the eyes beyond them, thickly clothed with
closely packed coarse scales ; the short apical joint almost concealed in the clothin"- of
the second joint, Avhich is stout and tumid, and at least seven times its length.

Tongue clothed at the base, thence long, naked, and conspicuously double.

Fore icings narrow at the base, widened outwards at the anal angle ; the costa straight,
apex depressed and rounded ; apical margin oblique, slightly convex ; dorsal margin also
slightly convex near the base : neuration, the costal nervure extends slightly beyond the;
end of the cell ; the subcostal nervure is divided at the upper end of the cell into two
nervules, the lowest of which goes direct to the dorsal margin, the upper reaching the
apex after emitting a strong branch from the middle of its lower edge to the dorsal
margin immediately below the apex, and three very short slender nervulets to tlie costal
margin ; from about the lower angle of the cell four nervules are emitted to the dorsal
margin, the upper or discoidal nervule closely aijproximate at its base to the upper oF
the three median nervules, which are separated from each other by an almost equal
space.

B^ind wings slightly wider than the fore wings, with evenly rounded mai-gins.
Frenulum of the d single, of the 2 double : neural/on, the costal nervure touches the
upper of the two subcostal nervules slightly beyond the end of the cell, and in som<;
specimens is anastomosed with it ; the discocellular nervule is much angulated inwards
above the middle, and below it the discoidal nervule, as in the fore wing, arises very near
the upper of the three median nervules, which are separated by an equal space from
each other ; these, however, are all separate and distinct, differing in that respect from
the genus Aglossa, Latr., in which the upper one is forked.
Both pairs of wings with tufts of raised scales.

Abdomen moderately stout, reaching slightly beyond the hind wings.
Lateral claspers broad at the base, tapering posteriorly to a depressed obtuse point.
Uncus single, obtuse, scutelliforra.

50 LOED WALSINGHAM ON A NEW GENUS

Legs, tibiae clotlied with long scales ; tarsi rather slender.

The ? is usually a little larger than the 6 .

Larva with sixteen legs ; the foixr pairs of abdominal claspers situated on segments
7, 8, 9, and 10. Living in colonies, in strong silken cases, of which several are woven
together.

Ca5X0D0MUS HOCKINGI, n. sp.

Head and face fuscous.

Antennce : <s hipectinate for two thirds of their length, with a pair of erect cinereous
tufts arising from a hollow sac on the enlarged basal joint; 2 simple, but with the
basal joint globose ; pale cinereous inclining to ochreous.

Labial palpi black.

Toiiffiie pale cinerous-ochreous.

Thorax fascous mixed with cinereous ; on the underside dark fuscous, almost black.

Fore wings brownish grey, mottled and banded witb cinerous, dark fuscous, and white,
with tufts of raised brownish-cinereous and fuscous scales. The costal margin from the
base to near the apex is very dark fuscous with an iridescent hue, interrupted about the
middle by two narrow oblique lines of white scales, which become blended below the
fuscous margin, and form an ill-defined whitish fascia, which has a pink iridescent tinge in
a strong light. A similar slender waved line of white scales extends from the costa near
the apex in the direction of the anal angle. Before the white fascia is an oblique raised
l)rovvnish-cinereous streak margined with fuscous ; and beyond the fascia the space
preceding the waved whitish outer line is pale brownish cinereous. The chief accumu-
lations of raised scales on the fore wing are immediately preceding the whitish fascia, on
the basal portion of the diseal cell and on the fold below it ; besides a conspicuous brown
tuft below the middle of the costa between the lines of white scales forming the upper
part of the fascia, and a smaller one immediately beyond it, at about the same distance
from the costal margin, which are both tipped with white ; there is also a small tuft
above it and before the anal angle.

Underside shining pale greyish cinereous, the costal margin inclining to fuscous ; a
U'w pale fuscous and whitish streaks and mottlings showing through both pairs of
wings from the upperside.

Hind wings, the general colour is brownish grey, with whitish and fuscous mottlings.
< )n the hind wings the only tuft of raised scales is placed below the middle of the wing
near to the abdominal margin.

Legs fuscous, touched with pale cinereous.

Ahdomen cinereous at the base, inclining to fuscous beyond it ; the anal tuft cinereous,
mottled with fuscous.

Exp. al. 6 38 millim., ? 42 millim.

First received from Eev. J. H. Hocking, from the Punjab, India, in 1880.

The larva has the head deep, dark brown ; on the second segment is a yellowish-ivory
coloured chitinous plate, not divided in the middle, and reaching well over to the spiracles
on each side ; this is flecked with about twelve small pale brown spots above and has two

AND SPECIES OF PYEALIDJ5. 51

ferruginous brown lone;itudinal stripes, one on each side of the central space. On the
anterior edge of the third segment is a central brownish-fuscous spot equidistant between
two also anterior lateral ones and two posterior intermediate ones of the same colour.
The next segment is somewhat similarly marked, but the upper central part is re-
duplicated. The fifth, sixth, and seventh segments have a pair of anterior spots near
the spiracles, and a pair of posterior latei*al spots above them. The sides of the segments
below the black spiracles have a rugose and reticulated appearance, and the undersides
of the three anterior segments are black, the feet only tijiped with ])i-own. The pale
ground-colour of all the anterior segments is that of dull yellowish ivory. Behind
the seventh segment the larval skin is of a uniform dusky brownish tinge without
markings, and is evidently never exposed, the flattened claspers being partially aborted.
The larva is about 30 millim. in length, each tube about 40 millim.
The food-plant of this curious species, under the name of " Jamin," pronounced " Jah-
min," has been determined by Mr. Carruthersas Eugenia j ambolana, Lam.* Mr .Hocking
writes that it is as large as a shrub, having a shiny semitransparent leaf, and that the
natives make their ploughs of its wood.

The larvae are gregarious, living in strong tubes of white silk, of the consistency of

stout cardboard ; these are open at both ends, and from three to fifteen or more are

agglomerated together, the heads of the larvae projecting from one or other end, according

to the position of the leaves of their food, to which the whole mass of tubes is attached by

stout silken threads consisting of many strands. 'J he walls of these tubes are double and

are verv curiouslv constructed, their -n hole thickness being not less than from two to three

millimetres. The inner lining of wdiite silk is smooth and rather shining ; the outer layer,

which has a slight yellowish tinge, is mucli stouter and stifFer than the inner lining, and,

although smooth, lias an uneven surface ; this is caused by the interposition of a layer

of the larval excrement between the double silken wall. A more perfect arrangement for

keeping off heat from the body of the larva could scarcely be devised. The silk at the

ends of the tube is fraj^ed out, and has been apparently used for attaching them to the

leaves and twigs, or for changing the position of the common dwelling, according to the

feeding requirements of its various inmates. When three or four tulies only are found

agglomerated together, these are usually pai'allel to each other; l)ut when tlie mass

consists of a larger number they are placed, apparently without system, crossing and

recrossing each other at all sorts of angles, with their apertures thus pointing in many

different directions.

I have compared specimens Avitli the following allied genera described by Mr. P.
Moore and others: —

Tcmrica sikkima, Moore, has the antenna* slightly tuft(Hl at the base, and stronsjly
pubescent on both sides throughout. Ccenodomiis differs from this in having the antennae
l)ipectinated for two thirds of their length only.

Stericta, Led., = Glossina, Gn., has a membranous process arising from the basal joint
of the antennae and turning back over the thorax.

Sarama, Moore, has a similar process clothed Avith tliick scales, reminding one in

* itr. Thns. Christy, F.L.S., has been irond onoii.sli to supply the specimen figured in the Plate.
SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 9

52 LOKD WALSINGHAM ON NEW PYEALID^.

appearance, though not in structure, of the American genus Acrolophus, Poey, and its
allies.

Scopocera, Moore, and Fannucha, Moore, are also allied genera, with somewhat similar
structural peculiarities on the basal joint of the antennae, but differing from Ccenodovins
in the degree of pectination or pubescence on the remaining joints of these organs.

Titanoceros, Catamola, and Astrapometis, all described by Meyrick (Trans. Ent. Soc.
1884', pp. Gl et seq.), are also allied genera.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1 . Cceiiodomus Hocldiiyi, S . \a. Head, front view. 1 b. Head, side view. 1 c. Portion of
aiitenua of (J, magaified.

Fig. 2. Ccenodomus Rockingi, $ . 2 a. Portion of ? , magnified.

Fig. 3. A colony of larva; in agglomerated cases among leaves oi Eugenia jambolana, Lam. 3 a. Section
of agglomerated empty larval cases. 3 6. Single larva extracted from its case. 3 c. A group of
three cases, heads of the larvie protruding. 3 d. Magnified section of silken wall of larval case.

Fig. 4. Neuration of fore wing. 4 a. Neuratiou of hind wing.

)3 ]

III. The Zoology of the Afghan Delimitation Commission. By J. E. T. Aitchison, 3I.I>.,
C.I.E., F.li.S., F.L.S., Naturalist attached to the Mission, and Secretary tu the
Surgeon-General, Her Majesty's Forces, Bengal.

(Plates VI.-XIV. and two Maps.)

Read 3rd February, 1887.

Introduction B}- J. E. T. Arrcnisox.

Mammals By Oldfield Tiioitas, F.Z.S.

Birds By E. Bcwdlek Sharpe, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Keptiles By G. A. Boulexgee, F.Z.S.

Fishes By Albert (jijnther, M.D., F.ll.S.

Aracbnida, Chilopoda, and Crustacea . . By R. I. Focock.

Coleoptera and Diptera By C. 0. WiXERnousE.

Hymenoptera and Orthoptera By W. F. Kirbt.

GaU Insects By G. B. Bucicrox, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Introduction,

If the zoological collections which I have made do not answer the expectations of all,
the difficulties which I have had to encounter in my work must be taken into considera-
tion. On being appointed to the Mission, I was called upon to undertake the general
duties of a naturalist, in addition to my more special calling of botanist. Previously to
this I had never collected zoological specimens, and, owing to the veiy short notice of
departure given to me, I failed in obtaining collectors, the Afghans, in tliis respect, being
useless. Griffith remarked, fifty years ago, " Afghans will not collect ; " and I can vouch
for it they are still unchanged. Luckily for the undertaking, Mr. Wood Mason, of the
Calcutta Museum, sent me two native taxidermists, who although useless as collectors,
were invaluable in the honest way they worked as taxidermists and, in addition, arranged,
laBellcd, packed, and sorted my various impedimenta, so as to allow of my having more
time to devote to zoology.

I am greatly indebted to Lieut. Ptawlins and Capt. C. E. Yatc, both of whom lil)crally
supplied me with birds whenever they had the opportunity, and. I must here thank
various members of the Mission who assisted me by procuring specimens, and who may
not have been personally named elsewhere in this paper.

My collections comprise 290 species belonging to 210 genera, of which 32 species have
been described as new.

Of Mammals I collected 16 species belonging to 13 genera, in addition to which 7 other
species, belonging to 7 genera, were seen, of which I was unable to obtain specimens.
The most interesting, as being the least known of these, as I learn from Mr. Thomas,

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 10

54 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

is Elloh'ms fuscicapillus, the original specimens of which were obtained many years
ago near Quetta. The next point of importance is the extension of the geographical
range of Fells tigris in Afghanistan as far east and north as Bala-morghab, and that of
the Hunting Leopard [Felis Jiibafa) to the valley of the Hari-rud ; while the Egyptian
'Fox {Vulpes famelica) was obtained as far north and east as Kushk-rud and Kin, in the
basin of the Harut river.

Of Birds, I collected 123 species, belonging to 82 genera, besides recognizing about
It other species, specimens of which I failed to procure. Amongst these there are
only three new species, namely, a Woodpecker {Gecinus gorii, Hargitt), a Sparrow
(Passer yatii, Sharpe), and a Pheasant (Phasiamis principalis, Sclater). With few
exceptions all the birds oliserved were migratory, the exceptions being the Plieasant,
Raven, Ptook, Carrion-Crow, Jackdaw, Sparrow, Starling, the Sky-Lark [Alcmda
arvensis), the Large-crested Lark [Galerida cristata), the Bokhara Lark [Melanocorypha
bimaculata) , the Wall-creeper [Tichodroma muraria), the Bittern [Botauriis stelkms), an
Owl, several of the llaptores, the Black-breasted Sand-Grouse (Pterocles arenarius), and
a Bed-legged Partridge [Caccabls clmkar).

As spring advances, birds are seen to arrive, following each other very rapidly, such
as Aedon familiar Is, Sylvice, Saxlcolcv, Moiaclllce, Lanius, Pastor, Ilerops, Coraclas, &c.,
&c. The various Ducks are then leaving, except the Brahmiuy ( Casarca riitlla), which
breeds there and is resident throughout the year. The largest number of species occur
in the genera Saxicola (8), Lanius (6), Sylvia (5), Ilotacllla (5), and Emherlza (4).

Of Pi-eptiles there are 35 species, comprising Tortoise [Testudo), Lizards (Lacer til la)
21 species, of which 3 are new, Ophidians 13 species, of which 1 is new. The collections
of Lizards Mr. Boulenger considers interesting, as much on account of good and
numerous specimens as of the number of genera represented. Amongst the Ophidians
there are fine specimens of the little-known Nala oxiana, heretofore only recognized
from young and undeveloped specimens.

Of Batrachia there are only two species, Rana esculenta and Bitfo virklis. Feeding
on the latter was found a Leech {Aidostomum yulo).

Of Fishes I only managed to procure 7 species, belonging to 6 genera, 3 of which
prove to be new. The most interesting species amongst them, owing to its geographical
distribution, is ScMzothorax intermcdius, first found \)j Griffith in the Cabul river,
an afiiuent of the Indus, and again by the Second Yarkand Mission in the great eastern
drainage of Eastern Turkestan at Tang-i-hissar. The specimens obtained by myself
were found in the tributaries of the Bala-morghab river, which drain to the north and
west towards the Caspian.

Tlie new species of Schlzothorax described by Dr. Giinthcr was collected in the Hari-
rud and its tributaries only.

One hundred species of Insects were collected, of which 20 species have been described
as new. The majority of these appear to be Arabian, North-African, Mediterranean,
and Canarian types, some Centi-al Asian (Turkestanian), very few Indian ; but too few
were collected to admit of generalization.

I made no collection of Butterflies (though a few were seen), owing to my not being

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 55

able to engage collectors. These only appeared in small nnmbcrs of the same species
here and there when there was perfect stillness in tlie air. This stillness occurs
so infrequently and at such irregular intervals that it would have required the entire
devotion of one's time to collecting these insects alone. AVhen the wind rose they Avere
driven about like so many leaves, and seemed Avith difficulty to gain shelter. I never,
to my knowledge, saw a perfect specimen, all were battered (one may say) to pieces,
their wings becoming deeply irregularly fringed from continuous fractures and injuries.

Thanks to the courtesy and assistance of Professor Flower, the Director of the Natural
History Museum, and to the kindness of Dr. Gilnther, I was enabled to exliibit the
collections at the Natural History Museum, South Kensington.

I am indebted to the several officers of that Museum who have identified and described
for me the species of which each has made a special study, namely : —

The Mammals, Mr. Thomas ; the Birds, Mr. Sliarpe ; the Reptiles, Mr. Boulenger ;
the Fishes, Dr. Giinther ; the Insects, Mr. Kirby and Mr. Waterhouse; and the Spiders
and Crustacea, Mr. Pocock. To Mr. G. B. Buckton, F.Pv.S., I am obliged for his
description of a gall-insect.

I alone am responsible for the localities with the references and remarks enclosed
within brackets and iuitialed J. E. T. A.

MAMMALS.

By Oldfield Thomas, F.Z.S.,
Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Since the following notes on the Mammals of Afghanistan, brought homo by Dr. Aitehison, were written, I have
received a paper by Dr. J. Scully " On the ilaramals and Birds coUcoted by Captain C. E. Yate, C.S.T.. of tho Afghan
Boundary Commission " (J. A. S. B. Ivi. pt. ii. p. GS, 18S7), and therefore practically a paper on un almost precisely
similar set of Mammals to those here described. Thirteen species are there referred to, two being new ; of these.
one (SjiermophUus bactrianus) is not represented in Dr. Aitchison's collection, while tho other (7i7/o6!«s intermedins)
is evidently the same as my No. 11. — 0. T.]

1. FeLIS TIGRIS, L.

a. Skin and skull. Karaol-kbana.

This Tiger has the rich coloration of Bengal specimens, and shows no approximation
to the greyer and longer-haired type found further north.

[Blanford, Eastern Persia, ii. p. 34.
Afghans call the Tiger Buber ; Turkomans Yulbars.

Durincr the march of the Afsrhan Delimitation Commission from India to Kliusan,
the question whether we were ever likely to meet with a Tiger was often discussed,

10*

56 DE. J. E. T, AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

and I think the general view was against the assumption. However, on Sir Peter
Lumsden, G.C.B., and his party joining our camp at Khusan, our -^-iews began to change,
as we heard from them that they had seen the pugs (footprints) of Tigers in the valley
of the Hari-rud ; and the native report was that we were iu the land of Tigers. On the
19th January, 1885, at our camp at Bala-morghab the body of a female Tiger was
brought to the General. It had been caught in a trap by the neck, then shot, and
frequently stabbed, as the skin was a good deal injured by knife-cuts. It was evidently
an old animal, the teeth being broken and much worn away. It measured S feet
4| inches from the tip of the nose to the end of the tail, the tail alone measuring 36
inches ; and from the spine above the shoulder to the base of the second claw on the
fore foot measured 3 feet 8 inches. The skin was in good condition, and in no way
mangy, which was remarkable, considering the age of the animal and its worn away
teeth. It was killed near Karaol-khana, between that and Mara-chak on the Bala-mor-
ghab river. The arrival of this Tiger in camp settled, beyond mere hearsay and
impressions, the fact that Tigers exist as far east as the Bala-morghab. On the 5th
May, at the Chashma-sabz pass, at an elevation of 5000 feet, I came across the play-
ground evidently of a pair of line animals, which, from the very recent condition of their
jyiiQs, must have been close in our neighbourhood. Again near Toman-agha, on the
Hari-rud, I saw their markings plentifully. During summer, owing to there being so
much suitable cover for Tigers, they wander over the great rolling plains of the Badghis,
ascending to higher altitudes with the increase of heat, depending for their food on Pig,
Oorial, and even Ibex. In winter they resort to the Tamarisk and grass thickets of the
larger streams and main rivers, to which their usual food, the Pig, also retires. The
Turkomans say that an old and toothless Tiger is especially destructive to sheep, hunger
and inability to obtain other food making hiin very bold and cunning. They assert that
such a Tiger will follow a man on horseback, wait until he has taken his food, and has
lain down to rest, and will then attack him in preference to his horse.

At Bandar-i-ghaz, the port of Astrabad, on tlie Caspian, there was a fine Tigress in
captivity, some six or seven months old, which was said to have been caught on the
Hari-rud between Sarakhs and Pul-i-katun : this I purchased, and after many difficulties
managed to place safely on board an English steamer at Batoum, bound for England.
It is ]iow in the Zoological Gardens of London, having been presented to tlie Zoological
Society by the Government of India in Council.

The above data confirm Terrier's statements, that Tigers exist in the thickets of
the Hari-rud, and extend their geographical area as far east as the Bala-morghab river.
—J. E. T. A.]

[Felis jubata, Schreber.

Blanford, turn. fit. p. 35.

A pair of young Hunting Leopards were obtained by Sir Peter Lumsden's party in
their journey through Persia towards Afghanistan, in the watershed of the Hari-rud
river, on the southern slopes of the mountains that separate the waters of the Zroabad

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 57

from those of the Turbat-shaikh-jami river. These I saw when only two or three weeks
old. Their general colouring, tlie extreme length of their tails in proijortion to their
bodies, and their soft woolly fleece, led me to conclude that they were the young of Felis
uncia. I therefore strongly urged their owner, my friend Nawab Mirza Ilassain AH
Khan, to send tlicm by the very first opportunity to England. They arrived safely at
Quetta, where one died ; I have since seen the second, grown a splendid animal, at
the Zoological Society's Gardens in London. — J. E. T. A.]

2. Eelis caitdata. Gray.

a. Skin. Bala-moi'gliab.

This specimen, a bad skin without a skull, agrees very fairly with the type of Gray's
" Chans caiidatus" (P. Z. S. 1874, p. 31, pis. vi. & vii.) from Bokhara. Its bad state,
however, prevents any further light being thrown by it on the doubtful question of the
distinctness of F. caudata from F. chans, Gfdd.*

[The skin of this Cat was obtained almost fresh, so that it must have been killed iu
the vicinity of our camp at Bala-morghab. — J. E. T. A.]

3. Eelis domestica, L.

a. Bala-morgliab, 31 1 85.

[Canis Lurus, L.

Blaiiford, torn. cit. p. 37.

Local names Ghiirk, Gurg.

On the 9th November at Karez-dasht, South-west Afghanistan, with my glasses I
distinctly recognized a Wolf. In the Badghis during winter Wolves arc said to be
common, but I neither obtained skins nor did I ever see one. — J. E. T. A.]

[Canis ArREUs, L. ?

Blanford, torn. cit. p. 37.

Local name Shakal.

Jackals were occasionally heard, but are not generally common, as in my journal for
the 30th June I note, " Last night heard a few Jackals, the first time I do not remember
since when." In Khorasan Capt. Griesbach gave me a young one, but it was in such
an unhealthy condition that I had to shoot it. The skin was not worth keeping.
—J. E. T. A.]

4. Vttlpes persica, Blanford (?) f.
Blanford, torn. at. p. 3'J, pi. ii.

a. Bala-morgliab.

This skin, lik(^ that of Fells caudata, was purchased in its present state in Bala-

* The same is also unfortunatel}- the ease with the specimen referred to by Dr. Scully, t. c. p. GO.
t This is probably the same Fox that Dr. Scully refers to V.montana, Pears.

58 DE. J. E. T. AITCmSON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

morgliab, and is without a skull. It is therefore almost impossible to decide for
certain to which of several nearly allied races of Foxes it should be referred.

5. Vtjlpes famelica, Riippell.

a. Skin and skull. Between Kushk-rud and Kin, November 3, ISSi.

The discovery of the Egyptian Fox in Afghanistan is of some interest, as it confirms
Mr. Blanford's determination of the Bushire Fox, in his work on Persia *, and at the
same time extends the known range of the species to a very considerable extent. The
skin obtained by Dr. Aitchison agrees in every respect with Riippell's description t>
and I have little hesitation in referring it to F. fmnellca, although it is just possible
that a direct comparison of the skulls of the two forms might show them to be distinct.

[Foxes (local name Roha) were commonly seen all over the route traversed. On the
Ilelmand they were most numerous, and there get the credit of disturbing graves to such
an extent that the relatives have to place various objects on them to frighten off these
pests by their noise or motion. Sometimes smouldering fires are even kept up for the
same purpose. — J. E. T. A.]

6. PuTORius SARMATicus, Pallas.
a. Skull. Gulran.

Capt. Hutton (J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 34G, 1845) has given an excellent account of the
habits of the Mottled Polecat, as observed by him at Kandahar.

[Uesus, sp.

Blanford, torn. dt. p. 47.

At Bala-morghab several persons who lived between that and Maimana told me
that in the hills between these two places are to be got two kinds of Bears, one red
(called locally " Khirsa ") and one black (called " Kul "). I saw no skins, nor could I
obtain any.— J. E. T. A.]

7. Erinaceus albulus, Stoliczka.

a. Tirphul, 7/4/85. b. Bala-morgliab. c. No history-

This species was hitherto only known from Yarkand, where several specimens were
obtained by the two Indian Yarkand Expeditions (cf. Blanford, 2nd Yark. Miss., Mamm.
p. 14, 1879). a is an excellent specimen, in spirit, caught alive by Dr. Aitchison ; b and
c are dried and headless skins, and were picked up in their present state.

[A Hedgehog seems to be very common over the whole Badghis, for pieces of the
spine, Ijeariug portions of the skin, were daily picked up. I, however, only succeeded
in getting one live specimen, an adult. The local names are " Kliar-j)usht-ali " and
''KUal-'poshr—i. E. T. A.]

* Zonl. Gcol. Eastern Persia, ii. p. 41 (1S70). Sec also Sclater, V. Z. S. 1S75, p. 420.
t Atlas, Zool. pi. V. p. 15 (1S2G).

THE AFGHAX DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 59

7*. \_Spermophilus bactrianus, Scully, /. c. p. 70, may be added in here as an additional
pedes.]

8. Gerbillus erythrvrus, Gray.

a. Gulran, 25 2 85. b. Between the Hamun of the HehBancl and Khusan.

[Blanford, turn. cit. p. 70.

The obtaining of the above two specimens extends the area of the range of this
7erbilhts northwards to Bala-morghab, jfnd gives a link between Kandahar and Shiraz.
-J. E. T. A.]

8*. [Insert Mus bactriamis, Ely., as an additional species (Scully, t. c. p. 72).]

\). Cricetus PH.EUS, Pallas.
a. Bala-morghab, 23/1, 85.
Blanford, torn. cit. p. 58.

10. Arvicola MANDARINUS, Milne-Edwards (?).
a, b. Guh-an, 13 3 and It 85.

These two Voles quite agree with the Afghan specimen doubtfully referred to A.
nandarhiKS by Mr. Blanford in his paper on the Arvicolai of this region (J. A. S. B. 1.
)t. ii. p. 108, 1881). The follovring are their measurements, in spirit : —

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Forearm and hand. Ear (above crown),

millim. millim. millim. millim. millim.

«. c? . . . . 87 2i 16-0 23 6-0

b. 2 .... 94 26 16-1 23 6-5

Eoot-pads 5-6. Mammaj 2-2 = 8.

10*. [Insert Arvicola guentheri, Dauf. & Alst., as an additional species (Scully, I. c.

). 72).]

11. Ellobils fuscicapilltj's, Blyth t-

u,b. Guh-an, 19, 3 and 1/4/85. c. Bala-morghab, 15/1/85. d. Karaol-khana, 15,2/85.

This species is by far the most interesting of the Mammals found by the Commission,
IS it was hitherto only known from the type specimens obtained more than forty years
igo at Quctta, and described as Georyclms fuscocapillits l)y Mr. Blyth +, who later <^
'ormed a special genus, Myospalax, for then- reception. In order to find out the true

t Dr. Scully (^ c. p. 7u), than whom there is no better authority on such a point, describes this animal as a new
species, under the name of K. intermedium. The cranial and dental characters he gives, however, although at first
iight they would naturally appear to be of specific importance, prove to he so variable within the present series
hat I feel I must still adhere to the above determination, despite the advantage Dr. Scully has of me in being able
lirectly to compare the Afghan specimens with Blyth's original types.

i J. A. S. B. xi. p. 887 (1842).

§ J. A. S. 15. XT. p. 141 (184G).

60 DE. J. E. T. AITCIIISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

relations of this so-called " Quetta mole," Mr. Blanford, when working out the North-
Indian Voles in 1883 *, obtained one of the typical specimens from Calcutta, and
showed that the species really belonged to the genus Ellohius, giving at the same time
excellent figures of its skull and dentition. No other specimens seem ever to have been
obtained, and these four well-preserved spirit-specimens, the only ones in Europe, are
therefore of considerable value for the elucidation of the species. The following are
their measurements, which are, of course, far more trustworthy than any taken from
dried skins : —

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Forearm and hand.

mUlim. miilim. millim. mUlim.

rt. ? 127 lG-0 20-5 35-0

b. 2 98 14-0 21-0 33-0

c. 6 103 12-0 19-4 31-0

d. 6 115 160 20-6 34-5

The ear-conch is not so entirely aborted as in the Spalacidse, but forms a small
triangular projection some two or three millimetres long. The soles are smooth and
ungranulated, and the pads, of which there are 5 on the fore and 6 on the hind feet, are
low and little prominent. The mammary formula is 2 — 1=:G.

The other characters of this species, being observable in skins as well as in spirit-
specimens, have been fully described in Mr. Stanford's paper above referred to.

[This curious bull-dog headed, mole-like K-at, with enormous incisor teeth for its size,
was said by the natives to be common, but that it was rarely seen unless dug out of its
burrows. The whole of the Badghis was, in many places, perforated like a sponge from
the burrowing of this as well as other rodents, species of which were not obtained, owdng
to the restrictions placed upon my work and my having no men wdth me who had been
trained as collectors. Owing to these buiTows, in many places the country w-as very
unsafe to ride over, as on our marches on the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd Tebru-ary, 1885,
between Islim and Gulran. On these marches I saw what I believe to have been
Marmots, but w^as not lucky enough to procure specimens.

The Badghis is just the country for small rodents, from the loamy, sandy, soft soil,
easily worked in, and the numerous plants with large tuberous roots, ready to sujjply
them with food and drink.— J. E. T. A.]

12. Alactaga indica. Gray.

a, b. Sim-koh, 18/5/85. c. Between the Hamuu of the Helmaud and Khusau.

Measurements in spirit : —

Head and bod}'.

Tail.

Hind foot.

Forearm and band. Ear (above crown).

milHm.

millim.

millim.

milKm. millim.

a. 2 .

... 105

IGl

54-5

26 38

I. 9 .

... 102

165

600

26 35

* J. A. S. B. 1. p. lis, pi. ii. (ISSl).

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 61

[These specimens supply a link between Shiraz and Afghanistan to the east of the
Hamun of the Helmand, besides extending the range of this Jerboa as far north as the
Sim-koh hills. See Blanfovd, t. c. p. 77.— J. E. T. A.]

13. Lepus tibetanus, Waterhouse *.

Blauford, Second Yark. Miss., Mamm. p. fi3 (18/9).

a, $ , weight 3 lb. 1 oz., De-kainran, 2G/10/84. h, $ , weight 3 lb., Tirphul, 9/1/85. c,d,S, weight
34 lb., and young, Gulran, 23/2 and 9/3/85.

[Hares were met with along our entire route, and all apparently of one species. They
were small ; the heaviest I have noted was procured on the 23rd February, and weighed
3 lb. 8 oz. Except on the march between Kushk-rud and Kin, they were never seen in
any numbers. Owing to the reports of the natives of these parts, it was considered,
unsafe to eat their flesh, and hence a general aversion arose to doing so in camp. I do
not believe a single one was eaten, though many of the natives looked for a time as if
they could have eaten anything. — J. E. T. A.]

13*. [Insert Lagomys rufescens. Gray, as an additional species obtained by the Com-
mission (Scully, I. c. p. 75).]

[Equtjs hemionus, Pallas ?

Blauford, Eastern Persia, ii. p. 84.

Locally called Gor-khar, and by the Turkomans Gulani.

We were certainly in the country of the Wild Ass. They were first seen on the march
between Tut-i-chi and Aftao on the 30th of November, 18S4, where, owing to a cavalry
brigade of the Afghan army marching some little distance from us they drove to us, or
we to them, herds of these as well as Wild Sheep and Gazelles. The two combined
camps, with their long string of impedimenta, had disturbed a country of game, over
which but seldom any human being had traversed for many years back. The excitement
was great, but, alas ! no specimens were obtained. We next met with the Wild Ass on
our last march into Gulran, on the 23rd February, on which occasion one was come
upon suddenly in the dark, as if he were standing fast asleep, but he was off into the distant
darkness long before he could be shot at. They occupied the country in the vicinity of
Gulran, as they were known to have attacked and injured some Mules and Donkeys that
had been turned loose to graze. On the 16th March a small hei'd, probably of a dozen,
were seen close to our camp, at our second Gulran encampment.

In my march from Gal-i-cha to the base of the Kambao Pass, on the 29th of April, 1885,
I had to cross the northern end of a great plain called " Gulam-i-maklan" or the plain
of the Wild Ass. At the time I crossed it, it was one great field of the most splendid
verdure, consisting chiefly of grasses and Umhelliferoi in their spring clothing, of herbs
and shrubs, probably not one over four feet in height, not a tree to be seen to break the

* Dr. Scully refers this hare to Lepus hhrnanni, Sevcrtz., but there cau bo little question that SevertzofiTs species,
of which we have in the Museum specimens from the original locality, is not really separable from the earlier
described L. tibetanus, Waterh.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V, 11

62 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

landscape, hut simply a great plain extending for some thirty miles and ending by
being lost in the outer hills of the Barkut and Siah-koh ranges. This was the great
historic plain of the Wild Ass. My guide took me to a slight elevation, and from it
pointed out to me where I was to look for the animals : for some time I could see
nothing ; at last, whilst using my glasses, I noticed clouds of dust, like the line of smoke
left in the track of steamers. This was what the guide wished to attract my attention to,
and what he wished me to look for ; these several lines of dust-cloud, were caused, by
herds of Asses, galloping in various directions over the great plain. One herd came well
within a mile's distance ; from its extent, I am even now of the opinion which I then held,
that the herd consisted of at least 1000 animals. I counted sixteen of these lines of
dust-cloud at one time on the horizon. My guide said that at this period of the year
tlie Wild Asses are always united in great herds on that plain, owing to the mothers
having their foals at foot, but that in a few weeks the great herds would break up, and
the animals would spread themselves all over the country in parties of ten to twelve.
This is the season at which the young are caught, by riding them down ; usually, the
mother will not leave, viciously attacking men and horses upon their coming near her
foal. It is a very rare circumstance to get a foal unless by shooting it.

This splendid open country, covered with the most excellent fodder, chiefly fine
grasses, which occur as an earlier and later grass, a sufficiency of water, with great saline
plains in the vicinity, impressed one greatly as to its value for the purposes of horse-
breeding.

We came across a piece of ground over which a herd of these animals had recently
passed, in all probability that morning ; the soil was soft, and. it had been covered with
a fine crop of grass ; over this the herd had left a track, as wide as an ordinary road,
which was seen to extend, like a road, for some distance. Between Karez-dasht
and Sher-baksh, to the south-cast of the Do Shakh range, we were informed was a
locality for the Wild Ass, also the country between Kushk-rud and Zagin, still further
south, but I did not hear of any having been seen by members of the Mission.

No specimens of this animal were obtained. — J. E. T. A.]

[Hystrix, sp.

Blanford, turn. cit. p. 80.

locally called Shogle ; by the Turkomans Kora-kosh and Sikh-aol.

On two occasions the remains of a Porcupine were picked up, and once one was sent
to me by Captain Maitland, in the Badghis : frequently their quills were found at the
mouths of their burrows, but no specimens were secured. The natives say that they
are not uncommon ; their flesh is used medicinally, as well as being regularly eaten by a
class of people called Shavfi, who live near Teheran. — J. E. T. A.]

[Stjs sceofa, L. ?

Locally called Khuk, Khanzir.

A Wild Hog was found to be very common, from the Hari-rud through the Badghis

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 68

to Bala-morghab. On the march between Ab-i-shora and Tor-shakh we came upon the
carcass of an old Boar that had just been killed ; it had attacked and killed a Camel and
injured a man. I took its measurements, it was 64 inches from the tip of its nose to the
end of its tail, and 37 inches from tlie hair on its fore foot to the top of its shoulder. In
addition to the usual bristles and coarse hair, it had a thick matting of shorter and soft,
pashmina-like wool. It was a great fat brute of a dirty white colour all over. This,
with the remains of one which must have been a giant amongst its race, that lay on our
route close to our camp at Kalla-i-maur, 18th February, 1885, were the only two speci-
mens with which I came in contact. The hair and bristles on the latter were deep black.

On one or two occasions Pigs were ridden at and killed (speared) by some of the party,
and frequently they were seen in great herds ; but owing to the religious prejudice
relative to this animal, I was unable to obtain specimens for Museum purposes, although
several good opportunities occurred for doing so.

These Pigs were a great pest to those shooting Pheasants at the nearest locality to our
camp at Bala-morghab, as they Avere heard grunting and blowing in tlie dense cover close
to the shooter, who was never very certain whether they might not rush out and make
an attack on him. During the early summer they wander over the whole country, as
then there is abundance of water from the melting snows in the valleys leading down
from the hills, as well as quantities of fresh food, in the form of roots and bulbs. They
regularly hunted for the bulbs of an Arum that grew at the base of bushes in the valleys
of the low^ ranges of hills. I used often to follow theu' tracks to see what roots they chiefly
dug up. During summer there is plenty of cover for them all over the Badghis. Often
we came across their remains in localities over which one would never expect they would
wander, until a season's experience of this country had opened out one's ideas. In winter
they keep to the great stream-bed, and hide in the dense Tamarisk and grass thickets.
Where there is cultivation they arc a perfect nuisance to the cultivator, especially in the
way they attack fields of melons. Amongst these the owners build small walled enclosures
with loop-holes, from which to fire on them at night. Until summer came I could not
make out what these miniature fortifications could possibly be intended for. —
J.E.T.A.]

14. OVIS CYCLOCERTJS, Huttou.

a. Head; Gulran. b, c. Skulls, with horns; Gulran. d. Head of young ; Kambao, 1/5 85. e,f.
Heads; Khusan, 22/11/84. g-i. Heads; Bala-morghab, 12 84. j. Immature skin ; Chasma-sabz Pass,
27/11/84.

These specimens all agree very closely, and are of the most pronounced cyclocenis-
type, none of them approaching the Sha-poo ( O. vujnei), from which, however, many
zoologists think that O. cyclocerus is hardly separable. The finest horns are those of
specimen a, which measure 36 inches in length round the curve, and 23 inches from one
horn to the other, between the most distant points of their outer edges.

11*

€4 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

[Blanford, torn. cit. p. 87.

Locally named, the male Mai, female Mesh.

This Wild Sheep (or Oorial of the Punjab) is very numerous on the higher ground
and lower ranges of hills throughout the Badghis, from 2000 feet and upwards. I saw
a skull and horns at a Ziarat or Shrine, on the 2nd December, 1884!, between Kara-
kainta and Kushk. These horns, although both tips were broken off, measured 36
inches. Sir Peter Lumsden made over to me at Khusan a very fine head, in which the
horns are entire, and of which Mr. Thomas has given the measurements. — J. E. T. A.]

15. Capra sibirica, Pallas.

Blanford, Second Yark. Miss., Mamm. p. 87 (1879).

a. Skull and horns ; Bala-morghab. b, c. Heads ; Bala-morghab, 12/84.

[Locally named, the male Thakka, the female Burz-i-kohi.

The Ibex was very numerous, and frequently seen on the more rocky parts of the
Badghis, although only one was shot by any of the members of the Mission, and that
was at a drive, on the 23rd December, 1881, at the Kara-jungle Peak, and at which I
was not present. I am indebted to Major Eind for one of the above heads. The Ibex
occurs, along with the Oorial, on ground where one would never expect them ; but to
understand their peculiarities here, one must study the country. There are, of course, the
great extending rolling downs, varying in elevation from a few feet to a thousand, where
these waves suddenly come together, and a little more cover is formed by blocks of sand-
stone having been clean washed, of all their loam ; here the Oorial are very common, and
extend more or less along the sides of the more precipitous do^vns. The rocks in
localities such as the Sim-koh country and Kambao Pass, suddenly spring out distinct from
the rolling plains on all sides to a few hundred feet in height ; these sudden perpendicular
ridges are the ordinary haunts of the Ibex, but they are continually seen wandering
between such localities, making from one to another, and in doing so have to cross over
the ordinary Oorial ground. I once met a herd which I tried to ride down, and almost
succeeded. The total absence of human beings over the country I traversed is no doubt
the reason why these animals were so numerous, and occurred on such different ground
from that on which they usually resort. The largest flock of Ibex I saw was on the Do-
shakh range, close to the Puza-gish stream, vipon precipitous limestone rocks up which
no human being could possibly have climbed. — J. E. T. A.]

16. Gazella subguttueosa, Giildenstadt.

a. Head and feet, ? ; Gulran, 29/11/84. b. Horns; Khusan. c, d. Two pairs of horns, and a large
number of odd feet, taken from a temple at Gal-i-cha.

The separate head (specimen a) has a nearly perfectly white face, but there seems to
be no reason to suppose that this is more than an individual variation.

[Blanford, Eastern Persia, ii. p. 91.

Locally named A)w ; the male Thakka-i-Ahu, the female Burz-i-Ahu.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 65

Tliis animal, or a closely allied species, was occasionally seen along our whole march
from Quetta to Khusan, but no specimens were procured. From a shrine at Gal-i-cha, in
Baluchistan, on the 13th October, 1884, I got some horns and feet, which Mr. Thomas
thinks belong to this species, as well as the head of a Doe that Major Durand shot in
the Badghis, about the 30th November, 1884. The markings on this head were very
pale originally.

In the low hills and great gravel plains of the valley of the Hari-rud I have
seen them everywhere, but I never got within shooting distance of them. They
are very cautious and wary, usually in groups of three or four, feeding at short distances
from each other ; on being alarmed they close together and gallop off; as one alarmed
herd was seen to move off, others in their vicinity did the same. On the 30th November,
between Aftao and Tut-i-chi, owing to the immense line of our camp, and at some little
distance that of the Afghan cavah-y, the country was accidentally driven. The consequence
was that large numbers of the small herds became united, and thus in place of seeing
them in fours or fives, several members of the Mission told me that they had seen
herds numbering hundreds of individuals flying between the two moving camps. About
the 2nd June, 1885, at Chinkilok, to the north-west of Herat, some 20 miles between the
Khotal-sangi Pass and Herat, I picked up a young female Gazelle of this species ; it was
a day old ; at Tvirbat-i-haidri, Khorasan, I got a pair (male and female) of the same
age as my first one, and at Meshed the Nawab gave me another young male. I brought
these four alive to England ; they are now in the Zoological Gardens in London, and
look well and healthy ; the males have fine horns. — J. E. T. A.]

[Cervtjs mabal, Ogilby * .

Blanford, torn. cit. p. 95.

At a shrine between Kara-kainta and Kushk, on the 2nd December, 1884, T saw a
magnificent paii- of very old horns, which in all probability were those of this species of
Stag, which had been brought as a votive ofi'ering many years ago, when the geographical
area of this animal may have extended much further east than it now docs. — J. E. T. A.J

* Dr. SouUy refers an antler I'rotu the banks of the Oxus, near Balkb, to Ca-viis cashmiriamis. Falc.

66 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

BIKDS.

By R. BowDLEE Sharpe, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,
Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum.

[The collection of Birds has been determined for me by my friend Mr. R. Bowdler
Sharpe, of the British Museum, who has added such synonymy of the species as bears
upon their distribution in Afghanistan and neighbouring parts of Central Asia.
My own notes on localities and habits are placed within brackets *. The sex of each
specimen was carefully noted by me at the time of skinning it. — J. E. T. A.]

Order ACCIPITRES.

Eam. FALCONIDJi;.

1. Circus cyaneus.

Circus cyaneus (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, i. p. 53 (1874) j Scully, J. A. S. Beng. hi. p. 77.
Sirifficeps cyaneus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotu. p. 63 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 109.

1. ? , juv. Bala-morghab, Badghis. 11th January, 1885.

2. S , juv. „ „ 23rd December, 1884.
Cf. Blanford, Eastern Persia, ii. p. 110, note under C. macrurus.

2. Circus ^ruginosus.

Circus eeruffinosus (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, i. p. 69; Blanford, Eastern Persia, ii. p. 110 (1876) : C.
Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 100; Scully, t. c. p. 78.

Circus rufus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 109.

1. (j',juv. Mara-chak, Badghis. 15th February, 1885, (Readonly.)

2. Young specimen without locality or date. [I believe this was got at Bala-morghab. — J. E. T. A.]

3. BUTEO FEROX.

Buteo ferox (Gm.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, i. p. 176, pi. 8 (1874) ; Blanf. /. c. p. 113 ; AVardlaw-Ramsay,
Ibis, 1880, p. 47 ; C. Swiuhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 99; Scully, /. c. p. 78.
Buteo leucurus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 103.

1. ? . Between Sha-ismail and Salian. 9th October, 1884.

2. (J . Between Koaja-palounda and Karez-darra, Badghis. 6th December, 1884.

3. c?. Gulran, Badghis. 11th March, 1885.

No. 2 is of the dark fuliginous form found in the Punjab. The others are of the
ordinary type.

4. NiSAETUS FASCIATUS.

Nisaetus fasciatus (Vieill.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, i. p. 250 (1874)
Aquila fasciata, Blanf. /. c. p. 112.

\. S ■ Bala-morghab, Badghis. 21st December 1884.

An adult bird, with white breast.

* [An important paper on the Birds of Southern Afghanistan, by Lieut.-Col. Swiuhoe, will be found in the ' Ibis '
for 1882, pp. 95-126.— Ed.]

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 67

5. HiEROFALCO SAKER.

Hierofalco saker (Gm.) ; Sliarpe^ Cat. Birds, i. p. 417 (1874).

Falco sacer, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 106 ; Blauf. /. c. p. 104.
1. cJ. Bala-morghab, Badghis. 14tli December, 1884.

A somewhat young bird with the head rather dark rufous, and approaching the
plumage of the Lanner (Falco feldeggii). The generality of Saker Falcons in the dark
or juvenile stage have the head pale, sometimes almost white ; but the Hume collection
contains specimens which match this one.

6. Cerchneis tinnunctjlus.

Cerchneis tinnunculus (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, i. p. 425 (1874) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 ;
Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 108; Barnes, S. F. vol. ix. 1880, p. 214.

Tinnunculus alaudarius, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mas. E.-I. Co. i. p. 13 (1854); Blanf. /. c. p. 105;
C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 99; Scully, t. c. p. 79.

Falco tinnunculus, Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 47.

1. ? . Between Kushk-rud and Kin. 3rd November, 1884.

2. $ . Khusan. 18th November, 1884.

3. tS- Khusan. 16th April, 1885.

4. J. Tirphul. 23rd April, 1885.

Earn. STRIGID^.

7. Carine bactriana.

Athene noctua orientalis, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 110.
Carine plumipes , Sharpe, Cat. Birds, ii. p. 137 (1875).

Carine bactriana (Hutton) ; Barnes, S. F. 1880, vol. ix. p. 215; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 100;
Scully, t. c. p. 79.

1. S ■ Padda-sultan. 25th October, 1884.

2. ? . Koaja-palounda. 6th December, 1884.

3. cJ. Bala-morghab, Badghis. 1st February, 1885.

8. Asio OTUs.

Asio otus (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, ii. p. 227 (1875) ; Scully, t. c. p. 79.

Otus vulgaris, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 79 (1854) ; Blanf. t. c. p. 116.

/Egolius otus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 112.

1. ? . Bala-morghab, Badgliis. 1st February, 1885.

2. ? . Mara-chak, Badghis. 16th February, 1885.

9. Asio accipitrinus.

Asio accipitrinus (Pall.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, ii. p. 234 (1875).
jEyolius brachyotus, Severtz. t. c. p. 63; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 111.
Otus brachyotus, Blanf. t. c. p. 116.

1. (J . Bala-morghab, Badghis. 26th December, 1884.

68 DR. J. E. T. AITCmSON OX THE ZOOLOGY OF

Order PASSERIFORMES.
Fam. CORVID^.

10. Tympanocokax frugilegus.

Corvus frugilegus, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 557 (1856-58) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 43 ;
Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 237; Blanford, t. c. p. 263; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. Ill ; Scully, t.c. p. 85.
Tympanocorax frugilegus (L.); Sharpe, Cat. Birds, iii. p. 9 (1877).

1. $ . Bala-morgliab, Badghis. 1st January, 1885.

2. (J. „ „ 9tli January, 1885.

3. With white patch under bill.

4. 5, 6. No dates or localities.

Three fully adult birds with bare face. One has the throat bare, but the nasal plumes
still adhering. Two, including the white-chinned specimen, are in young plumage with
feathered face.

[Rooks were first seen between De-doda and Ibrahim-abad, on the 2Sth October, 1881,
in large flocks ; they increased in number as we got to the Hamun : from this Rooks were
more or less common in the vicinity of our camp wherever we were stationed, especially
during the winter at Bala-morghab, where Jackdaws and the Hooded Crow mixed freely
amongst the Rooks, with an occasional pair of Ravens. — J. E. T. A.]

11. COLCEUS COLLAEIS.

ColoBus coUaris (Drumm.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, iii. p. 27 (1877).
Colmis moneduJa, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 562 (1856-58).

Corvus monedula, Severtz. t. c. p. 63; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 237; Blanford, t. c. p. 263; C. Swinhoe,
Ibis, 1882, p. Ill ; Scully, /. c. p. 85.

1. $. Bala-morghab, Badghis. 23rd December, 1884.

3. ? . )) 1) }) })

[Jackdaws were seen at the Hamun in some numbers, and were common on the Hari-
rud and in Badghis. — J. E. T. A.]

12. CORONE CORNIX.

Corone comix (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, iii. p. 31 (1877).

Corvus comix, Horsf. & ]\Ioore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-l. Co. ii. p. 553 (1856-58) ; Severtz. i. c. p. 63;
Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 237 ; Blanford, /. c. p. 262 ; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 111.

1. ?. Khusan, Hari-rud. 21st November, 1884.

2. J. Bala-morghab, Badghis. 8th January, 1885.

3. No ticket or locality. [This specimen was no doubt collected at the Hamun, where these birds

were first seen, and where they were very common. — J. E. T. A.]

These Hooded Crows belong to the pale form which breeds in Siberia, and visits India
in the winter.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 69

13. Pica pica.

Pica pica (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, iii. p. 62 (1877).

Pica bactriana, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 550 (1856-58).
Pica caudatu, var. bactriana, Scvertz. t. c. p. 64; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 238.

Pica rustica, Blanf. t. c. p. 264 ; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 63 ; Barnes, Str. F. 1880, ix. p. 218 ;
C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. Ill; Scully, t.c. p. 85.

1. ?. Koaja-palounda, Badghis. otli December, 1881.

2. ?. Ab-i-kamarra, Badghis. 9th December, 1884.

These belong to the white-rumped ordinary form, and not to the black-rumped P.
bactriana.

14. Pica leucoptera.

I^ca leucoptera, Gould; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, iii. p. 66 (1877).

1. ? . Khusan, Ilari-rud. 20th November, 1884.

The presence of this Magpie on the Hari-rud is certainly interesting. It was procured
on the west side of the Paropamisus, Avhich separates the Badghis territory from the
Hari-rud valley. To reach this latter locality one must suppose that tli« Turkestan
Magpie migrated across the desert of Merv, and then followed the valley along the Hari-
rud, as the Badghis specimens might hav^ been naturally expected to be Pica leucoptera,
instead of being identical with ordinary Fica pica.

Fam. MUSCICAPID^E.

15. MUSCICAPA GRISOLA.

Muscicapa grisola (Jj.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, iv. p. 151 (1879); Severtz. t.c. p. 07 ; Dresser, Ibis,
1876, p. 188 ; Blanford, t. c. p. 143 ; C. Swiuhoc, Ibis, 1882, p. 104.
Butalis grisola, Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 53.

1. ? . Between Chil-gaz and Sim-koh, Badghis. 17th May, 1885.

16. MUSCICAPA PARVA.

Muscicapa parva, Bechst. ; Sharpe, Cat. Bii-ds, iv. p. 161 (1879) ; Severtz. /. c. p. 67 ; Dresser, Ibis.
1886, p. 188.

Enjthrosterna parva, Blanford, t. c. p. 141; Scully, t.c. p. 80.

1, 2, 3. S ■ Gulran, Badghis. 23rd March, 1885.
4, 5, 6. (J. Tirphul, Hari-rud. 12th April, 1885.

7. (J,imm. „ „ 19th April, 1885.

8. ? . Kambao, Badghis. 1st May, 1885.

No. 7 is in brown (female) plumage, but has the throat washed with red, much brighter
than in any female. This shows that the male does not gain his full plumage in tlie first
year.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V.

12

70 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

17. PRATINCOLA MAURA.

Pratincola maura (Pall.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, iv. p. 188 (1879) ; Wardlaw-Ramsay' Ibis, 1880, p. 55 ;
C. Swiuhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 106; Scully, t. c. p. 80.

Pratincola rubicola (nee L.) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 65 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 337. <-

1. 6 . Gulrau, Badghis. 5th March, 1885.

2, 3. ? . „ „ 7th March, 1885.
4. c? . „ „ 9th March, 1885.
5,6. S- „ „ 11th March, 1885.

No. 4 has a slight amount of white at the base of the tail, showing an approach to
P. hemprichi.

This bird was usually seen on reeds (Arundlnaria), and was common. — J. E. T. A.]

18. Pratincola caprata.

Pratincola cajjrata (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, iv. p. 195 (1879) ; Blanford, t. c. p. 144 ; C. Swinhoe,
Ibis, 1882, p. 106 ; Scully, /. c. p. 80.

1. <J. Tirphul, Hari-rud. 12th April, 1885.

2. ? . „ „ 13th April, 1885.

3. c? . Khusan, Hari-rud. 13th April, 1885.

4. ? . Kambao, Badghis. 29th April, 1885.

Fam. TURDID^.

19. Sylvia nisoria.

Sylvia nisoria (Bechst.) ,; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 6 (1881) ; Severtz. /. c. p. 65 ; Dresser,
Ibis, 1876, p. 79 ; Blauford, t. c. p. 174.

1. ? . Kuiuaui-bhcst, Hari-rud. 14th May, 1885.
Blanford, t. c. p. 174, gives Shiraz as the most eastern locality from wliich this bird had
previously been recorded. It is, however, known to extend to Central Asia, and several
specimens were procured by Dr. Stoliczka during the second Yarkand Expedition, in
addition to Dr. Severtzoif's record of its appearance in Turkestan.

20. Sylvia jerdoni.

Sylvia jerdoni (Bl.) ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 16 (1881); Blauford, /. c. p. 172; C.
Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 109.

1. ? . Kambao, Badghis. 1st May, 1885.

2. c? . Nihal-sheni, Badghis. 14th May, 1885.

The above localities would point to the probable occurrence of this bird in North-east
Persia.

THE AJGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 71

21. Sylvia minuscula.

Sylvia mhmscula, Hume; Secbohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 20, pi. i. (1881) ; C. Swinlioe, Ibis,
1882, p. 109; Scully, /. c. p. 80.

Sylvia curruca (nee L.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 344 (1854).

1. ? . Gulran, Badghis. 19th March, 1885.

2. S ■ Tirphul, Ilari-i'ud. Gth April, 188,5.

3. 4. S- „ „ I2th April, 1885.
5. ? . Khusau, „ 26th April, 1885.
G. ? . Tirphul, „

22. Sylvia mystacea.

Sylvia my stacea, Menetr. ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 20(1881); Severtz. I.e. p. G5 ;
Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 80; Scully, t.c. p. 81.

87jlvia ruhescens, Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 77, pi. xii.
1. (?. Gulran, Badghis. 23rd March, 1885.

The discovery of this species so far to the eastward of its previously known habitat is
very interesting.

23. Sylvl'I nana.

Sylvia nana (Hempr. et Ehr.) ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 26 (1881) ; Blanf. /. c. p. 178.
AtrapJiornis aralensis (Evcrsm.) ; Severtz. Tiu'kest. Jcvotn. pp. 65, 124; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 80.

1, 2. S- Gulran, Badghis. 12th March, 1885.
Z. S ■ „ „ 19th March, 1885.

4. <^ . Tirphul, Hari-rud. 11th April, 1885.

24. Sylvia familiaris.

Sylvia familiaris, IMenetr. ; Secbohm, Cat. Birds Brit. !Mus. v. p. 36 (1881) ; Scully, f.c. p. 81.
Aedon galactodes, var. familiaris, Severtz. /. c. p. 65 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, i). 80.
Aedon familiaris, Blanford, t.c. p. 210; C. Swiuhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 107.

1. cJ. Tirphul, Hari-rud. 1 2th April, 1885.

2. <?. „ „ I9th April, 1885.

3. S ■ „ „ 21st April, 1885.

4. ?. „ „ 28th April, 1885.

5. (?. Karabao, Badghis. 1st May, 1885.

[This "Warbler was very numerous in the Tamarisk-groves by the sides of streams ; in
spring it was in great song, almost equalling that of the Nightingale. — J. E. T. A.]

25. Phylloscopus nitidus.

Phylloscnpus nitidus, Blyth ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 43 ; C. Swinhoc, Ibis, 1882, p. 109.

[I. ^ . Locality not known, the label being lost ; but certainly procured subseiiucnt to our reaching
Khusan during the summer of 1885. — J. E. T. A.]

26. Phylloscopus tristis.

Phylloscoptis tristis, Blyth; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 63 (1881); Horsf. & Moore, Cat.

12*

72 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OP

B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 336 (1854) ; Blanford, t. c. p. 180 ; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 59 ; C. S\?in-
hoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 108. ^

Ficedula fuhescens , Severtz. t. c. pp. 65, 126; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 82.

1. ? . Banks of the Helmand, between 18th and 26th October, 1884.

2. (J. Tirphul, Hari-rud. 12th April, 1885.

3. ? . Khusau, „ 26th April, 1885.

27. Hypolais languida.

Hypolais languida (Hempr. et Ehr.) ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 80 (1881) ; Blanford, t. c.
p. 183 ; C. Swinhoc, Ibis, 1882, p. 108.

Sylvia magnirostris, Severtz. t. c. pp. 65, 123; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 79.

1, 2. 3"; 3, 4. ? . Between Kambao and Shorc-kaltegai, Badghis. 3rd May, 1885.

28. ACEOCEPHALUS TURDOIDES.

Acrocephalus turdoides (Meyer); Secbohni, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 95 (1881).
Acrocephalus arundinaceus (Linn.) ; Blanf. /. c. p. 195.

1. S- Tirphul, Hari-rud. 20th April, 1885.
This is a decidedly eastern habitat for the species. Mr. Seebohm has named the
specimen. ^

29. Mebula atrogularis.

Merula afrogularis (Temm.) ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 267 (1881) ; Scully, i.e. p. 81.
Turdus atrogularis, Severtz. i.e. pp. 64, 118; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 332; Blanford, i.e. p. 158;

C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 105.

1,2. (J ? . Kushk-rud to Kin. 3rd November, 1884.

3. $ . Bala-morghab, Badghis. 13tli January, 1885.

4. (J. „ „ 17th January, 1885.

5. 6. c? ? • „ „ 29th January, 1885.
7. $ . „ „ 29th January, 1885.

[Tliis bird was very numerous in the Badghis during winter, especially in the Pistacio-
forests ; they were very shy and difficult to get near. — J. E. T. A.]

30. Merula merula.

Merula merula (L.) ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 235 (1881).

Merula vulgaris, Scully, t. c. p. 81.

Turdus merula, Severtz. i.e. p. 64; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 332; Blanford, /. c. p. 157.

1. 5 . Khusan, Hari-rud. 22nd November, 1884.

2. J . Bala-morghab, Badghis. 14tli December, 1884.

The male has the wing 5 "25 inches, so that it is a little in excess of the dimensions of
M. merula as given by Mr. Seebohm (1. c), but is not quite so large as the measurements
of M. maxima (qf. Seebohm, L c. p. 405).

[This specimen was shot by Capt. Yate. One or two others were seen, but they were
very shy. — J. E. T. A.]

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. ' 73

31. Erithacus C^RULECULUS.

Erithacus caruleculus (Pall.) ; Seebolira, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 308 (1881).

Cijcmecula suecica, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mas. E.-T. Co. i. p. 310 (18.51.) ; Blanford, t.c. p. 109;
Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 58; C. Swinlioc, Ibis, 1883, p. 108; Scully, /. c. p. 82.

1,2. (? . Tirphul, Hari-rud. 11th April, 1885.

3. (^ . „ „ 25th April, 1885.

4. S ■ Gulran, Badghis. 23rd March, 1885.

[This form of l)lue-tliroated Warbler, having a clicstnut s[)ot in the centre of the blue
tlii'oat, was very common in Tamarisk-groves by streams. — J. E. T. A.]

32. MoNTICOLA SAXATILIS.

Monticola saxatilis (L.) ; Secbohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 313 (1881) ; Blanford, t.c. p. 156.
Petrocichia saxatUis, Scvertz. t. c. p. 65 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 335.

I, 2. S ■ C^ulrau, Badghis. 12th March, 1885.

3. ? . Tirphul, Hari-rud. 11th April, 1885.

4. S ■ „ „ 12th April, 1885.

5. 6. cf • Khusau, Hari-rud. I3th April, 1885.
7, 8. ? c?- „ ,. 16th April, 1885.
•J. c? . „ „ 20th April, 1885.

10. 2 . Tomau-agha, Hari-rud. 27th April, 1885.

[This bird was very common in the Badghis in summer. It had much the habit of a
Thrush, and was seen feeding on Lizards {Eremia.'i velox, Pallas), one of which was taken
out of the throat of one of the above sjieciniens. — J. E. T. A.]

33. Monticola cyanus.

Monticola cyanus (L.); Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 310; Blanford, t.c. p. 155; C. Swinhoe,
Ibis, 1882, p. 105; Scully, t.c. p. 82.

Petrocossyphus cyauiis, Wardlaw- Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 54.
Petrocichia cyanea, Severtz. t.c. p. 65; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 335.

1. ^ . Gulran, Badghis. I5th March, 1885.

[A single specimen, collected in the low hills near Gulran. — J. E. T. A.]

34. Etjticilla bui'iventiiis.

Ruticilla rufiventris (Vieill.) ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 312 (1881) ; Blanford, /. c. p. 103;
Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 57; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 107 ; Scully, t. c. p. 82.
RuliciUa phfvnicuroides, Horsf. & ?*Ioore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 301 (1854).
Ruticilla vrythroprocta (ncc Gould), Severtz. t. c. p. 65 ; Drcssei', Ibis, 1876, p. 77.

1. cJ. Sang-bar. 8th November, 1881.

2, 3. i . Gulran, Badghis, I8th March, 1885.
4. $. Tirphul, Hari-rud. 12th April, 1885.

35. Saxicola albonigra.

Saxicola alboniyra, Hume; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. j). 360 (1881) ; Blanford, t.c. p. 153,
pi. xi. ; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 106. .
1. S ■ Zagin. 6th November, 1884.

74 dr. j. e. t. aitchison on the zoology of

36. Saxicola picata.

Saxicola picata, Bl. ; Seebolim, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 367 (1881) ; Horsf.fe Moore, Cat. B. Mus.
E.-I. Co. i. p. 287 (1854) ; Blanford, /. c. p. 153 ; Barnes, Str. F. ix. 1880, p. 217 ; Wardlaw-Ramsay,
Ibis, 1880, p. 57; C. Swinlioe, Ibis, 1882, p. 106.

1. d. Gulran, Badghis. 12th March, 1885.

2. ? . Tirphul, Hari-rud. 12th April, 1885.

37. Saxicola morio.

Saxicola morio, Hemiw. et Ehr. ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 372 (1881) ; Blauford, /. c.
p. 152; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 55; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 107; Scully, i.e. p. 82.

Saxicola leucomela, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 287 (1854) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 65 ;
Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 336.

1. c? • Gulran, Badghis. 3rd March, 1885.

2. c? • „ „ 8th March, 1885.

3. c?. „ „ 11th March, 1885.
4,5. (?. „ „ 12th March, 1885.

6. ? . „ „ 18th March, 1885.

7. (^ . North of Gulraii. — March, 1885.

8. c? • Gulran, Badghis. 1st April, 1885.

38. Saxicola opistholeuca.

Saxicola opistholeuca, Strickl. ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 376(1881); Blanford, /. c.
p. 155; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 57; Scully, t.c. p. 82.
Saxicola syenitica, Severtz. t. c. p. 65 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 337.

1. c? • Gulran, Badghis. 18th March, 1885.

[The acquisition of the above specimen brings the range of this bird nearer towards
Persia than heretofore known. — J. E. T. A.]

39 & 40. Saxicola deserti.

Saxicola deserti, Temm. ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 383 (1881) ; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis,
1880, p. 57; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 107; Blanf. t. c. p. 148; Scully, t.c. p. 82.
Saxicola atrogularis, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 287 (1854).
Saxicola salina, Severtz. t.c. p. 65 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 337.

1. J . Tirphul, Hari-rud. 6th April, 1885.

2. c? . Between Karez-dasht and Ser-maudel. 9th November, 1884.

The specimen killed in November is much more rufous than the spring-killed bird.
The rump is pale tawny buff, which would bring the species under the heading of
Saxicola xanthoprymna in Mr. Seebohm's Catalogue (p. 364). The " key " given in the
last-named volume for the genus Saxicola will require some amplification before the
various plumages represented in the Hume collection can all be included.

41. Saxicola melanoleuca.

Saxicola melanoleuca (Giild.) ; Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 385 (1881) ; Blani. t.c. p. 150;
C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 107.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 75

1. cJ . Gulran, Badgliis. Hth March, 1885.

2. ? . „ „ li)th March, 1885.

3. c?. Desert north of Gulran. — ^ March, 1885.

Mr. Seebohm gives Southern Persia as the eastern range of this species, but it has also
been met with at Kandahar {cf. Swinhoe, I. c), and apparently also goes to Turkestan
and Yarkand.

42. Saxicola (enanthe.

Saxicola cmanthe (L.) ; Seebohru, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v. p. 391 (1881); Severtz. t.c. p. 05;
Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 335 ; Blanford, t. c. p. 146.

I. c? . Gulran, Badghis. 19th March, 1885.

2. c?

3. S

4. ?

5. 2

Tirphul, Hari-rud. (kh April, 1885.

„ „ l(;tli April, 1885.

11th April, 1885.

12th April, 1885.

6. (Jjjuv. Shore-kaltegai, Badghis. 4th May, 1885.

An interesting record for the eastern range of the species, wliich breeds in Northern
Afghanistan.

Fam. TIMELIID^.

43. Mtiophoneus temmincki.

Myiophoneus temmincki, Vigors ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, vii. p. 7 (1883) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 65 ; Dresser,
Ibis, 1875, p. 335; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 105.

Myiophoneus cceruleus, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 199 (1854).

1, 2. $. Between Palounda and Karez-darra, Badghis. 6th December, 1884.
3, 4. 2 6- Bala-morghab, Badghis. 14th December, 1884.

Also observed by Colonel Swinhoe near Kandahar in the winter. It has been recorded
by Severtzoff from Turkestan.

[This bird Avas very common in the Pistacio-forests of the Badghis, l)ut very wary. —
J.E.T. A.]

44. SCOTOCERCA INQUIETA.

Scotocerca inquieta (Cretzsclini.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, vii. p. 213 (1883) ; Blaiif. /. c. p. 207, pi. xiii.
fig. 2; Barnes, Str, F. 1880, pp. 217, 455 ; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 108.

Atraphornis platyura, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 121 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 80.

1. S- Tirphul, Hari-rud. 11th April, 1885.

2. ?. „ „ 19th April, 1885.

Fam. ACCENTOEID^.
45. Accentor collaris.

Accentor collaris (Scop.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, vii. p. 664 (1883).

I. — . Bala-morghab, Badghis. I4th December, 1884.
This seems to be a pale eastern race of A. collaris, of whicli INIr. Seebohm has shown
me some specimens from Asia Minor.

76 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY 0¥

Fam. PAEID^.

46. Paeus cinereus.

Parus cmereus, Vieill. ; Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. viii. p. IG (1883) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B.
Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 370 (1 854) ; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 62 ; C. Swiulioc, Ibis, 1882, p. 110.
Parus nipalensis, Barnes, Str. F. 1880, p. 317.
Parus bokharensis, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotu. p. 66; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 92.

1, 2. cJ . Between Palouuda and Karez-darra, Badghis. 6tli December, 1881.

47. jEgithalus coronatus.

jEgithalus coronatus, Severtz.; Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. viii. p. 68 (1883) ; Severtz. /. c. p. 136,
pi. 9. fig. 3 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 175.

1, 2, 3. cJ . Tirphul, Hari-rud. IQtli April, 1885.
4. (J. „ „ 23rd April, 1885.

Fam. LANIID^.

48. Lakitjs minor.

Lanius minor-, Gm. ; Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. viii. p. 235 (1883) ; Blanford, /. c. p. 137 ; Severtz.
t. c. p. 67; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 184; Switilioe, Ibis, 1882, p. 104.

1. c? . Tirphul, Hari-rud. 25tli April, 1885.

2. ? . Khusan, Hari-rud. 25tli April, 1885.

49. Lanius assimilis.

Lanius assimilis, Brebm; Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. viii. p. 249 (1883).

1. (^ . Shore-kaltegai, Badghis. 3rd May, 1885.
So far as I can make out this difficult group, the single specimen obtained belongs to
L. assimilis, judging from the birds in tlie British Museum.

50. Lanius isabellinus.

Lanius isabellinus, Ehrenb. ; Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. viii. p. 277 (1883) ; Severtz. Turkest.
Jevotn. pp. 67, 144; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 185; Swiulioc, Ibis, 1882, p. 104.

1,2. cj ? . Gulran, Badghis. 7th March, 1885.

3. (J . „ „ 13th March, 1885.

4. (J. Panjdeh, Badghis. 18tli March, 1885 (received from Capt. Yate) .

5. cJ . Tirphul, Hari-rud. 12th April, 1885.

Mr. Seebohm, who has examined the above series, has named them as above, but he
admits that some of the specimens are intermediate between the present species and
i. phcenicuroides.

51. Lanius phcenicuroides.

Lanius phcenicuroides, Severtz.; Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. viii. p. 278 (1883) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 67;
Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 187 ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 104; Scully, i.e. p. 80.

1,2. 6. Tirphul, Hari-rud. 12th April, 1885.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 77

52. LAXirS VITTATUS.

Lanius'viilatus, Val. ; Gaclow, Cat. Birds Brit. ^lus. viii. p. 280 (1883) ; Bliiuford, t. c. p. 138 ; Wardhnv-
Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 52; C. Swiuhoc, Ibis, 1882, p. 104.

1. cJ. Tirphul, Ilari-rud. 30th April, 1885.

2. ^. Kamljao, Badgbis. 1st ]\Iay, 1885.

Fam. CERTHIID.E.

53. TiCHODROMA MURARIA.

Tichodroma muraria (L.) ; Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. viii. p. 331 (1883) ; Horsf. & Jloorc, Cat. B.
Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 719 (1856-8) ; Blaiiford, t. c. p. 223 ; Swiuboe, Ibis, 1882, p. 103.
Tichudroma pliii-nicuptera, Scvertz. Turlscst. Jevotii. p. (jG ; Dresser, Ibis, 1870, p. 176.

1. ? . Between Kiisbk and Palounda. 5th December, 1881.

2. cJ . Bala-niorghab, Badgliis. 26th December, 1884.

3. (J . „ „ January, 1885.

54. SiTTA SYRIACA.

Sitta syriaca, Elir. ; Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. viii. p. 346 (1883) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. .Mus.
E.-I. Co. ii. p. 721 (1856-8) ; Blanford, t. c. p. 223 ; Severtz. t. c. p. m ; Dresser, Iljis, 1876, p. 176 ;
C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 103.

Sltta neuiiiai/ei-l, Barnes, Str. F. ix. 1880, p. 216.

1. (S ■ Between Kushk and Palounda, Badghis. 5th December, 1884.

2,3. (^ . Between Palounda and Karez-darra, Badgliis. 6th December, 1884.

4. $ . „ „ „ „ 6th December, 1884.
5,6. cJ ■ Shore-kaltcgai, Badghis. 3rd May, 1885.

[AVas very cominou and characteristic of the sandstone rocks in the Badgliis. —
J. E. T. A.]

Fam. HIRUXDINID^E.

55. COTILK RUPESTRIS.

Cottle mjjL'stris (Scop.) ; Sharpc, Cat. Birds, x. p. 100 (1885) ; Blanford, t. c. p. 216 ; Wardlaw-Ramsay,
Ibis, 1880, p. 48.

Cotyle rupestris, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 67; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 189; Scully, t.c. p. 83.

1. J . Puzah-gish, [Nit. Do-shakh. 6th August, 1885.

A young bird with rufous margins to the featliers of the upper surface.

[Only in the above locality was this Martin seen, and then in small numbers.— J. E.T. A.]

56. HiRUNDO KUSTICA.

Hirundo rustica, L. ; Sharpc, Cat. Birds, x. p. 128 (1885) ; Blanford, t.c. p. 215; Wardlaw-llamsay,
Ibis, 1880, p. 48; Barnes, Str. E. 1880, p. 215 ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 100; Scully, t.c. p. ,S3.
Hirundo domestica, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 67 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 188.

1. Gulran, Badghis. 28th :March, 1885.

2. d • Toman-agha, Hari-rud. 26th April, 1885.

3. Gulran ? [no label] .

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. Y. 13

78 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISOX ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

[Although I have few specimens of this species, it was very common, and remained in
the Badg'his during the wliole winter, as whenever a storm came on they used to seek
the shelter of our tents in camp in large numbers. — J. E. T. A.]

Fam. MOTACILLID^.

57. MOTACILIA ALBA.

MofacUla alba, L. ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, x. p. 464 (1885) ; Blanford, t. c. p. 232 ; Severtz. t. c. p. 66 ;
Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 176; C. Swinlioe, Ibis, 1882, p. 109; Scully, t.c. p. 83.

1. (? . Giilran, Badglais. 13th March, 1885.

2. ? . „ „ 19th March, 1885.

3. ? . „ „ 21st March, 1885.

The specimens all belong to true 31. alba, and do not show any approach to M. perslca.

58. MOTACILLA PERSONATA.

Motacilla per sonata, Gould ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, x. p. 479, pi. v. figs. 3, 4 (1885) ; Blanford, /. c. p. 232 ;
Severtz. t. c. pp. G6, 139 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 177 ; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 60; C. Swiuhoe,
Ibis, 1882, p. 109.

Motacilla maderaspatana, pt., Ilorsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 347 (1854).

1. cf. Gulran, Badghis. 7th March, 1885.

59. Motacilla citreola.

Motacilla citreola, Pall. ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, x. p. 503 (1885) ; Severtz. t. c. pp. 67, 139 ; Dresser,
Ibis, 1876, p. 178.

Budijtes citreola, HorsE. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 352 (1851); Blanford, t.c. p. 235;
C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 110; Scully, t. c. p. 83.

1, 2. S- Gulran, Badghis. 19th March, 1885.

3. d. Tirpluil, Hari-rud. 12th April, 1885.

4. c? . Khnsan, Ilari-rud. 16th April, 1885.

Considerable increase in the size of the black collar is to be noticed in the specimens
killed in April.

60. Motacilla beema.

Motacilla heemn, Sykcs; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, x. p. 521, pi. vi. fig. 6 (1885).

1. d . Tirphul, Ilari-rud. 12th April, 1885.

2. d. „ „ 20th April, 1885.

Tlie adult male agrees with the figure given by Sharpe (/. c). The second male is not
in adult plumage, but I'ather resembles that of the old hen bird.

61. Motacilla borealis.

Motacilla borealis, Snndev. ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, x. p. 522, pi. vii. figs. 1-3 (1885).
Budytes jlava cinereocapilla, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 67 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1874, p. 178.
Budytes cincreocapillus, C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 109.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 79

1. ? . Band, near Niisliki. 1st October, 1884.

2.3. ? . Gulran, Badghis. lltli March, 1885.

4. ?. „ „ 17tli March, 1885.

5, G. ? . „ „ 19th :\rarcli, 18S5.

7. ? . „ „ 19th March, 1885.

8. ? . Tirphid, Ilari-rud. 11th April, 1885.

9. d- „ „ 12th April, 1885.
10. ? . „ „ 20th April, 1885.

One of the females shot at Guh-an on the 19th of March shows evident traces of a white
eyehroAV.

62. Anthl's campestris.

Anthus campestris (L.) ; Sharpc, Cat. Birds, x. p. 5G9 (1885) ; Blanford, t.c. p. 237; C. Swinhoe,
Ibis, 1882, p. 110; Severtz. i.e. pp. 67, 141 ; Dresser, Ibis, 187G, p. 178.

1. 2 . Gulran, Badghis. 19th March, 1SS5.

2. J . Tirphul, Hari-rud. Gth April, 1885.

3.4. ?. Khusan, Ilari-rud. IGth April, 1885.

63. Anthus spipoletta.

Anthus spipoletta (Jaub. et Barth.-Lapomra.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, x. p. 592 (1885).
Anthus aquaticus, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. ]\Ius. E.-I. Co. i. p. 358 (1854) ; Severtz. /. c. p. G7 ;
Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 180.

Anthus Ijlackistoni, C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 110; Scully, t.c. p. 84.
Anthus sinnoletta (L.); Blanford, t. c. p. 236.

1. 5 . Bala-morghab, Badghis. 17th January, 1885.

2, 3. ? . Gulrau, Badghis. 19th March, 1885.

Fam. FRINGILLID.E.

64. Passer ixDicrs.

Passer indicus (J. & S.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 499 (1856-58) ; Blauibrd,
East. Persia, ii. p. 254 (1876) ; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 63 ; Scully, t. c. p. 85.
Passer domesticus (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, xii. p. 307 (1888).

1, 2, 3. tS ■ Khusan, Ilari-rud. IGth April, 1885.

4. $. Tirphul, „ 20th April, 1885.

5. 2 . „ „ 25th April, 1885.

65. Passer uispaxiolexsis.

Passer salicicola (Vieill.) ; Horsf. & ]Moore, Cat. B. 3Ius. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 501 (185G-58) : Wardlaw-
Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 64.

Passer salicarius, lManiord,lL,-dst. Persia, ii. p. 255 (187G) j Severtz. /. c. j). 64; Dresser, Ibis, J875,
p. 239.

Passer hispaniulensis (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. Birds, xii. p. 317 (1888) ; Scully, t.c. p. 85.

1. cJ. Between De-kamran and De-doda. 27th October, 1884.

2, 3. 2 ; 4. 2 • Between Kar-o-bagh and Tut-i-chi. 29th Xovember, 1884.
5, G. Label lost.

13*

80 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON O^^ THE ZOOLOGY OF

G6. Passer yatii, sp. nov. (Plate VI. fig. 2.)

Passer yatii, Sliarpe, Cat. Birds, xii. p. 322 (1888).

1. S ■ Between De-kamrau aud De-doda. 27tli October, 1884. Occurriug in large flocks.

This new species has heen named after Captain C. E. Yate. It is closely allied to
Passer moablticus of Tristram, hut differs iu having the under surface yellow.

67. Carpodacus erythrinus.

Carjmdacus eryfhrinus (Pall.); SLarpe, Cat. Birds, xii. p. 391 (1888) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 250
(1876) ; Sevcrtz. t. c. p. 64 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 245 ; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 67 ; C. Swinhoe,
Ibis, 1882, p. 114.

1. cJ . Khusan, Hari-rud. l(jth April, 1885.

2. cJ . „ „ 25th April, 1885.
3,4. S- „ „ 26th April, 1885.

5. $ . Toman-agha, Hari-rud. 26th April, 1885.

6. ? . Sim-koh, Badghis. 18th May, 1885.

[This species was very common. The last-named specimen was shot amongst a flock
of Emheriza hiteola.—J. E. T. A.]

GS. PiHODOSPIZA OBSOLETA.

Erytlirospiza obsoleta (Liclit.) ; Blanford, East. Persia, ii. p . 252, pi. xvii. (1876) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 64 ;
Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 247 ; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 114; Scully, t. c. p. 84.
Rhodosjji~fi obsoh'ta, Sharpe, Cat. Birds, xii. p. 282 (1888).

1. ?. Khusan, Hari-rud. 16th April, 1885.

Only one specimen of this rare species was ohtained.

09. Emberiza luteola,

Emherha luteola (Sparrm.); Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 486 (1856-58).

Euspi-a hifcoht, Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 66 ; C. Swiuhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 1 14 ; Scully, t. c. p. 85.

Euspiza brunneiceps, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 249.

1. ^ . Tirplml, Hari-rud. 12th April, 1885.

2,3,4,5. d. Tirphul, Hari-rud. 19th April, 1885.

6. 6 ■ Shore-kaltegai, Badghis. 3rd May, 1885.

7. 6 . Gulran, Badghis. 4th May, 1885.

[Tills was a very common bird over the Badghis ; the male attracting attention by
the brilliaucy of its plumage. — J. E. T. A.]

70. Emberiza hortulana.

Emberiza hortuJana (L.) ; Blanford, t. c. p. 259 (1876) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 64 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 248 ;
Sharpe, Cat. Birds, xii. p. 530 (1888).

1. S ■ Tirphul, Hari-rud. 19th April, 1885.

2, 3, 4., 5, 6. d. Tirphul, Hari-rud. 20th April, 1885.
7. d. Tirpliul, Hari-rud. 25th April, 1885.

[The Ortolan was very common iu the vicinity of Tirphul. — J. E. T. A.]

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 81

71. Ejiberiza bttchanani.

Emberiza buchanani (Blyth) ; Sharpe, Cat. Birds, xii. p. 533 (1888) ; Barnes, Str. F. 1880, p. 218.
Emberiza huttoni, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. jNIus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 485 (1856-58) ; Blauford, t. c.
p. 258 (1876) ; C. Swinlioe, Ibis, 1882, p. 113.

1. (^ ; 2. ?. Kambao, Badghis. 1st May, 1885.

72. Embee-iza leucocephala.

Emberiza hnicocephala (Gm.) ; Sharpe, /. c. p. 519 (1888) ; C. Swiiilioc, Ibis, 1882, p. 113.
Emberiza pithy ornis, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-l. Co. ii. p. 182 (185G-58) ; Severtz. t. c.
p. Gl; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 248.

I. ?. Ab-i-kamarra. December 9th, 1884.

Fam. ALAUDID^.

73. Alauda arvensis.

Alauda arvensis (L.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. :\Ius. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 4GG (1850-58) ; Blanford, East.
Persia, ii. p. 239 (187G) ; Severtz. /. c. p. 67 ; Dresser, Ibis, 187G, p. 181 ; C. Swiiihoc, Ibis, 1882,
p. 116.

I. c? • Aftao, Badghis. 1st December, 1884.

74. Galerita cristata.

Galerita cristata (L.) ; Ilorsf. & Moore, Cat. B. INIus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 465 (1856-58) ; Blanford, /. c. p. 2 10
(1876) ; C. Swiuhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 116.
Alauda cristata, Severtz. /. c. p. 67 ; Dresser, Ibis, 187G, p. 182 ; Scully, t. c. p. 84.

1. 5 . Bala-morghab, Badghis. 19th .January, 1885.

2. c? • Gulrao, Badghis. 7th March, 1885.

3. d. „ „ 12th March, 1885.

4. S . Tirphul, Hari-rud. 6th April, 1885.

75. Calendeella beachydacttla.

Calendrella brachijdactyla (Leisl.); Blanford, East. Persia, ii. p. 242 ; Severtz. Tnrkest. Jevotn. pp. 67,
141, 142 ; Dresser, Ibis, 187G, p. 182 ; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 67 ; C. Swiuhoe, Ibis, 1882,
p. 115 ; Scully, /. c. p. 84.

1. cJ. Gulran, Badghis. 11th March, 1885.

2. d'- „ „ E'jth March, 1885.

3. d. Tirphul, Ilari-rud. 7th April, 1885.

4. d . „ „ 13th April, 1885.

5. No label.

Not one of the specimens carries out the distinctions given by Mr. Seebohm (Hist.
Brit. B. ii. ])• 275), for tlic separation of C. hrachydactyla and C. piapolelta; for the
proportions of tlie primaries and secondaries, as points of distinction between them,
are certainly not definite in any of the birds brought home by Dr. Aitchison,

82 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISOX OX THE ZOOLOGY OF

76. Melanocorypha bimaculata.

Melanocorypha bimaculata (Ml'd.) ; Blanford, East. Persia, ii. p. 244 (1876) ; Severtz. /. c. pp. 0)7, 143 ;
Dresser, Ibis, 187G, p. 183; C. Swiulioe, Ibis, 1882, p. 115; Scully, t.c. p. 84.
Calandrina torquata, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. jMus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 470 (1856-58).

I. d ; 2. 5 . Between Sang-bar and Karcz-daslit. 8th November, 1884.

3. d . Zind-i-jan. 15th November, 1884.

4. $ . Between Asia-deh and Kar-o-bagh. 28th November, 1884.

5. S • Between Aftao and Kara-kainta. 1st December, 1884.

6. 6; 7. 5. Bala-morgliab, Badghis. 17th January, 1885.

8. 2 . Between Mara-cliak and Ab-i-goshan. 17th February, 1885.

9. ? ; 10. 2 . Gulrau, Badghis. 9th March, 1885.

II. $. Gulrau, Badghis. 12th March, 1885.
12. S . „ „ 18th March, 1885.

77. Certhilatjda desertorum.

Certhilauda desertorum (Stanley) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 464 (1856-58) ;
Blanford, i. c. p. 210 (187G) ; Swiuhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 117.
1. J. Zagin. 5th November, 1884.

Fam. STURNID^.

78. Pastor roseus.

Pastor roseus (L.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 539 (1856-58) ; Blanford, t. c.
p. 267 ; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. Ill ; Scully, t. c. p. 86.

Sturtius )-oseus, Severtz. /. c. p. 04; Dre;sser, Ibis, 1875, p. 238.

1, 2, 3. d ; 4, 5. ? . Tirphul, Hari-rud. 13th April, 1885.

[The E-ose-coloui'cd Pastor was occasionally seen in immense flocks over the whole
Badghis and the Hari-rud A'alley ; in all probability it migrates from this to Persia,
where, according to Blanford, it is only met with in the north-west. — J. E. T. A.]

79. Sttjrnus poltoratzkvi.

Stiirnus poltoratzldji, Finsch, Verhandl. zool.-hot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1879, p. 202; Scully, t. c. p. 86.

1, 2, 3. d . Kushk, Badghis. 5th December, 1884.
4, 5. d ; 6. ? . Gulran, Badghis. 19th March, 1885.

7. $. Gulran, Badghis. 18th March, 1885.

Dr. Scully has recorded Stuntus vnlgaris also from Chahar Shamba. It is doubtless
Siurmis mcii-hieyi.

[This species was common, and noticed at Bala-morghab during the whole winter.
A Starling of some kind a\ as seen flitting about flocks of sheep and cattle in our marches
near the Hamun of the Helmand ; but no specimens were obtained. — J. E. T. A.]

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 83

Order PI CARLE.

Fam. CAPEIMULGID^.

80. Caprimulgus asiaticus.

Caprimulffits asiaticus (Lath.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-l. Co. i. p. 115 (185-1).

1. c? . Tirphul, Hari-nul. 11th April, 1885.

2. 5. Khusau, „ IGth April, 1885.

81. Capkimulgus unwini,

Caprimulgus unwini, Hume, Str. F. 1875, p. 407; Barnes, ibid. 1880, p. 215; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1880,
p. 101.

Capiimulffus europcpus, Scully, t. c. p. 79.

1. c?. Khusan, Ilari-rud. 12th May, 1885.

Mr. Blanford is quite wrong in placing C. unw'mi as a synonym of C. mahrattensis.
It belongs to another group of the genus CaprimuUjus, being merely a pale form of
C. ei(rop(Bus.

Fam. PICID.E.

82. Gecixus gorii, sp. nov. (Plate VI. tig. 1.)

Gecimis squamatus (nee Vig.), Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 659 (185G-58, pt.) ;
C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 102.

Gecinus f/orii, Hargitt, Ibis, 1887, p. 74.

1. d. Between Padda-sultan aud De-kamran. 2Gth October, 1884.

This is a pale race of the Himalayan G. sqmimatus, and has been separated by Mr.
Hargitt as a distinct form, to which he has given, at Dr. Aitchison's request, the iianre
of Captain Gore, R.E., who shot the specimen above recorded. It differs from
G. sqnaviatus in its generally jiale coloration, and in tlie barring of the wing-coverts,
seapularies, and tail-feathers.

Mr. Hargitt has given the following description of the species : —

" G. similis G. squamato, sed supra dilutius viridis ; tectricibus alarum et scapularibus
saturatiore viridi ti"ansfasciatis ; plumis corporis inferioris squaniosi linea nigra intra-
marginali tenui ornatis : caudal fasciis transversis albis latis, fasciis nigris angustioribus
(his in G. squamato latissimis, illis vero angustioribus).

" This is a desert form of G. squamatus, distinguished by the following characters : —
Above very pale green, the wing-coverts and seapularies barred wdth a darker green ;
the squamate markings on the underparts reduced to a thread-like intermarginal line ;
the light bars on the quills as broad as, or even broader than, the black intersj^aces ; the
tail creamy white, narrowly barred with brownish black, these bars showing but faintly
on the under surface, which is strongly washed with golden yellow."

8i DE, J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OE

Fam. UPUPID/E.

83. IJPUPA EPOPS.

Ujjiipa cjjojjs (L.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 723 (1856-58) ; Blanford, t. c. p. 130
(187G) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 68; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 319; Barnes, Str. P. 1880, p. 216; Wardkw- Ram-
say, Ibis, 1880, p. 52; C. Swiulioe, ibid. 1882, p. 103; Scully, i.e. p. 80.

1. d'. (jiilran, Badghis. 7tli March, 1885.

2. cJ. „ „ 12tli March, 1885.

Fam. MEEOPID.E.
84-. Merops apiaster.

Merops apiaster (L.) ; Blanford, /. c. p. 122(1876); Severtz. t. c. p. 68; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 319;
Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 49; Barnes, Str. F. 1880, p. 215; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 102; Scully,
/. c. p. 79.

1. cJ. Khusan, Hari-riid. 16th April, 1885.

2. ? . Tirphul, „ 20th April, 1885.

3. cJ. Kambao, Badghis. 28th April, 1885.

4. 2- Shore-kaltegai, Badghis. 3rd May, 1885.

[This Bee-eater was building in holes in sand-banks. — J. E. T. A.]

85. Merops persicl's.

Merops persicvs(Va.\\.) ; Severtz. /. c. p. 68; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 319 ; Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880,
p. 49.

Merops agyptius, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 89 (1854) ; Blanford, t. c. p. 123.

1. 2 . Toman-agha, Hari-rud. 28th April, 1885.

2. 6 • Between Toman-agha and Kanibao. 28th April, 1885.

3. J. Kumani-besht, Hari-rud. 13th May, 1885.

Fam. CORACIID^.

86. CORACIAS GARRULA.

Coracias yarrula (L.) ; Blanf. /. c. p. 125 (1876); Severtz. /. c. p. 68; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 319;
Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. ii. p. 571 (1856-58); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 102; Scully, t.c.
p. 79.

1, 2. 6 ; 3. ?. Tirphul, Ilari-rud. 13th April, 1885.

4. 2. Gidran, Badghis, IGth April, 1885.

5. ?. Kambao, „ 19th May, 1885.

[This Koller was breeding at Turbat, Shaik-jami, Khorasan. A pair had a nest in a
hole over the doorway of the house I lived in. — J. E. T. A.]

Order COLUMB.E.
Fam. COLUMBID.E.

87. TURTTIR ATJRITUS.

Turtur auritus (Gray) ; Blanford, t. c. p. 270 (1876) ; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 117 ; Scully, t. c. p. 86.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATIOX COMMISSIOX. 85

1, 2. cT ; 3. ? . Khusan, Hari-rud. 12th May, 1885.
[The Turtle-Dove suddenly arrived in large flocks about the 12th May. — J. E. T. A.]

88. COLUMBA CENAS.

Columba anas (L.) ; Blauf. t. c. p. 269 (187G) ; Severtz. /. c. p. 08; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 321.
1. d ; 2, 3. ? . Karabagh, Badgliis. 28th November, 1884.

89. Columba eversmanni.

Columba fusca, Severtz. t. c. p. 68; Dresser, Ibis, 1870, p. 321.
Columba eversmanni, Scully, t. c. p. 86.
Columba intermedia, C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 117.
Palumbosna eversmanni, Scully, Str. F. 1870, p. 175.

1, 2. ? . Tirplml, Hari-rud. 22ud April, 1885.

3, 4. c? ; 5. ?. Tirphul, Hari-rud. 23rd April, 1885.

6, 7. c?. Toman-agha, Hari-rud. 28tli April, 18S5.

[Found nesting on trees in the bed of the Hari-rud river in considerable numbers. —
J. E. T. A.]

One specimen shows apparent traces of a cross with a domestic Pigeon, as it has a
great admixture of white in the plumage.

Order PTEROCLETES.

Fam. PTEEOCLID.E.

90. Pteeocles arenabius.

Pterocles arenarius (Pall.) ; Blauf. t. c. p. 271 (1876) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 68 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1870, p. 322;
Barnes, Str. P. 1880, p. 219; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 118.

1. S . Kin. 3rd November, 1884.

2. 2 ■ Zagin. 5th November, 1884.

3. cJ- „ 6th November, 1884.

4. cJ. Karez-dasht. 9th November, 1884.

5. d ; G. 2 . Gulran, Badgliis. 12th March, 1885.

[Tliis was the common Sand-Grouse of the country, occurring in large flocks during
autumn and winter, especially in the vicinity of villages ; whilst breeding were seen in
pairs everywhere. They were very good eating, although certainly not clean feeders. —
J. E. T. A.J

91. Pterocles coronattjs.

Pferodes coronatus (Licht.) ; Blanf. t. c. p. 272 (1870) ; Barnes, Str. F. 1880, p. 219; C. Swinhoe,
Ibis, 1882, p. 118.

1. d; 2. ?. Sang-bar. 7th November, 1884.

[I do not remember seeing this Sand-Grouse after we left the Baluchistan Desert. —
J. E. T. A.]

second series. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 14

86 DE. J, E, T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

Order GALLINiE.

Fam. PHASIANID^.

92. Phasianus persictjs.

Phasianns persicHS, Severtz. ; Seeboliin, Ibis, 1887, p. 170.
1. 6 . Bander-i-ghaz, Caspian. October, 1885.

[Tliis Pheasant was brouglit in for sale at Bander-i-gliaz, where it is said to be now rare.
—J. E. T. A.]

Mr. Seebohm observes : — "This is an intermediate form between F. colchicns and P.
principalis, having the narrow margins of the feathers of the underparts of the former,
and the whiter wing-coverts of the latter, and differing from both in having the rump
and upper tail-coverts suffused with parple-lake when the light falls on the bird from
the back of the observer. No green can be detected on the centre of the breast and
belly in any light."

93. Phasianus principalis, sp. nov. (Plate VII.)

Phasianus principalis, Sclnter, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 324, pi. 22; Seebohm, Ibis, 1887, p. 171; Scully, Ac. p. 86.

1,2. d ; 3,4, 5. ?. Bala-morghab, Badgliis. 29th December, 1884.
fi, 7. d . „ „ 3rcl February, 1885.

8. d ; 9, 10. ? . Karaol-khaua, Badghis. 15th February, 1885.

[The specimens of this Pheasant were all got on the banks of the Bala-morghab, where
it occurs in considerable numbers in the Tamarisk and Grass jungle growing in the bed
of the river. More than 400 were killed on the march of 30 miles up this river. It not
only wades through the water in trying to make from one point of vantage to another,
but swims, and seems to be quite at home in these thickets, where there is always water
to the depth of two or three feet. These swampy localities afford good shelter. In the
mornings and evenings the Pheasants leave it for the more open and dry country,
where they pick up their food. I believe the same species is fouiid on the Hari-rud
river, but I have seen no specimens from that locality. In February 1888 five living birds
were presented by Major Peacocke to the Zoological Society of London (see P. Z. S.
1888, p. 140).— J. E. T. A.]

Mr. Seebohm's note on this species is as follows : — " It is an intermediate form between
P. persicus and P. shawl. It differs from the former in having the rum]:) and uj)per
tail-coverts glossed with brick-red instead of purple-lake, and the dark margins and tips
of the featlicrs both of the upper and underjiarts broader and more lustrous. From the
lattei' it differs in having less green below the neck on the upper or underparts. On
the centre of the breast and belly no trace of green can be detected, even when the light
falls upon the bird from the back of the observer. Some examples of P. sliaioi almost,
but apparently never quite, lose this trace of green."

THE AFGHAJSr DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 87

di<. Francolintjs vulgaris.

Francolinus vulgaris, Steph.; Blauf. t. c. p. 273 (1876); C. Swiulioc, Ibis, 1882, p. 119.

1. ? . Between Padda-sultan and De-kamran. 26tli October, 1884.

2. $ . Between De-kamran and De-doda. 27tb October, 1881.

[The above were the only localities where we saw the" Black-Partridge " ol" Northern
India. Numbers were shot, but, curiously enough, no male birds. — J. E. T. A.]

95. COTUENIX DACTYLISONANS.

Coturnix dadylisonans, Meyer.

Coturnix communis, Blanf. t.c. p. 278; Hume & Marshall, Game Birds of India, vol. ii. p. 133,
pi. 26 (1879) ; Swinboc, Ibis, 1882, p. 119; Scully, /. c. p. 87.
Coturnix vulgaris, Severtz. /. c. p. 68 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 323.

1. (S ■ Toman-agba, Hari-rud. 26th April, 1885.

2. <S. „ „ 27tb April, 1885.

3. ?. Tirpbul, Hari-rud. 4.th May, 1885.

4. $ . Sang-liaji, Badgbis. 21st May, 1885.

[A very few Quail, in pairs, were met with all over Badghis. — J. E. T. A.]

96. Caccabis cnuKAR.

Caccabis chukar, Gray ; Blanf. t.c. p. 275 (1876) ; Hume & Marsball, /. c. p. 33, pi. 5. fig. 1 (1879) ;
"Wardlaw-Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 70; Barnes, Str. F. 1880, p. 219; C. Swinboe, Ibis, 1882, p. 119.
Perdix saxatilis, var. chukar, Severtz. Turkest. Jevoto, p. 68; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 323.

1,2,3. ?. Klmsan, Hari-rud. 17th November, 1881.

4. d . Kar-o-bagb, Badgbis. 28th November, 1884.

5. cj . Bala-morgbab, Badgbis. 16tb December, 1 884.

[The Chukar was very numerous all over the country, and in large coveys. — J. E. T. A.]

97. Ammoperdix bonhami.

Ammoperdix bonhami, G. R. Gray; Blauf. t. c. p. 274 (1876) ; Hume & Marsball, /. c. p. 45, pi. 6
(1879) ; ^yardlaw-llamsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 70; Barnes, Str. F. 1880, p. 219; C. Swinboe, Ibis, 1882, p. 119.

Perdix griscuguluris, Brandt (?) [P. bonhami, Fras.), Severtz. Turkest. Jevotu. p. 68; Dresser, Ibis,
1876, p. 323.

1. c? . Karez-dasbt. 8tb November, 1884.

[The most northern locality that I saw the " Sisi " was at Mont Do-Shakh near Kilki.
—J. E. T. A.]

Order ALECTORIDES.

Fam. OTIDID.E.
98 Otis tarda.

Otis tarda, L. ; Blanf. t. c. p. 287 (1876) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotu. p. 69; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 326.

1. (J. Bala-morgbab, Badgbis. 29th January, 1885.
[The measurements taken when tlie bird was fresh were : — Lengtli from tip of IjiJl to
end of tail 3 feet i inches ; length to point of toe (legs extended) 3 feet 8 inches ; length

14*

88 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

from tip to tip of wings extended 7 feet 4 inclies. Weight 17 lbs. ; weight of food in
gizzard 2 lbs.

This magnificent bird was shot by Lieut. E,awlins near Bala-morghab on the 29th of
January, 1885, out of a flock of seven.

On opening the bird the gizzard was found to contain a solid ball of vegetable matter,
much like cooked spinach, in a mass rather larger than a cricket-ball, weighing 2 lbs. ;
amongst this were neither seeds nor insects.

The flesh was eaten next day and was excellent.

This flock had been seen for ftilly a month in the vicinity, and one had been killed by
some wild animal, as we picked up the feathers in large quantities.

The flock was seen to light upon the top of a small hill that had extremely precipitous
sides, which were very difficult to ascend owing to the clay being wet with half-melted
snow ; although there was not 100 feet to ascend, by the time Lieut. Rawlins and Capt.
Drummond got to the top they were both quite exhausted. As they rested just before
gaining the top, so as to get their wind, the birds rose, and Lieut. Eawlins succeeded in
shooting one, but the stench of the bird was so great that he almost thought of leaving
it ; it was so dark that he scarcely knew what it was that he had got, and the scent was
almost enough to put off any one from even a new acquisition. — J. E. T. A.]

Order LBIICOL.E.
Fam. CHARADRIIDiE.

99. ffiDICNEMUS CREPITANS.

(Edicnemus crepitans, Temm. ; Blauford, /. c. p. 288 (1876) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 09 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876,
p. 326.

1. — . Guh-an, Badghis. lltli March, 1885.

100. CUKSOmUS GALLICUS.

Cur sorius gall icus (Gm.) ; Blanf. /. c. p. 281 (1876).

1. ?. Giih-au, Badghis. 19th March, 1885.

2. cJ ■ Karcz, Khorasan. 8th June, 1885.

[This bird was very common on the great gravel plains, but very wary, keeping well
out of shot and always on the run, carefully putting every bush and tussock of grass
between itself and its piirsuer. — J. E. T. A.]

^ 101. VaNELLUS CllISTATIJS.

Vanelhis cristatvs, Meyer; Blanf. t. c. p. 280 (1876) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 69 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 238;
Swinhoe, ibid. 1882, p. 120; Scully, t. c. p. 87.

1. cJ . Between Zind-i-jan and Roznak. 16th November, 1884.

3. ? . Bala-morghab, Badghis. ]6th January, 1885.

[Common over the whole Badghis. — J. E. T. A.]

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 89

] 02. jEgialitis dubia.

yEffialiiis dubia (Scop.).

yE(/iaf/tis curonica, Dresser, Birds of Europe, vol. vii. p. 491, pi. 524 (187G) ; C. S\vinlioc,Ibis, 1882,
p. 120 ; Scully, t. c. p. 87.

JEffialites minor, Severtz. t. c. p. 69 ; Dresser, Ibis, 187G, p. 328.

I. ? . Tirphul, Hari-rud. 20tli April, 1885.

103. Phalauopus htperboreus.

Phalaropus hyperboreus (L.) ; Blanf. t. c. p. 284 (1876).

Phalaropus angustirostris , Severtz. t.c. p. G'J ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 411.

1. ? . Baud, near Nusliki. 2ud October, 1884.

ram. SCOLOPACIDJE.
104<. Gallinago gallinula.

GaUinago gallimda (L.) ; Blanf. /. c. p. 283 (1876) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 69 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 330;
Swiuhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 121.

1. S- Between Hadj-ali and Lundi. I9th October, 1884.

2. cT- Gulrau, Badghis. 5th March, 1885.

[Jack Snipe were found in small numbers in the stream-bed which ran through Gulran,
and were occasionally seen in similar localities all over the country. — J. E. T. A.]

105. Gallinago scolopactna.

Gallinago scolopacina, Bp. ; Blanf. t. c. p. 282 (1876) ; Scully, t. c. p. 87.

1. cJ . Between Hadj-ali and Lundi. 19th October, 1884.

2. ? . Bala-morghab, Badghis. 17th January, 1885.

3. S ■ Gulran, Badghis. 19th March, 1885.

[This Snipe was met with in small numbers over the whole country. — J. E. T. A.]

106. TOTAXTTS OCHROPUS.

Totanus ochropus (L.) ; Blanf. t.c. p. 285 (1876) ; Severtz. i.e. p. 69; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 412;
Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 122 ; Scully, t. c. p. 87.

1. $ . Between Ab-i-kamarra and Ab-i-shora. 9th December, 1884.

2. ? . Gulran, Badghis. 1st April, 1885.

Order FULICARLE.

Earn. RALLIDJ]].
107. Rallus aqtjaticus.

Rallus aquaticus, L. ; Blanf. t. c. p. 288 (1876); Severtz. /. c. p. 69 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 412; Scully,
t. c. p. 87.

1. (J . Between Lundi and Rudbar. 20th October, 1884.

2. cJ . Bala-morghab, Badghis. lOth January, 1885.

90 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

108. Ortygometra bailloxii,

Ortygometra baillonii (A'ieill.) ; Hume & Marshall, Game Birds of India, vol. ii. p. 203, pi. 35 (1879).
Porzana baiUoni, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 123 ; Scully, /. c. p. 88.
Gallimda pygmcea, Severtz. t. c. p. 69; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. -413.

1. ? . Nusliki. 26tli September, 1884.

2. J . Between Gaz-i-clia and Safia. 7t]i October, 1884.

109. PULICA ATRA.

Fidica afra, L. ; Blanf. t. c. p. 289 (1876) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 69; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 413 ; Swinhoe,
Ibis, 1882, p. 122; Sully, t. c. p. 88.

1. — . Kalla-i-maur, Badghis. 29th March, 1885.
[This bird was sent to me by Mr. Merk. — J. E. T. A.]

Order HERODIONES.
Fam. ARDEIDtE.

110. BOTAURUS STELLARIS.

Botaurus stellaris (L.) ; Blanf. t. c. p. 297 (1876) ; Severtz. /. c. p. 68; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 325 ;
C. Swiuhoe, ibid. 1882, p. 123.

1,2. (^ ; 3. ? . Bala-morgliab, Badgliis. 29th December, 1884.
4. (J. Karaol-khana, Badghis. 15th February, 1885.

[The Bitteru is very common, living- in exactly the same wet localities as where the
Morghab Pheasant is found, and tliese specimens were all shot whilst looking for
Pheasants.— J. E. T. A.]

111. Platalea leucorodia.

Pkdalea leucorodia, L.; Blanf. t.c. p. 298 (1876) ; Severtz. t.c. p. 68; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 326.

1, 2. Sex unknown. [The birds wore cleaned and then sent to me from Kalla-i-maur, Badghis, by
Mr. Merk. 25th March, 1885.— J. E. T. A.]

Order ANSERES.

Earn. ANATID^.
112. Braxta rtjfina.

Branta rufiiia, Pall. ; Hume & Marshall, Game Birds of India, vol. iii. p. 253, pi. 34 (1880).
Fuligula rufina, Blanf. t. c. p. 801 ; Severtz. t. c. p. 70 ; Dresser, Ibis, p. 421 ; C. Swiuhoe, ibid. 1882,
p. 125.

1.2. (J. Bala-morghab, Badghis. January 1885.

3. 9 . „ „ 23rd January, 1885.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 91

113. Casarca rutlla.

Casarca ruiila, Pall.; Blanf. t. c. p. 303 (187G); Hume & Marshall, /. c. p. 123, pi. 17 (1880) ;
C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 124 ; Scully, t. c. p. 89.

Anasrutila, Scvertz. t.c. p. 70; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 419.

I. c?. Gulran, Badghis. 6th March, 188G. »
[This bird, the Brahminy Duck of India, was occasionally seen and was breeding in the
cliffs overhanging the Hari-rud river. — J. E. T. A.]

Hi. Spatula cltpeata.

Sjyatula clypeata (L.) ; Blanf. t. c. p. 301 (1876) ; Hume & Marshall, /. c. p. 142, pi. 19 (1880) ;
C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 124.

Anas clypeata, Severtz. /. c. p. 70; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 420.

I. c? . Kalla-i-maur, Badghis. I8th March, 1885.

115. Chaulelasmus STREPERUS.

Ckauklastnus sfreptrus (L.) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 419; Ilunic & Marshall, i. c. p. 181, pi. 24 (1880).
Anas strepera, Severtz. /. c. p. 70 ; Blanf, /. c. p. 300; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 124 ; Scully, t. c. p. 88.

1. ? ; 2. d. Bala-morghab, Badghis. 22ud January, 1885.
3. c? . „ „ 9th February, 1885.

116. Clangula glatjcion.

Clanr/ula ffhntcion (L.) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 70; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 421 ; Blanf. /. c. p. 302 ; Hume &
Marshall, Game Birds of India, iii. p. 285, pi. 38 (1880) ; Scully, t. c. p. 89.

1. (S . Bala-morghab, Badghis. 1 5th January, 1885.

117. QUBRQUEDULA CRECCA.

Querquechila crecca (L.) ; Blanf. t. c. p. 301 (1876) ; Hume & Marshall, Game Birds of India, vol. iii.
p. 205, pi. 27 (1880) ; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 124.

Anas crecca, Severtz. t. c. p. 70; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 419; Scully, /. c. p. 88,

1. 6. Bala-morghab, Badghis. 23rd January, 1885.

118. QUERQUEDULA PALCATA.

Querquedvla/alcatn (Pall.) ; Hume & Marshall, Game Birds of India, vol. iii. p. 231, pi. 30 (1880),
1. — . Bala-morghab, Badghis. 28th December, 1884.

[One specimen of this fine Duck, a supposed male, was shot by Captain Heath, and
given to me by Captain Gore, R.E. The falcated secondary wing-feathers were present
on one side of the body only. This would have been an interesting specimen to dissect,
in order to have seen if the organs of generation were irregularly developed. The
general plumage is that of the male.

The occvirrence of the bird in this locality gives a much further western area than here-
tofore known. Hume and Marshall state that it is unknown from Western Turkestan or
the Caspian.— J. E. T, A.

92 DE. J. E. T, AITCHTSOX ON THE ZOOLOGY OE

119. QUEKQUEDTTLA ANGUSTIROSTRIS.

Querqvedula angustirostris, Hume & jMar^sliall ; Game Birds of India, vol. iii. p. 237, pi. 31 (1880) ;
C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 124.

Anas angustirostris (Men.) ; Blanf. t. c. p. 301 ; Scully, t. c. p. 88.

1. — . Between De-kamran and De-doda. October 27th, 1884.

2. — . Bala-morgliab, Badgliis. Winter 1884-85.

120. MaEECA PENELOPE.

Mareca penelope (L.) ; Blanf. /. c. p. 301 (1876) ; Hume & Marshall, Game Birds of India, vol. iii.
p. 197, pi. 2G (1880) ; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 18cS2, p. 124.
Anas penelope, Scully, t. c. p. 88.

1 . 5 . Bala-morghab. 14th January, 1884.

2. (S . Bala-morghab, Badgliis. 20th January, 1885.

121. Mergelltjs albellus.

Mergellus albellus (L.) ; Hume & Marshall, Game Birds of India, vol. iii. p. 293, pi. 39 (1880) ;
C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 125.

Mergus albellus, Blanf. t. c. p. 303 (1876) ; Scvertz. t. c. p. 70; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 421; Scully,
t. c. p. 89.

1, 2. rf' ; 3. $ . Bala-morghab, Badghis. 29th December, 1884.

122. Mergus serrator.

Mergus serrator (L.) ; Hume & Marshall, Game Birds of India, vol. iii. p. 305, pi. 40, fig. 2 (1880).

1. $. Bala-morghab, Badghis. 21st January, 1885.

2. d". „ „ 30th January, 1885.

[This is the first occasion that this hii-d has been recorded as from Afghanistan. —
J. E. T. A.]

Order GAVLE.

Fam. LAEID^.

123. Lartjs ridibtjndus.

Larus ridibundus (L.) ; Blanf. t. c. p. 292 (1876) ; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 126 ; Scully, t. c. p. 88.
Gavia ridibunda, Severtz. t. c. p. 70; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 415.

1. ? . Gulran, Badghis. 12th March, 1885.
[This bird was shot and given to me by Captain Cotton. — J. E. T. A.]

Order STEGANOPODES.
Earn. PHALACROCOEACID^.

124. Phalacrocorax javanicus.

Phalacrocorax javanicus, Horsf .

Phalacrocorax pygmmis, Dresser, Birds of Europe, vol. vi. p. 173, pi. 391 (1876) ; Blanford, t. c. p. 298.

Carbo pygmmis, Severtz. /. c. p. 70 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 414.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 93

1. — . Bala-morgliab, Badghis. 28th December, 1884.

2. 2 . „ „ 12th January, 1885.

3. ? . J, „ January, 1885.

[Species of the following genera were seen, but no specimens obtained : —

A Vulture {Vtdtur, sp.), probably F. monachus, L.

A large pure white e^^ was brought me which I believe to have been that of Gyps
fulvus (G.). These birds go by the name of " Lash-kar " or Flesh-eater. h\ the Bad-
ghis, on Pistacio and Juniper trees, at a height of from 6 to 8 feet from the ground, ou
several occasions, I came across huge nests which the natives said were those of an Eagle,
whose eggs were laid during January or February, and the young hatched whilst snow
was still on the ground.

A Kite [Mllcus, sp.) was more or less common round our camp.

The white ' Scavenger-bird ' of India {Neophron j)ercno]jterns r) was only occasionally
seen during summer, and its nest was found.

The Raven [Corvus corax) was common along our whole route.

I beKeve two species of Chough {Pyrrhocorax, sp.) were met with, one in largish flocks
at the Hamun ; and the second in the vicinity of Kuskh in the Badghis, and again in
the hills to the south of Bezd, Khorasan, occurring in pairs.

A Cuckoo [Cucnlus, sp.) was heard during spring all over the Badgliis.

A Swift [Cypseliis, sp.) was common, 1)uilding in the cliffs overhanging the Hari-rud.

An Oriole (probably Oriolus gcdbula, L.) was common in gardens, Khorasan.

The " Kulan " of the Punjab {Grvs commiinis) was in some numbers at Gulran.

The Wild Duck (Alias boscas) was frequently shot at Bala-morghab.

A supposed Swan was heard and seen resting at night, and was known to the natives.
On the Hamun the natives kept and reared Geese, very similar to the ordinary Grey
Goose of England.

The Houbara [Otis macqueeni) was occasionally seen, but not a single specimen, to my
knowledge, was obtained. — J. E. T. A.]

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate VI. Fig. 1. Gecinus r/orii, Hargitt.

Fig. 2. Passer yntil, Sharpe.
Plate VII. Figs. 1 & 2. Pkasiaims princijjalis, Sclater.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 15

94 DR. J. E. T. AITCHISON OX THE ZOOLOGY OF

REPTILES and BATRACHIANS.

By G. A. BouLENGER, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum.

REPTILIA.

CHELONIA.

1. Testtjdo horspieldii, Gray.

Testudo horsfieldii, Gray, Cat. Tort. &c. ISii, p. 7; Blanford, E. Pers. ii. p. 308.
12 specimens. Gulrau, Badghis.

[Local names Kashif, Kasliaf, Sang-toti, Sang-pusht, Lach-pusht, Tosh-bakke, Shamshatu.

Along the entire march from Quetta to Pahir (13th November, 1884) the remains of
Tortoises were seen ; at the latter place the first live specimen was got, living in a dry
water-course, full of limestone debris, the disintegration of the surrounding rocks and
hills, in a locality utterly devoid of vegetation, as far as I could see, and where I should
never have expected to find any animal. On the 23rd February, in our march from a
camp without name to Gulran, numbers of the empty shells of Tortoise eggs were seen
lying on the sides of several streams, as if washed there by floods, the eggs in all pro-
bability having been emptied in the first place of their contents by rats.

Whilst at Gulran early in March, numbers were noticed wandering over the great
rolling plains, the warmth of spring having enticed them from their winter-quarters,
and there was herbage sufficiently grown to prevent their being easily detected. It is
curious to note that out of the large number I saw and collected, I only got one species.
I do not recollect, nor have I noted, ever having seen a single specimen in that part of
Khorasan over which I travelled. — J. E. T. A.]

LACERTILIA.

2. Teeatoscincus scincus (Schleg.). (Plate VIII. fig. 1.)

Teratoscincus kei/serlingii, Blanford, torn. cit. p. 354.
Teratoscincus scincus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 12.

The specimen measures 200 millim., in which the tail enters for 77. Cream-coloured,
with a few black spots on the back, and four brick-red longitudinal bands ; three
blackish vertical bars down the lips on each side.

[One specimen only of this rare Lizard was picked up, on the 17th May, 1885 (no. 325),
amongst stones on the banks of the Ilari-rud river near Tii-phul. This would give as its
known area the country between Lash-Jowain, Karman and Tirphul. — J. E. T. A.]

3. Stenodacttltjs lumsdenii. (Plate IX. fig. 1.)
Stenodactylus lumsdenii, Boulengci-, Cat. Liz. iii. p. 479.

Snovit much longer than the diameter of the orbit, or the distance betAveen the latter
and the ear ; forehead very slightly concave ; ear-opening vertically oval, one third the

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 95

diameter of the eye. The fore limb, stretched forwards, reaches the tip of the snout ; the
hind liml) reaches the shoulder. Digits slender, shortly fringed laterally, with feebly
tricarinate inferior lamelUe. Head covered with small granules, intermixed with
enlarged ones on the vertex, the occiput, and the temples ; rostral quadrangular, nearly
as broad as long, with median cleft above ; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first
labial, and two nasals ; ten upper and nine lower labials ; mental trapezoid, broader than
long ; no chin-shields ; gular granules minute. Back covered with small granules inter-
mixed with oval, very feebly keeled tubercles, forming about twelve irregular longitu-
dinal series. Ventral scales small, smooth, subhexagonal, imbricate. Tail cylindrical,
slightly depressed, verticillate, with subequal feebly keeled scales. Sand-coloured above,
with seven darker bands across the body, and dark brown bands across the tail ; head
marbled with dark l)rown ; a dark brown band from the eye to above the ear ; lower
surfaces white.

millim. millim.

Total length 78 Pove limb 16

Head 12 Hind limb 21

Width of head 7 Tail 42

Body 21

Nearest .S'. oricntaUs, Blanf., from which it differs by the much longer snout, longer
limbs, larger and more numerous dorsal tubercles, smooth ventral scales, &c.

[One specimen only of this uew species was collected in Northern Baluchistan between
Nushki and the Helmand. — J. E. T. A.]

4. Alsophtlax tuberculatus (Blanf.).

Bunopus tuberculatus, Blanford, toin. cit. p. 348.
Alsophijlax tuberculatus, Bouleuger, op. cit. i. p. 20.

[One specimen only was obtained on the march down the Helmand between Iladj-ali
and the Hamun.— J. E. T. A.]

5. Agamura persica (A. Dum.). (Plate IX. fig. 2.j
Agamura persica, Blanford, torn. cit. p. 358; Boulenger, torn. cit. p. 51.

These specimens show the differences between A. jiersica and A. crural is, Blanford, to
be less important than was hitherto believed. The following notes are taken from the
specimens collected by Dr. Aitchison : —

The fore limb being stretched forwards, the wrist reaches the tip of tlie snout, or lialf-
way between the latter point and the eye ; the hind limb reaches the ear, or halfway
between the ear and the eye, or (in a young male) as far as the eye. Rostral twice or
not twice as broad as high, completely divided into two, entering or not entering the
nostril ; 12 to 14 upper and 9 to 12 lower labials ; mental not twice as l)road as long,
sometimes with a shield on each side between it and tlie second infralabial. The enlarged
dorsal tubercles sometimes keeled and subtrihedral. Numerous enlarged tubercles on
the hind limbs. Male without or with two praeanal pores.

15*

96 DK. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLO&T OF

[Three specimens of this species were collected on our marches along the Helmand.
Four specimens between the Hamun and Khusan, and one to the north of Herat.
Blanford, at page 359, in distinguishing this species from A. cruralis, lays stress on its
distribution, " found at a much greater height above the sea " . . . " at an elevation of
at least 8000 feet " ; my specimens were all collected at 2000 feet, if so much. —
J. E. T. A.]

6. Agama. isolepis, Blgr. (Plate X. figs. 1-3.)

Agarna isolepis, Boulengerj iom. cit. p. 342.

Ayama ayilis (non Oliv.), Blanford, torn. cit. p. 314.

5 specimens. Nushki to Helmand.
2 specimens. Helmand.

9 sjiecimens. North of Herat.

[This Lizard was common along our route from Nushki to the Hari-rud, and was
generally found to occur throughout the Badghis.

It was usually seen at the very end of a dry branch, the highest and most exposed it
could find, never more than six feet from the ground; here it basked in the sun, and
attracted insects towards it by the changes it produced in the coloration of its head and
neck, the rest of its body resembling in colour the dry twig to which it clung. It was
easily killed and collected if struck at the first blow ; while dying it showed various
patches of coloration from deep indigo-blue to violet and purple, over such parts of its
body as were usually light-coloured.

I never met with it on the ground, although in trying to escape it always made for
some hole at the root of the bush on which it was first seen. — J. E. T. A.]

7. Agama sanguinolenta (Pall.).
Agama sanguinolenta, Boulenger, toni. cit. p. 343.

[One specimen only of this species was collected, and that on the 14th of March,
1885, at old Gulran, and was given to me by Mr. Chapman. — J. E. T. A.]

8. Agama caucasica (Eichw.).

Stellio caucasicus, Blanford, torn. cit. p. 322.
Agama caucasica, Boulenger, torn. cit. p. 367.

[Two specimens of this very handsome species were obtained at Bezd, Khorasan. One
at Chinkiloh, Afghanistan. — J. E. T. A.]

9. PnRYNOCEPHALrs OLiviERi, D. & B. (Plate VIII. fig. 2.)

Phrynocejihalus olivieri, Blanford, torn. cit. p. 327 ; Boulengcr, torn. cit. p. 370.

2 specimens. Quetta to Nushki.
22 specimens. Nushki to Helmand.

6 specimens. Helmand.

2 specimens. Hamun to Khusan.

[Owing to this being a very bright-coloured species and common along our whole
route from Quetta to Khusan, I was well su2)plied with sjiecimens. — J. E. T. A.]

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 97

10. PnRYNOCEPHALUS OKNATUS. (Plate VIII. fig. 3.)

Phrynocephalus ornatus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. iii. j). 496.

12 specimens. Nushki to Helmand.
2 specimens. Helmand.

Forehead convex and slightly sloping, with scarcely enlarged keeled scales ; occipitals
very feebly enlarged ; supraocular scales a little smaller than median dorsals, imbricate,
feebly keeled ; nostril directed forwards and upwards ; nasals very large and in contact
mesially. Dorsal scales homogeneous, small and granular on the sides, enlarged, flat,
imbricate, and feebly keeled on the back. Gular, pectoral, and ventral scales smooth or
indistinctly keeled. Scales on upper surface of limbs feebly keeled. Digital fingers
moderately developed, stronger on the outer side of tlie fourth toe than on the inner.
Tibia much longer than the skull. The hind limb reaches beyond the snout. Tail
nearly twice as long as the distance from gular fold to vent, strongly depressed at the
base, roundish- depressed through the greater part of its length; except on the basal
portion of the tail, the scales are keeled. Yellowish or yellowish grey above, with small
grey or blackish specks and symmetrical markings ; usually a few rose-coloured, purple-
edged spots on the anterior part of the back and smaller orange ones on the hinder part ;
head with one or two orange transverse markings ; usually a blackish or purplish-grey,
straight-edged or festooned lateral band, which may be edged above with a yellowish-
white band ; a grey band along the hinder side of the thighs. Tail sometimes with
regular elliptical brown or orange spots, above separated by a yellowish-white chain.
Lower surfaces white ; tail usually lemon-yellow, constantly with four or five black spots.

millim. millim.

Total length 92 Fore limb 21

Head 9 Hind limb 37

Width of head .... 9 Tail 53

Body 30

This new Lizard is allied to P. ccmcUvolvulus (Pall.), from which it is easily distinguished,
besides other points, by having the nasals in contact.

[This beautifully coloured small species was very common between Nushki and tlie
Helmand, and along the Helmand on the gravel plains, and always near bushes, to the
roots of which it ran for shelter. It was very difiicult to catch. — J. E. T. A.]

11. Phe,yxocephaltjs maculatus, And. (Plate IX. fig. 3.)

Phrynocephalus maculatus, Blanford, tom.cit. p. 331 ; Bouleugcr, up.cU. i. p. 377.

[This species was met with on the great gravel plains between Nushki ;ind the Helm-
and, on the more exposed parts, where there were neitlier Inishes nor stones. They hid
by lying flat pressed upon the small gravel and sand, hoping from their coloration to
evade detection. — J. E. T. A.]

98 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

12. Phrtnocephalus ltiteoguttatus. (Plate VIII. fig. 4.)

Phrynocephalus luteoguttatus, Boulenger^ Cat. Liz. iii. p. 497.

10 specimens. Between Nushki and Helmaud.
3 specimens. Helmand.

Head much depressed ; forehead convex, not sloping ; upper head-scales small, obtusely-
keeled, not enlarged on the occipital region ; nostril directed forwards and upwards ;
nasals in contact mesially ; three or four series of scales between the orbit and the
upper labials ; none of the chin-shields in contact with the mental or the lower labials.
Sides of head and neck with series of erect pointed scales. A fold along the flanks.
Dorsal scales rather large, rhomboidal, obtusely keeled, intermixed with enlarged, flat,
obtusely keeled ones ; lateral scales smaller, equal. Gular, pectoral, and ventral scales
smooth or very feebly keeled, ending in a point ; median gulars nearly as large as ventrals.
Scales on upper surface of limbs keeled. Digits strongly fringed, the fringe extremely
strong on the outer side of the fourth toe. Tibia longer than the skull. Tlie adpressed
hind limb reaches the eye. Tail about as long as head and body, depressed throughout ;
caudal scales keeled. Yellowish brown or rufous above, with black dots and round pale
yellow spots ; the sides sometimes blackish ; frequently a blackish streak along the outer
side of the tibia ; eyelids salmon-coloured. Lower surfaces white, belly sometimes pink ;
tail salmon-coloured, usually black at the end and with one to three black spots.

millim. miUim.

Total length 82 Fore limb 22

Head 11 Hind limb 35

Width of head .... 11 Tail 41

Body 30

The nearest ally of this new species is P. inter scapularis, Licht., which is at once
distinguished by having uniform dorsal scales, and the nasals separated from each other.

13. Ophisaurus apus (Pall.).

Pseudopus apoda, Blanford, torn. cU. p. 387.
Ophisaurus apus, Bouleugcr, Cat. Liz. ii. p. 280.

3 specimens. Bala-morghab.
2 specimens. Gulran.

[This snake-like Lizard was called by the natives Sag-mar (Dog snake) and Kor-mar
(Blind snake). Although I collected few specimens, this Lizard was to be seen in any
number during the whole summer all over the Badghis, the soft sandy loam of the
country generally suiting it exactly, as well as the presence of numerous white ants
which supplied it with food. I have seen it coiled near the exit of a wiiite ants' nest
devouring them as they came out, mouthful after mouthful ; and as these ants were a
little dilatory just as they were going to fly ofi', this was the opportunity for the Ophi-
saurus to sweep them into his gullet with his long tongue. The natives, though they
know that it is innocuous, destroy it wherever they see it, as an " evil thing." I did not

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 99

collect it before we got to the Badgliis, nor do I remember seeing it in the valley of the
Hari-rnd or in Khorasan. Lieut. Wright gave me my largest specimen at Bala-
morghab. — J. E. T. A.]

U. Varanus griseus (Daud.).

Psammosaums casp'ms, Blanford, torn. cit. p. 359.
Varanus griseus, Boulcngcr, torn. cit. p. 306.

[Three specimens of this well-known and very handsome Lizard were collected, all in
the valley of the ITari-rud. Two at Khusan and one at Buniad-khan. — J. E. T. A.]

15. ACANTHODACTTLUS CANTORIS, Gthr.

Acanthodadyhis cantoris, Giiutli. Kept. Brit. lud. p. 73; Blanford, torn. cit. p. 381 ; Boulcnger, Cat.
Liz. iii. p. 00.

6 specimens. iSHishki to Helmand.

1 specimen. Helmand.

[This species was collected on the hillocks of pure sand, formed by drifting, that are
so numerous in Northern Baluchistan, and on the route we traversed along the Helmand.
—J. E. T. A.]

16. Eremias gtjttulata (Licht.).

MesaTina pardaTts fnon Licht.), Blanford, torn. cit. p. 377.
Eremias yuitulata, Boiileugcr, Cat. Liz. iii. p. 87.

2 specimens. Quetta to Nushki.
2 specimens. Helmand.

1 specimen. Tirpliul.

[From the above specimens the area of this Lizard would extend from Northern
Baluchistan along the Helmand to the valley of the Hari-rud river. — J. E. T. A.]

17. Eremlvs velox (Pall.).

Eremias persica et E. velox, Blanford, torn. cit. pp. 370 & 374.
Eremias velo.r, Boulcnger, torn. cit. p. 97.

2 specimens. Quetta to Nusliki.
1 specimen. Heltcand.

1 specimen. Tomau-agha.
1 specimen. Gulrau.

[This very bright and showily marked si:)ecies seems to extend over a very varied
condition of country and climate — from the sandy, stony, and barren soil and climate of
Northern Baluchistan to the verdure-covered downs of the Badghis and its damper
climate. In the latter country it is the prey of 3Ionticola saxatilis. — J. E. T. A.]

18. Eremias fasciata, Blanf.

Eremias fasciata, Blanford, torn. fit. p. .371-; Boulenger, torn. cit. p. 99.

100 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

[Only one specimen of this little-known species was collected on the Helmand. —
J.E. T.A.]

19. ScAPTEiBA ACUTiEOSTRis. (Plate IX. fig. 4.)
Scapteira aeutirostris, Boulenger, toni. cit. p. 114.
1 specimen (young). Nushki to Helmand.

Snout conical, acutely pointed ; loreal region nearly vertical. Nasals slightly swollen,
lower not reaching the rostral, upper forming a long median suture ; frontal grooved
anteriorly ; three large supraoculars, forming sutures with one another ; first supraocular
in contact with the first supraciliary, the second loreal, the prsef rontal, and the frontal ;
second and third supraoculars separated from the supraciliaries and from the frontal by
a series of granules ; two or three minute granules between the first and second supra-
oculars; a small, band-like posterior supraocular, separated from the others by granules;
interparietal pentagonal ; no occipital, parietals forming a suture behind the inter-
parietal ; no enlarged scales on the outer border of the parietals ; temporal scales
granular, smooth ; no auricular denticulation ; subocular not reaching the lip, resting
on the fifth, sixth, and seventh upper labials ; the three anterior pairs of chin-shields in
contact ; collar straight, the marginal scales feebly enlarged. Dorsal scales minutely
granular, smooth, equal. Ventrals equilateral or longer than broad, in oblique longi-
tudinal series ; 35 transverse series, the longest of which contains about 20 plates. A
very large pra?anal plate, about twice as broad as long. The adpressed hind limb reaches
the posterior border of the orbit ; foot as long as the distance between the arm and the
anterior loreal ; digits flattened, smooth or indistinctly keeled inferiorly, strongly fringed
laterally ; the ungual lamellae much enlarged, forming a suboval disk ; a series of large,
transverse subtibial shields. 15-17 femoral pores. Upper caudal scales feebly keeled.
Sand-coloured above, with blackish network ; head with symmetrical black markings,
lower surfaces white.

7nillim.

From snout to vent 35

Head 10

Width of head 6-5

Erom end of snout to fore limb . . 15

Eore limb 14

Hind limb 25

This new species is allied to S. grammica (Licht.) ; diflPering by the large anterior
supraocular, the absence of enlarged shield on the outer border of the parietals, the
large praeanal, and the much larger subtibial shields.

20. Ablephartts brandtii, Strauch.

Ahlepharus brandtii, Strauch, Bull. St. Petersb. sii. p. 367 ; Blanlbrd, /owt. «7. p. oUl ; Bouleuger,
turn. cit. p. 351.

[One specimen only of this si^ecies was collected on the Helmand. This extends

TUE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMiAliiSSION. 101

the range of this Scink from near Busrali *, "on tlie banks of the Shat-cl-Arab " (the
union of tlie Tigris and Euphrates), to the Helmaud. — J. E. T. A.]

21. EuMECES SCHNEIDEEI (Daudin).

Eumeces pavimentatus, Blaiiford, torn. cit. p. 387.
Eumeces schneideri, Boulenger, torn. cit. p. 383.

[Of this species only two specimens are in my collection, one from the Ilelmand and
the other got at Shore-kaltegai in the Badghis. The latter specimen was collected living
with several others in hollows of rapidly disintegrating sandstone amongst the sand that
lies at the bottom of these hollows. They are simply long rolls of fat, extremely inert,
and what they can possibly get to live upon in the hollows they inhabit I cannot imagine.
A fine series I had secured in the Badghis were lost. — J. E. T. A.]

22. Ophiomouus TUEDACTrLus (Blyth),

Sphenocephalus tridactyhis, Blanford, torn. cit. p. 395.
Opldomorus tridactijlus, Boulenger, torn. cit. p. 394.

[Of this curious Lizard I only obtained one specimen, which was killed by Dr. Wier
and given to me by Major Durand. It was found at an old fort called Nadir Ali,
between De-kamran and De-doda on the Ilelmand, living in a sand-drift, into which it
at once be2:an to burrow on beins: aware of danijor. The natives said that these Lizards
are collected and eaten ; but I doubted their being numerous enough for that. —
J. E.T.A.]

OPHIDIA.

23. Typhlops persicus.

Typhlops persicKS, Blanford, tout. cit. p. 399.

[Only one specimen of this little Typhlops was ol)tained, the exact locality for which
is rather doubtful. I believe it was got in our camp at Chinkilok, north of Herat ; if not
there, certainly between that and the Sang-khotal pass. The latter locality is more like
Blanford's, viz. hills, north-east of Sarjan, at 8000 ft. elevation. — J. E. T. A.]

24. Eryx jaculus (L.).

Enjx jacuhis, Straucli, Schlang. d, Russ. Rciclis, p. 29; Blanford, torn. cit. p. 401.
6 specimens. Bala-morghab.
1 specimen. Robat-i-tiirk.

[A very common species throughout the Badghis. Most of the specimens I kept were
dug out of tlieir winter-quarters in holes, in ridges between irrigation-channels, on the
margins of fields. Occasionally several were found nestled together. — J. E. T. A.]

* Blanford, t. c. p. 393.
SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 1<J

102 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

25. Zamenis ravergiem (Men.).

Zamenis ravergieri, Strauch, tom.cit. p. 127 ; Blanford, torn. cit. p. 417.

1 specimen. Tirphul.
1 specimen. Gulran.
1 specimen. Chinkilok.

26. Zamenis ventrimactjlatus (Gray).

Zamenis ventrimaculatus, Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 105 ; Blanford, fo7n. cit. p. 414.

[One lai'ge specimen of this species was got at Bezd, Khorasan. The body was greatly
injured, only the head and tail were therefore preserved. — J. E. T. A.]

27. Zamenis kaeelinii (Brandt).

Zamenis karelinii, Strauch, torn. cit. p. 110.

Zamenis ventrimaculatus, part., Blanford, tffm. cit. p. 414.

1 specimen. Helmand.

1 specimen. Tirphul.

1 specimen. Chinkilok.

1 specimen. Kiiki.

28. Zamenis rhodokachis, Jan.

Zamenis rhodorachis , De Fil. Viag. in Persia, p. 356.

Zamenis ventrimaculatus, part., Blanford, torn. cit. p. 414.

[One very fine specimen of this Snake, splendidly marked with a bright red broad
line down its back, was obtained at our second Gulran encampment, Badghis. —
J. E. T. A.]

29. Zamenis diadema (Schleg.).

Zamenis diadema, Giinth. Kept. Brit. Ind. p. 412 ; Blanford, torn. cit. p. 412.
Zamenis cliffordii, Strauch, toin. cit. p. 106.

2 specimens. Quetta to Nushki.

1 specimen. Niisliki to Helmand.

1 specimen. Tirphul.

[This very handsome Snake seems to be common from Northern Baluchistan to the
valley of the Hari-rud.— J. E. T. A.]

30. Lttorhtnchus ridgewati. (Plate XL fig. 1.)
Lytorhynchus ridgewayi, Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 413.

2 specimens. Chinkilok.

Head small, distinct from neck ; snout pointed, strongly projecting. Rostral very
large, four-sided, the lower side longer than the upper, deeply concave, the lateral sides
angularly cmarginate, concave, with a trace of a short longitudinal cleft ; the posterior
angle wedged in between the pair of frontonasals, which form a short suture. A single
praeirontal, twice and a half as broad as long. Frontal large, pentagonal, a little longer

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 103

than broad, its straight anterior border twice as long as the greatest width of the supra-
oculars. Parietals slightly longer than the frontal. The nostril is very indistinct ; but,
by pressing, fluid is expelled from the upper half of the oblique suture between the two
nasals ; of the latter shields the anterior is more than twice as large as the second. A
small loreal. Three pra;oculars, upper largest and in contact with the frontal ; a sub-
ocular ; two or three postoculars. Seven upper labials, none in contact Avith the eye,
three posterior largest. Two anterior temporals, upper smallest ; three or four temporals
in contact with the parietal. Six infralabials on each side in contact with the chin-
shields, the posterior pair of which is the smallest and separated by two pairs of scales.
19 rows of scales. Ventrals 171 ; anal divided in one specimen, single in the other ;
subcaudals 46 pairs. Upper surfaces pale buff, with brown, Jdack-edged, symmetrical
markings. An anchor-shaped marking on the head, the crescentic portion extending
from one angle of the mouth to the other, passing through the eye and crossing the
frontal and praefrontal ; the longitudinal branch expands in a large spot on the middle
of the parietals, and bifurcates on the nape. Large transverse spots disposed at regular
intervals on the body and tail, and alternating with smaller ones on the flanks. Lower
parts uniform white. Total length 125 millim. ; tail 70.

[The only two specimens collected of this new species were obtained at Chinkilok on
the 27th and 29th May, 1885.— J. E. T. A.]

31. PSAMMOPHIS LEITHII, Gthr.

Psammophis leithii, Giiuth. Proc, Zool. Soc. 18G9, p. 505 ; Blanforcl, tuin. cit. p. 421.

2 specimens. Helmaad.

3 specimens. Hamun to Khusan.

[This is a curious Snake in its habit, as it lives amongst the upper branches of l)ushes ;
the only specimens I collected were first noticed in that position. — J. E. T. A.]

32. Taphrometopon lineolatum, Brandt.

Taphrometopon lineolatum, Strauch, toni. cit. p. 185 ; Blanford, toni. cit. p. 422.

4 specimens. Tirphul.

1 specimen. Zindijan.

[Obtained only in the Hari-rud valley. — J. E. T. A.]

33. Naia oxiana (Eichw.). (Plate XL fig. 2.)

Naia oxiana, Straucli, Bull. St. Pctersb. xiii. p. 81 ; Nikolsky, Tr. St. Petersb. Soc. Nat. xvii. 1886,
p. 405.

? Naja, sp., Blanford, torn. cit. p. 426.

2 specimens. Chinkilok.
1 specimen. Kara-bagh.

An adult specimen, four feet long, and two heads I regard as belonging to this rare
Snake, as well as a young specimen from Gilgit presented to the British Museum by

16*

104 DE. J. E, T. AITCHISON OX THE ZOOLOGY OF

Major Biddiilph in 1880, wliicli has been reported upon by Blanford *. Whether
N. oximia deserves specific distinction from N. tripudians appears to me extremely
doubtful, as the temporal scutellation of the latter is liable to a greater amount of
variation than was believed by Strauch. Figures are given of the heads of the four
specimens before me. The adult are uniform brown above, without spectacle-mark.
The young show traces of the transverse bands represented on Eichwald's figure.

The adult specimen recently obtained by Nikolsky near the Russian post of Giarmak,
near Geok-Jepe, is described as slaty grey, without any markings.

[Owing to the great size of this Cobra, and believing that it was the ordinary Indian
species, I only preserved one entire specimen and two lieads. This, with Vipera obttisa,
is considered very destructive to Camels ; both are equally called " Shutar-mar." —
J. E. T. A.]

3i. Vipera obtusa, Dwig.

Vipe7-a euphratica, Strauch, toni. cit. p. 221.
Vijiera ubtusu, Blauford, torn. cit. p. 428.

1 specimen. Shore-kaltegai.

1 specimen. Sang-hadji.

1 specimen. Saug-kotal.

1 specimen. Kilki.

[This Viper is said to be very common on the sandstone rocks of the Badghis, and also
in the valley of the Hari-rud. The last specimen I preserved was obtained to the south
of Mt. Do-Shakh, at Kilki. It causes much mortality amongst Camels ; owing to its
extremely sluggish habits it will not move out of the way, trusting to its colouring to
escape detection ; hence it is apt to be trampled upon, the result, of course, proving fatal
to the trampler. It is called, as already stated, " Shutar-mar " by the natives, an honour
divided between it and the Cobra of these parts. The largest one that I measured was
5 feet in length, and 6 inches in circumference at its greatest girth. The country round
Chil-gaz was regarded as highly favourable to Snakes : in one night one horse died,
and a second had its head so swollen up from a poisoned wound, considered to have been
caused by the bite of a Snake, that the head of the poor beast looked more like that
of a hippopotamus than anything else to which I could liken it. The animal lingered
for several days, and I believe would have recovered, but rubbing its head, it broke the
skin and flies settled on it.— J. E. T. A.]

35. EcHis AEENICOLA, Boie.

Echis arenicola, Strauch, torn. cit. p. 228.
Echis carinata, Blanford, torn. cit. p. 430.

1 specimen. Nushki to Helmand.
1 specimen. Tirphul.
1 specimen. Chil-gaz.

* Journ. As. Soc. Beng. i. 1881, p. 241.

THE AFGIIAX DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 105

[This Viper, called Duslia, was common from Quetta along our whole route to Khusan,
specimens being daily brought to me by the camp-followers ; except one specimen, I
never came across it in the Badghis. The natives say that it is common near their
dwellings.— J. E. T. A.]

BATRACHIA.
ECAUDATA.

1. Eana esctjlenta, L., var. eidibuxda, Pall.

Rana eseulenta, Blanford, torn. cit. p. 432.

1 (Tad2Dole) specimen. Quetta to Nushki.

2 specimens. Turbat.

2. Euro viRiDis, Laur.

Bufo vindis, Blanford, torn. cit. p. 434; Boulenger, torn. cit. p. 297.

1 specimen. Quetta to Nushki.

2 specimens. Bala-morghab.

Numerous specimens from Tirphul, Karez-badak, Kishmaru.
Numerous Tadpoles from streams at base of J\It. Do-Shakh.

[At Puza-gish I found the Erogs suffering from Leeches attached to them ; this Leech,
Mr. Jeffrey Bell tells me, is the common one of our owu lakes, Aiilosfomnm gido
{A. m(jrescens), and that the presence of this species in Lake Baikhal has been already
signalized by Grube (Sitzungsb. Schles. Gesell. slix. p. 55), but he does not know that
it has ever been reported to attach itself to Erogs.

The above localities extend the area of this species of Bufo from Northern Baluchistan
to the valley of the Hari-rud, Badghis, and Khorasan. — J. E. T. A.]

EXPLAXATIOX OE THE PLATES.
Plate VIII.

Fig. 1. Teratoscincus scincus, Scbleg.

Fig. 1 a. „ „ Upper view of end of snout, enlarged.

Fig. 1 b. „ „ Side „ „ „

Fig. 1 c. ,, „ Chin, enlarged.

Fig. 2. Phrynocepkalus olivieri, D. & B., male.

Fig. 2 a. „ „ female.

Fig. 3. Phrynocepkalus ornatus, Blgr. Adult, upper view.

Fig. 3 a. ,, ,, „ lower view.

Fig. 3 b. „ „ „ upper view of head, enlarged.

Fig. 3 c. „ „ Half-grown, upper view.

Fig. 4. Phrynocephalm luteoguttatus, Blgr. Adult, upper view.

Fig. 4 a. ,, „ „ lower view.

Fig. 4 6. ,, „ „ upper view of head, enlarged.

Fig. 4 c. „ „ Half-grown, upper view.

106 DR. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

Plate IX.

Fig. 1. Stenodactylus lumsdenii, Blgr.

Fig. 2. Aganmra persica, A. Dum. Female.

Fig. 2 a. „ „ „ ; chin, enlarged.

Fig. 2 b. „ „ Male.

Fig. 2 c. „ „ „ ; chin, enlarged.

Fig. 3. Phrynocephalus maculatus, And.

Fig. 4. Scapteira acutirostris, Blgr.

Fig. 4 a. „ „ Side view of head, enlarged.

Fig. 4 b. „ „ Upper „

Fig. 4 c. ,, „ Lower view of posterior part of body, enlarged.

Plate X.

Agama isolepis, Blgr. Male, female, and young.

Plate XI.

Fig. 1. Ljjtorhynchm ridgewayi, Blgr. With enlarged views of head.
Fig. 2. Naia oxiana, Eichw. Side views of heads of four specimens.

FISHES.

By Dr. A. Gunther, F.R.S.,
Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum.

1. CiRRHiNA AFGHANA, sp. h. (Plate XII. fig. C.)

D. 13-14. A. 10. L. lat. 40. L. transv. 7(3-4.

One pair of barbels only at the angle of the mouth, which are shorter than the eye.
Lower lip transverse, generally covered with a horny substance which forms a sharp
edge ; the snout is rather obtuse and rounded. Dorsal fin commencing in front of the
ventrals, its origin being equidistant between the end of the snout and the root of the
caudal fin, and opposite to the twelfth scale of the lateral line ; its longest single ray
is scarcely longer than the branched rays, but found to be distinctly serrated along its
basal portion after the investing skin has been removed. Anal fin narrow and high,
extending nearly to the caudal when laying backwards. Caudal fin deeply cleft.
There are three or four longitudinal series of scales between the lateral line and the
ventral fin, but sometimes the lowermost is not developed ; in fact the whole of the
abdominal surface, from the isthmus to the vent, is naked or covered with small
rudimentary scales only on the sides. The height of the body is contained from thi-ee
times and four fifths to four times and one third in the total length without caudal ; the
length of the head rather more than four times. Coloration uniform.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 107

Pharyngeal teeth 4 or 5, 3, 2-2, 3, 4 or 5 ; compressed, slightly concave on their
posterior surface, and very closely adpressed. Gill-rakers extremely small. Intestinal
tract with numerous convolutions. Peritoneum deep black.

This species differs in several points from the typical Cirrhina. In the latter the
snout is more depressed, and the covering of the lower jaw by horny svibstance is the
exception ; of the barbels the upper ones are more frequently developed than the lower ;
the anal fin has a ray or two less than in the present species, and finally the nakedness
of the abdomen is a character by which our species seems to differ from all the others.

Numerous specimens were collected at Nushki (N. Baluchistan), and in the small
river at Kushk (N.W. Afghanistan), Badghis ; they are all of small size, none of them
exceeding 5 inches in length.

2. DiscoGNATHTJS LAMTA, Hamilton Buchanan.

A considerable number of this common species, which extends from Assam into
Abyssinia, were collected on the Helmand River, and in the streams at Kushk
(Badghis).

3. Capoeta steindachneri.

Capoeta steindachneri, Kessler, Ichth. Fauu. Turkcst. p. 5, tab. G. figs. 3, 4.

This species, which was discovered by Fedchenko in the Sarafschan River, has also
been met with by the Delimitation Commission at Nushki and Kushk. The larger of
the two specimens is five and a half inches long, and the other only half that size.

4. SCHIZOTHOBAX INTERMEDIUS.

? Schizothorax intermedins, M'Clell. Calc. Jouru. Nat. Hist. ii. 1842, p. 579.

Schizotfiorax intermedius, Giintli. Fisli. vii. p. 165 ; Day, in 'Second Yarkand Mission,' Ichthyol.
p. 5, pi. 2. fig. 1 *.

The Barbels described under this name were found : —

1. By Griffith in the Cabul River at Jellalabad, and in the Tarnuck River ;

2. During the Second Yarkand Mission in Kashgar, Tangihissar, and Sarikol ;
whilst those obtained by Dr. Aitchison came from the River Kuslik (Badghis).

* In consulting this paper, which treats of Fishes of another Central-Asiatic district, I notice two statements
which I may correct on the present occasion :• —

1. The author proposes to supersede the name which I gave to a species first characterized by me, viz. Sckizo-
thora.v hkldidphi, by one of McClelland's, viz. Schizothorax chrysochhrus. McClelland gave this name to a rude
figure sent by Griffith. Any unbiassed observer who may take the trouble of examining the reduced copy of that
figure which McClelland appended to his paper will come to the conclusion that the figure and the name may bo
applied to more than one species of Schizothorax, but that it certainly cannot have been taken from a fish with so
small and low a head as Sch. hiddulphi.

2. On p. 19 the same author states that " the stuffed type [ot Racoma i/obioides] presented to the British Museum
from the Indian Museum, seems to have been lost or destroyed." Now there is not a shadow of evidence that a
specimen of that fish was among those which were transferred from the Old India Museum to the British Museum.
Nay more, McClelland himself states tliat the specimen of Bacomn i/oJiinidi:' was one of those which, on account of
their bad condition, were not transmitted from India to London (Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. ii. 1842, p. 575).

1

108 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISOX OX THE ZOOLOGY OF

The latter are a skin 13 inches long, not in a good state of preservation, and three
youug examples in spirit, of not quite half that size. These young specimens agree
very well with the types named by M'Clelland, and show that the strength of the barbed
dorsal ray is subject to some variation. The snout is rather produced, and the prse-
orbital considerably longer than deep. The anal fin, if laid backwards, does not reach
the caudal. One of the specimens has the lower jaw provided with a sharp-edged horny
sheath.

The larger example differs in some not unimportant points from tlie smaller ones ;
but, partly because it is not in a sufficiently good state of preservation, the snout being
shrunk, with a portion of its integuments destroyed, and partly because we are at present
entirely ignorant as to the extent to which the species of Schitotliorax vary, I consider
it better to refer it to the same species as the others.

The dorsal spine is very conspicuously more slender, and the anal fin extends some-
what beyond the root of the caudal. But, perhaps, the most significant point of differ-
ence is the shape of the prseorbital, which is much shorter than in the smaller specimens,
only as long as deep, and subtriangular in shape. Kothiug can be said about the shape
of the mouth and the length of the barbels, so that it would be impossible to characterize
the species, if distinct it be, from this specimen.

5. ScHizoTHORAX RAULiNSii, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs. A, B.)

Scales very small, in about IGO ti'ansverse series above the lateral line ; those of the

lateral line are rather larger and more distantly placed, about one hundred in number.

There are about thirty-two in a transverse series between the dorsal spines and the

lateral line, and about twenty-seven between the lateral line and the root of the ventral

fin. Anal scales rather small. Mouth inferior, crescent-shaped, nearly horizontal, as

broad as long ; upper jaw somewhat projecting beyond the lower (lower jaw without

horny slieath in any of the specimens) ; lower labial fold interrupted in tlae middle.

The barbels, as far as I am able to judge from dried specimens, are about as long as the

eye, the upper extending to the front margin, the lower to the hind margin of the orbit.

Prteorbital twice as long as deep. Origin of the dorsal fin much moi^e distant from the

end of the snout than from the root of the caudal fin, and opposite to the root of the

ventrals. The osseous dorsal ray is of moderate strength and armed with barbs behind.

Anal fin narrow, high, but not extending to the caudal in the adult specimen when laid

backwards. The length of the head is rather less than one fourth of the total. The

length of the snout exceeds that of the eye, which is one sixth of the length of the head

in specimens fifteen inches long, and two ninths in examples of about one third that size.

The pectoral equals the length of the head without snout, and terminates at a great

distance from the root of the ventral. Caudal fin rather deeply black. Coloration

uniform, without spots ; sides and lower part silvery.

This description and figure A are taken from a skin fifteen inches long, which
Dr. Aitchison obtained on November the 21st in the Hari-rud River, near Khusan, and
the characteristics of which I cannot reconcile with any of the descriptions given by
Kessler. The species whicli come nearest to it, like Schizothonix argentatus, affiiiis, &c.,

THE AFGHAN DELUnTATION COMMISSION. 109

and of which I have specimens before me for comparison, have larger scales, or differ iu
other respects.

Beside this skin, Dr. Aitchison collected at Bezd, which lies on the Jam River, a
tributary of the Hari-rud iu Khorasau, Persia, four smaller specimens, from four to five
inches long (fig. B), whicli I am inclined to refer to the same species ; they must
have been caught about spawning- time (15th of June, 1885), as they are covered with
granules of melanotic matter.

6. GOBIO GOBIO, L.

Gobio fluviatilis (Flcm.), var. lepUlohenms, Kessler, iu Mem. Soc. d'Hist. Nat. ^losc. x. p. 15 ; and
Ichthyology of Turliestan, p. 19.

One specimen from Kushk (Badghis).

7. Nemachilus kbssleri, sp. n.

D. 9. A. 7.

Scaleless. Caudal fin emarginate. The origin of the dorsal fin is nearly midway
between the root of the caudal and the end of the snout, and opposite to the base of the
ventral. The height of the body is one eighth, and the length of the head two elevenths
of the total length without caudal. The free portion of the tail is moderately broad, its
width being rather more than one half of its length. Eye small, one eleventh of the
length of the head. Snout shorter than the postorbital portion of the head. Pectoral
not quite as long as the head, half as long as the distance of its root from the ventral.
Upper margin of the dorsal fin oblique, straight, with the u.pper corner slightly rounded.
The markings of the body are rather indistinct, and concentrated on the back into twelve
somewhat irregular cross bands. A deep black spot on the base of the three anterior
dorsal rays, the upper part of the fin ornamented with one or two series of black specks
running parallel to the upper margin of the tin. Caudal fin with a narrow blackish
cross band on the root and with two more or less indistinct, oblique, series of black
specks.

Eight specimens were collected at Nushki, of which the largest is only twenty-eight
lines long.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Figs. A, B. Schizothorax rauliiisii.
Fig. C. Cirrhina afyhana.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V.

17

110 DU. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

ARACHNIDA, CHILOPODA, and CRTJSTACEA.

By R. I. PococK,
Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum.

So far as it is possible to judge from the small number of specimens of the above-
mentioned groups of Arthropoda that were brought home by Dr. Aitchisou from the
north-western border-land of Afghanistan, the fauna of the localities examined is more
nearly related to the fauna of the Mediterranean district of the Paltearctic Region than
to that of any other area. It is true that nearly fifty per cent, of the species are new ;
but although new, they are allied to species that inhabit the basin of the Mediterranean ;
while those that are not new are referable to species that have been recorded from
various parts of that district.

ARACHNIDA.
Araneidea.

1. Akgiope lobata (Pallas).

Argiope lobata, Pallas, Si^icil. Zool. i. p. 46, pi. iii. figg. 14, 15; Thorell, Remarks on Synonyms of
European S^nclers, p. 520.

A single female specimen between Hari-riid A^alley and Meshed.

2. Tarantula medica, sp. n. (Plate XIII. fig. 1 a.)

Cepludothorax covered with greyish-green pubescence on its upper surface and bordered
with a thick line of white hairs ; the jjosterior half of the upper surface with a median
longitudinal white band. Upper surface of the legs white ; under surface of tarsus and
of metatarsus of all the legs brown ; under surface of the tibia of the anterior two pairs
brown, of the posterior two pairs white ; under surface of the femora of the posterior
three pairs white ; apex of palpi brown. Under surface of the femora of the first pair of
legs white or yellow ; upper surface of the palpi and of the falces and the region of the
anterior eyes yellow. Sternum and the under surface of the coxse white. Under
surface of abdomen yellowish white ; sides white, with blackish spots. On each side of
the median dorsal line there is a series of oblique short white bands ; in the hinder third
of the abdomen the posterior end of each of the bands upon one side is connected with
the posterior end of the corresponding band ujion the other side by a straight white Une ;
ground-colour of the upper surface of the abdomen greyish green.

In alcohol, when the pubescence which clothes the cephalothorax and limbs is obscured,
the colour of these parts may be described as follows : —

Cephalothorax castaneous ; falces castaneous or black ; palpi ochraceous, with apical
segments darker ; legs castaneous above, ochraceous below, the colour becoming darker
upon the distal segments ; sternum and coxte ochraceous ; labium and maxillae castaneous
at the base, ochraceous towards the apex.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. Ill

Adult d . — Ceplialothorax. Thoracic portion wide, ovate, cephalic portion narrowed,
its width being about equal to half the width of the thoracic portion ; height of cephalic
portion less than its greatest width. Anterior series of eyes procurved ; the four eyes
about equally separated ; the two median the largest. Space between the second eyes
less than the diameter of each eye. Eyes of the third series smaller than those of the
second, and separated from them on each side by a space which is equal to the diameter
of one of the posterior eyes. Cephalothorax equal in length to the patella and tibia of
the third pair of legs ; shorter than patella and tibia of first pair of legs. Pemora armed
with eight or nine spines al)0ve ; patella3 armed with two spines, one in front, the other
behind. Chelicera^ furnished distally with two or three teeth in front and three belimd.
Tibial segment of palp simple, cylindrical ; tarsal segment proximally thicker than the
tibial, distally elongate and attenuate ; half as long again as the tibial segment ; bulbous
portion bearing two teeth — one internal, directed forwards, bifid ; the other external,
simple, and directed backwards.

Measurements (in millimetres). — Total length 'I'l ; length of cephalothorax 13^, width

10, width of cephalic portion 5f , height 4| ; length of chelicera 5^, width 2| ; sternum,
length 5f , width If ; length of first leg 52^, of second 51|, of third 40^, of fourth 57 ;
of palp 16.

Adult S . — Differs from the male in being more robust ; ceplialic portion considerably
higher; legs shorter (cf. measurements). Epigyne nearly circular, covered laterally and
in front with hairs ; posterior border prominent, rounded ; marked with an elongate
depression ; the side margins of this depression nearly parallel ; in front blending circu-
larly and without constriction ; behind terminating before reaching the posterior margin
of the plate in a rounded prominence.

Measurements (in millimetres). — Total length 28; length of cephalothorax 1(3, width

11, cephalic portion, width 74, height 5| ; length of chelicera 7, width 3i ; sternum,
length 61, width 5 ; length of first leg 47, of second 46^ of third 43^, of fourth 53i.

The cephalothorax equal in length to the patella and tibia of first pair of legs, longer
than patella and tibia of third pair.

Three specimens (one 6 adult, two 2 , one adult, one immature) taken between
Tirphul and Meshed in Persia.

In the adult specimens the white colour of the abdomen is more pronounced, so that
the ground-colour of this part appears to be white with darker markings.

This species appears to be closely alKed to Tarantula altlceps (Kronenberg, in Fed-
chenko's ' Turkestan,' Arachnida, p. 40, pi. iv. fig. 28) ; but according to the figure of
the last named the central eyes of the anterior series are equal to the lateral eyes of the
same series ; moreover the epigyne has a difi'erent form.

[At Kalla-i-dast-dargarri, June 8th, amongst the brick debris of the old buildings, and
running in and out of the clay fissures in the soil, this Spider occurred in large numbers,
much to the horror of the natives— the Afghans and Persians holding it in great fear,
as, they say, should it drop any of its excreta on the skin, the result is acute erysipelas,
usually ending in death. — J. E. T. A.]

17*

112 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

3. Dysdera concinna (L. Koch).

Dysdera concinna, L. Koch, Kauk. Aracliu., in Isis, Dresden, p. 43 (1878).

One specimen ( ? ) between Hari-rud valley and Meshed.

In this specimen the legs appear to be less hairy than in the one described by L. Koch ;
otherwise the two seem to be alike. There is a resemblance also between it and Ly sclera
aculeata (Kronenberg, in Fcdchenko's ' Turkestan,' Arachu. p. 25, pi. iii. fig. 17), of
which the male only was known ; and I am disposed to think that the two may be sexes
of the same species. But the spine-armature of the patellse is different in the two forms.
Thus Kroncnberg's type has four spines on the outer and two on the inner side of all the
patellse, while this Afghan specimen, which I refer, though with some hesitation, to
1). concinna of L. Koch, has no spines upon the patellae of the first two pairs, three upon
the outer and two upon the inner of the third pair, and three upon the outer and one upon
the inner of the fourth pair.

■1. Nemesia tubifex, sp. u. (Plate XIII. fig. 2.)

Colo^ir. — Cephalothorax and legs castaneous ; chelicerse darker ; sternum and coxae
ochraceous ; abdomen testaceous, ornamented above with a somewhat purplish baud,
which at the hinder end of the body narrows to a point and breaks up into five short,
oblique bands.

Cephalothorax ovate, with anterior border truncate, posterior border rounded laterally,
triangularly excised in the middle line. The transverse sulcus is straight and not convex
forwards as in 'N. ccementaria. Cephalic portion sharjily defined l)y lateral grooves,
somewhat high and rounded. Width of cephalothorax equal to about three quarters of
its length. Anterior central eyes about as widely separated from each other as they are
from the autcrior lateral eyes, circular and situated slightly behind the line of the anterior
lateral eyes ; anterior lateral eyes the largest of the series, somewhat ovate ; the
posterior two eyes on each side small, circular, set close together behind the anterior
lateral eyes.

Appendages. — Cheliceras projecting forwards ; constricted above close to margin of
clypeus ; clothed above with shorter and finer hairs, which below anteriorly become
longer and coarser, and ultimately pass into a series of long spines which overhang the
proximal end of the fang; fang slender, curved, unarmed. Maxillce clothed in front
with long hairs, and furnished proximally on the inner side with many small, black,
blunt, close-set teeth. Upper surface of palp nearly naked, under surface clothed more
or less sparsely with long hairs intermixed with fewer spines ; apical segment thickly
clothed beneath with short, close-set hairs. First leg the longest, third the shortest,
second and fourth approximately equal in length ; upper surface of legs for the most
part naked, under surface scantily clothed with hairs interspersed with spines; tai'si
thickly clothed below with short close-set hairs ; the four distal segments of the third
pair of legs clothed with hair, which is particularly abundant upon the patella and tibia,
patella and distal end of femur of fourth pair anteriorly clothed thickly with hairs ; nieta-

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATIO>: CO-MMISSION. 113

tarsi of the first aucl second pairs furnislied beneath witli sev^eral strong spines ; tibia and
metatarsus of the fourth pair of legs about equal in length.

Labium rounded, clothed in front with long hairs ; coxa? of all the legs beset witli
coarse hairs ; sternum longer than wide, wider in its posterior than in its anterior half.

Measurements (in millimetres). — Length (from margin of clypeus to end of abdomen)
19^ ; of cephalothorax 8, width 6j ; length of sternum 4J, width 3f : length of legs
(with coxoe), first 22J, second 19^.

One female specimen from Gulran.

With respect to the equality in length between the tibia and metatarsus of the fourth
pair of legs, this species resembles N. badia and N. macrocejihala, described respectively
from Corsica and Palermo by Ausserer (Verb. k.k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxi. p. 166, &c.,
1871). From 'N. badia it may be distinguished by the existence of the small teeth upon
the maxilla, and from J^. niacrocephala by the entire absence of spines upon the tarsi of
the first and second 2iairs of legs.

[This Spider was found in numbers over the plains of Gulran (4th March, 1885). The
entrance to its abode, consisting of a well-defined inlet about three quarters of an inch in
width and without a cover, was easily seen ; this was the aperture into a passage that led
perpendicularly down into the soil to a depth of eighteen inches ; this passage was lined
wdth a very thin layer of a giey silk web, only of suificient consistency to ^irevent the soil,
which was a soft, sandy loam, from falling in and filling up tlie passage. The Spider was
caught at the bottom of the passage, which ended abruptly, by dropping in a piece of
stick the length of the tube, and then digging away the soil round it until the end of the
passage was reached. — J. E. T. A.]

SCORPIONIDEA.

5. BuTHUS PARTHORUM, sp. n. (Plate XIII. fig. 3.)

Colotir. — Cephalothorax and abdomen fusco-testaccous ; legs testaceous, palpi and tail
a little darker than the legs. Eyes and hinder half of aculeus black ; cephalothoracic and
abdominal keels dark-coloured.

Ccplialotlwrux. — Anterior border lightly concave, wider posteriorly than it is long; about
twice as wide behind as it is in front ; the arrangement of the keels almost resembling
that of B. peloponnensis, C. Koch [gibbosus, Brulle), the granules of the anterior keels
extending from the hinder portion of the ocular tubercle to the anterior margin of the
cephalothorax ; near the anterior border the granules decrease in size, and curving
inwards meet in the middle line with those of the opposite side. The eyes are a little
more -nddely separated than in B.x>eloponne)isls, and this circumstance, in connection with
the conflvience in front of the granules on each side, constitutes the most noticeable dift'er-
ence between these anterior keels and those of B. peloponnensis. The area surrounded by
these keels is almost smooth behind, but in front is beset with very fine granules. The
area between the anterior half of each anterior keel and the lateral eyes of the same side
is beset, but not closely, with granules; and behind and externally to this granular area

114 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

are two parallel rows of granules which run obliquely backwafcls in the direction of, but
failing to reach, the median eye.

The posterior keels, slightly converging in front, are almost continuous and in the
same straight line with the internal middle keels ; this slight want of continuity between
these two keels gives to them, when considered as one, a slightly sinuous appearance.
The area which is defined laterally by these keels, and anteriorly by a transverse offshoot
of granules from their anterior extremities, is depressed towards the middle line, finely
and sparsely granular for the most part, but quite smooth just in the middle ; this last-
mentioned smooth portion stretches from the ocular tubercle nearly to the hinder margin
of the cephalothorax, where it breaks up into a right and left branch ; each branch, ex-
tending towards the posterior angle of the intercarinal area, constitutes with the median
branch a T-shaped depression. The granules of the external middle keels are well marked,
but the posterior extremity of each is not connected by a conspicuous transverse row of
granules with the anterior extremity of the posterior keel of its side. The hinder half of
the cephalothorax is externally granular.

Tergites. — Finely granular in the intercarinal and extracarinal spaces, the anterior
six provided posteriorly with three finely but bluntly denticulated keels. The keels,
which are very short on the first tergite, increase progressively in length, height, and
coarseness of granulation from before backwards ; lateral keels slightly diverging in
front, and becoming almost obsolete, as, curving outwards, they pass insensibly into the
granules of the lateral portions of the tergites. The median keel of the seventh abdo-
minal tergite present only on the anterior half of that plate, the lateral keels not reaching
the hinder margin of the tergite.

Sternites. — First abdominal sternite marked with a few conspicuous punctures ; the
second, third, and fourth marked in the middle of the plate on each side of the middle
line with one puncture ; between these punctures there is a shallow depression ; the
fourth sternite furnished on each side with two low keels, — one, smooth, running from
the median puncture to the posterior margin ; the other, finely granular, running from the
inner end of the pulmonary aperture to the posterior margin. Fifth abdominal sternite
furnished with four granular keels, — two lateral, in the middle of the plate, falling short
of both the anterior and posterior margins, two median and parallel situated on the
hinder two thirds of its length. Between the last-named keels the sternite is smooth ;
the rest of it is very finely granular.

Tail slender and long, more than five times as long as the cephalothorax, and more
than one and a half times the length of the trunk, thicker at the base than at the apex.
First segment with ten complete, finely and almost evenly denticulated keels ; the median
inferior intercarinal space smooth; the other intercarinal spaces finely and sparsely
granular, the spaces becoming slightly more granular from below upwards; superior sur-
face shallowly excavated. The second segment has the median lateral keel incomplete
in front ; the intercarinal spaces are almost wholly smooth, and the upper surface is less
deeply excavated than in the preceding segment ; the keels are evenly and finely den-
ticulate. In the third segment the median lateral keel is absent, its place being taken
by a few minute granules ; the keels are evenly and finely denticulated, the superior

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 115

surface less deeply excavated than in the second segment, and the intercarinal spaces very
finely and sparsely granular. The foixrth segment differs from the third almost as the
third docs from the second and the second from the first. The fifth segment not exca-
vated ahove ; lateral margins of upper surface irregularly granular, or finely and hluntly
denticulated in front, the granules or denticles hecoming smaller hehind and disappearing
before reaching the posterior angle of the upper surface of the segment ; lateral surface
very finely and sparsely granular. The denticles of the inferior lateral keels small, hut
larger than those of any other keel in the tail ; the denticles are blunt, vary slightly in
size, and increase gradually in size from before backwards. The keels gently curved, the
distance between them in front equal to the distance between them behind ; but they are
more widely sepai'ated in the middle of the segment. The inferior surface is divided by
a complete, median, finely, bluntly, and evenly denticulated keel, between which and the
lateral keels are some very fine granules and a few small tubercles. The jiosterior border
of this surface finely and bluntly denticulated, the posterior lateral lobe of this segment
undivided, but slightly roughened beneath. Vesicle oval, slender, only as wide as the
distance between the posterior ends of the inferior lateral keels of the fifth segment of
the tail; much narrower than the middle of the segment ; granular beneath. Aculeus
long, slender, gently curved ; vesicle and aculeus equal in length, together as long as the
fifth caudal segment.

Chela. — Upper surface of humerus very finely granular, bounded in front and behind
by a series of blunt denticles ; anterior surface bounded below by a series of denticles,
and divided into an upper smooth, and a lower finely granular area, by a row of widely
separated larger denticles, between which are smaller granules. Inferior and posterior
surfaces finely granular, but not sharply separated from each other. Upper surface of
brachium furnished with two granular keels ; the anterior surface also has two granular
keels ; at the proximal end of each keel is a larger denticle ; the inferior surface also has
two granular or merely roughened keels ; the posterior surface is smoothly costate, and
all the intercarinal spaces of the segment are smooth. Mantis rounded, smooth, wide,
considerably wider than brachium ; length of the " hand-back " greater than width
of the hand. Dactyli long, slender, gently curved ; the movable dactylus furnished
proximally with a conspicuous lobe, which fits into a corresponding excavation in the
immovable dactylus. Length of the "hand-back" equal to half the length of the
movable dactylus.

Ler/s. — External surfaces furnished with granular keels ; internal surfaces smooth.
Three distal segments hairy ; margins of coxal segments finely granular.

Fectines not projecting beyond the distal margins of tbe posterior coxa3 ; number of
teeth 22 and 23.

Meamrements (in millimetres) : —
' Length. IJreadth. Height.

Total 71

Ccphalothorax 83 9

Tail 411

First caudal segment 5 5 4J

f

116 DE. J, E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

Length. Breadtli. Height.

Fifth caudal segment 9| 4 3J

Vesicle 5 3 3

Aculeus 5

Humerus 6J

BracMum 8 3j

Manus 6 4 3^

"Hand-back" 4^

Movable dactylus 9

Immovable dactylus 7f

1

4

Pecten G-

A single specimen, probably a male, was taken between Hari-rud valley and Meshed.

This Butlms presents affinities with several species known to me, but appears to be
different from all hitherto described. Perhaps its most noticeable peculiarity is the
entire absence of keels and of a median depression on the upper surface of the fifth
caudal segment — a peculiarity by which it may be recognized at a glance from such forms
as B. martensii (Karsch) and B. confucius (Simon). With B. arenicola (Simon, Arach-
nides, Expl. Sci. Tunisia, p. 51, 1885), however, it is wuth respect to the form of this
caudal segment that B. partliorum appears to be allied ; for in B. arenicola i]xh segment
is said to be "supra Icevi, hand canaliculato, nee costato.'" But the cephalothoracic and
caudal costse are much less strongly developed in the Tunisian form.

Eoiir species of Buthus have been recorded from the Caucasus. These are B. eupeus
(C. Koch, Die Arachn. v. p. 127, fig. 418), B. cognatus (L. Koch, Kauk. Arachn. in Isis,
Dresden, p. 58, pi. i. fig. 7), B. caiicasicus (Nordmann, Voy. Russ. merid. iii. p. 731,
pi. i. fig. 1), and B. ornatus (Nordmann, torn. cit. p. 732, pi. i. fii?. 2). Although analogy
would perhaps lead us to expect to find a greater amount of similarity existing
between the Afghan and the Caucasian species than between the Afghan species
and those of any other locality, no such similarity can be traced. For B. parthorum
may be at once separated from the above-mentioned species by sundry well-marked
characters. For instance, in B. evpeus the fifth caudal segment appears to be without
denticulations, and the vesicle is thick, with the aculeus curved and short ; in B.
cognatus the infero-lateral keels of this same caudal segment are in part strongly
dentate, while in both B. caucasicus and B. ornatus tbe aculeus is remarkably short; the
former, in addition, has thirty pectinal teeth, and the latter the complete supernumerary
series of granules on the fourth caudal segment, as in B. gihhosus (BruUe).

6. Buthus afghanus, sp. n. (Plate XIII. fig. 4.)

This species is so nearly allied to B. eiiropcens, Linn, {^occitanus, tiinetamis, of
authors), tbe common and well-known S. European and N. African form, that perhaps a
comparison between the two will serve as a satisfactory diagnosis of it.

Cephalothorax. — Anterior keels as in JS. etiropceus ; the space between tbem qu^ite smooth.
Posterior keels converging in front, sinuous, and in contact with the posterior termina-

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 117

tions of the internal intermediate keels, and not connected by means of a conspicuous
transverse series of granules with the external intermediate keels. All the keels less
pronounced than in B. euroiKeiis.

Tergites. — Anterior six hearing three keels. In all the specimens of B. europcBus
that I have seen, the lateral keels are absent on the first, and absent or nearly so on the
second tergite. But in B. afghanus they are clearly expressed on both the first and the
second.

Sternlles as in B. europcBiis.

Tail as in B. enroj^ceiis, the inferior keels of the second and third segments and the
infero-lateral keels of the fifth being dentate in the manner which is so characteristic
of that species.

Chela. — Humerus and brachium as in B. europcetis, but the terminal segments are
very different. The manus is thicker, and the dactyli considerably shorter, the immovable
dactylus being only about the length of the " band-back." Moreover, this dactylus is
furnished with a deeper basal excavation for the reception of a larger lobe on the movable
dactylus.

Two specimens, probably males, between Hari-rud valley and Meshed.

In spite of tlie many points of resemblance between this species and B. eiiropceus, three
well-marked differential characters can be made out for it : — (1) The posterior thoracic
keels converge and join the internal intermediate keels ; (2) the first two tergites are
tricarinate; (3) the " hand-back" is almost equal in length to the immovable dactylus.

The resemblance between the two species is most noticeable in the structure of the
tail.

Measurements (in millimetres) of the type specimen : —

Length. Breadth. Height.

Total 37

Cephalothorax 5f

Tail 29

Manus 5 3^ 2f

"Hand- back" ^\

Movable finger 5|

Immovable finger 4j

Genus Outhodactylus.

Orthodactylus , Karsch, BcrL ent. Zcits. xxv. p. 90 (1881).
Butheolus, Simou, Ann. Mus. Gcuov. xviii. p. 2I8 (1883).

7. Orthodactylus schneideri (L. Koch). (Plate XIII. fig. 5.)

Buthus schneideri, L. Koch, Natiirw. Bcitr. Kennt. Kaukasuslander-Kaukasische Arachnoidccn, p. (il
pi. ii. fig. 4, in Isis, Dresden, 1878.

Orthodactylus olivaceus, Karsch, torn. cit. p. 91.

Butheolus aristidis, Simon, torn. cit. p. 258, pi. viii. fig. 23.

This synonymy was made out by Dr. Karsch (Bcrl. cut. Zeits. xxs. p. 70, 1S8G), and is here repro-
duced.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 18

1

118 DR. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

One specimen, taken between Hari-rud valley and Meshed.

This Scorpion appears to have a very wide range. The localities hitlierto known for
it are Sicily {Karsdt), Nubia (Simon), Caucasus (L. Koch). And in addition to the
specimen now recorded from Afghanistan, the British Museum possesses others from
Egypt and Baghdad.

The width of the tail of this species varies considerably with the size of tlie individual,
being narrower in small, wider in large specimens.

SOLPUGIDEA.

8. Galeodes araneoibes (Pallas).

Galeodes arancoides, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. ix. p. 37, pi. iii. figg. 7, 8, 9 (1773) ; Simon, Ami. Soc. Ent.
Fr. (5), ix. p. 99 (1879).

A single specimen (male) between Ilozuak and Shabad.

According to Simon this species ranges from Persia and the Caucasus through Egypt
to Nubia and Algeria.

[This Spider was caught at Roznak on the 5th June, 1885, in the branches of a bush.
Its size and the remarkable appendages, shaped like small mushrooms, situated in a row
along the lower surface of its posterior pair of legs, drew attention to it.- — J. E. T. A.]

9. K.HAX AUREA, sp. n. (Plate XIII. fig. 6.)

Head-plate above ochraceo-fuscous, with a paler band rimning from the ocular
tubercle to the posterior margin ; at the sides testaceous ; not sulcate ; clothed with pale
hairs ; ocular tubercle prominent, black. Chelicerje clothed with pale hairs, testaceous
proximally and becoming rufous towards the distal extremity ; digits perfectly black.
The movable digit with or without a minute denticle in front of the principal tooth,
which is furnished on the inner side with the usual hairs ; the fixed digit with two smaller
teeth, or with only one, in front of the largest tooth. Behind the largest tooth there is
an external series consisting of six smaller teeth, subequal in size, except for the penul-
timate, which is smaller and placed slightly on the inner side. The posterior internal
series consists of two larger teetli in front, between which there may or may not be a
smaller accessory tooth and one behind. The posterior border of the digit is furnished
with one, two, or even three minute teeth. The inner surface of each chelicera is fur-
nished with hairs interspersed with spines.

Maxillary palp testaceous, the tarsus and the proximal portion of the metatarsus only
being rufous. The whole limb bearing longer and shorter pale-coloured hairs ; the meta-
tarsus armed beneath with s])ines in addition to the hairs ; tarsus not armed with S2)iues.
Pirst pair of feet testaceous, hairy ; metatarsus furnished Avith darker hairs ; tarsus
rufous. Tibiaj of second and third feet armed above distally with a single spiuiform
tooth ; metatarsi of the same feet armed above with a series consisting of five, six, or
seven similar spiuiform teeth. The fourth leg not armed above, as are the foregoing two.

Thoracic segments and abdomen entirely dirty white, although the colour of the
cuticle of the abdomen may be obscured by the colour of its contents.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 119

Measurements (in millimetres) of largest specimen. — Total length 62; length of head-
plate 5, width 10 ; length of chelicera 12, width 1^ ; length of tai'so-metatarsus of maxil-
lary palp 7, of tihia G, of femur 7^.

Two gravid females hetween Hari-rud valley and Meshed.

One of the specimens is slightly smaller than the other, with the head-plate ochraceoiis
and not fuscous. Moreover, it presents another feature by which it may be recognized,
not only from the specimen with which it was captured, but, to the best of my belief,
from all specimens of Bhax hitherto examined. This peculiarity, the importance of
which, owing to lack of material, it is impossible to estimate, is the presence of a third
and median seta occupying a position on tlie ocular tubercle midway between the two
setae which have been considered so important a characteristic of this genus and others.
All the specimens of Bhax tliat have been described have possessed two and only two
ocular setoB ; yet inasmuch as these two Afghan individuals are so like each other in all
those features which have been found to be of value for the determination of the species
of this genus, I am unwilling to consider the smaller as specifically distinct from the
larger on the strength of the existence of this median hair. Therefore, until the con-
stancy of the occurrence of this seta can be tested by the examination of a number of
individuals, it can only be looked upon as an abnormal development.

The species of Bhax are mostly rendered conspicuous by their colours ; and this species
may be at once recognized from others by its entirely white abdomen.

A C A R I D E A.

10. Hy.'SXOMMA GROssuM (C. Koch).

Hijahmma grossum, C. Koch, Arch. f. Naturg. s. i. p. 220; id. Ucbersicht des Arachnidensystems,
iv. pi. ii. fig. 8.

Two specimens ( ? ) taken from a camel, between Hari-rud valley and Meshed.

CIIILOPODA.

11. SCOLOPENDUA TRUNCATICEPS, sp. n. (Plate XIII. fig. 7.)

Ochraceous or testaceous, the dorsal plates of the anterior and central jiortions of tlie
body slightly olivaceous.

AntenuiB composed of 19 segments, of which the four distal are bare, the rest very
faintly pubescent.

Head-plate pentagonal, with straiglit posterior margin, meeting but not covering the
anterior portion of the first dorsal plate ; marked in its posterior half by two very faint
anteriorly diverging sulci, not punctured. Width equal to width of last dorsal plates.

Prosternal plates of the maxillary sternum almost in contact ; each plate furnished
with four teeth, of which the three internal exhibit various grades of concrescence.
Basal tooth simple or very slightly denticulated.

Dorsal plates, except the first and last, bisulcatc ; the last seven or eight with raised

120 DR. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

lateral mar"-ins, the anterior thirteen or fourteen with simple nnraised lateral margins.
The first dorsal plate not marked with a transverse groove. The last dorsal plate marked
with a median longitudinal sulcus.

The ventral plates, except the first and last, bisulcate ; the last with slightly converging
lateral margins, rounded posterior angles, and straight posterior margin ; not marked
with central sulcus or depression.

Anal pleurte somewhat coarsely punctured, and furnished with a spine on the posterior
margin near the dorsal plate ; pleural process well developed, furnished with three
stronger spines at the apex, and with two or one weaker spine nearer the base.

Eemora of all the legs, except those of the 21st somite, unarmed ; first tarsal segment
of all the legs, except those of the 20th and 21st somites, armed with a spur ; claws of aU
the legs, except those of the 21st somite, furnished distally with two spurs.

Femora of anal legs furnished with from 15 to 23 spines, not including those of the
process. But since these spines vary both in number and position in the two specimens
examined and upon the two sides of either of the specimens, their arrangement is, in this
case, of but little specific value. Femoral process short, obtuse, and armed at the apex
with from 2 to 5 spines.

Patella of anal leg unarmed.

Length of larger specimen 57 millim.

Two specimens of this species were taken, between Hari-rud valley and Meshed,
Afghanistan.

In the collection of the British Museum there is a specimen from Bussora in which
the spines of the anal femora are fewer in number and more regularly arranged than ia
the Afghan specimens. Their arrangement may be thus described, regarding them as
set in longitudinal series : — 2 . 3 on the upper inner margin, 1 in the posterior portion of
the inner surface, 4 or 3 in an irregular line upon the under inner margin, 3 . 2 on the
under outer.

12. HiMANTARiTJM T^NiATUM (Meinert). (Plate XIII. fig. 8.)

Jlimantarium tceniatum, Meinert, Vidd. IMedd. nat. Foren. 1886, p. 149.
Geophilvs barbaricus, Newpoi't, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 437 (1845).
Nee G. barbaricus, Gervais, Mag. Zool. ix. pi. 133. fig. 3 (1835).

Between Hari-rud valley and Meshed. One specimen.

Dr. Newport appears to have fallen into error in referring to G. barbaricus (Gerv.) a
specimen of GeopMkis belonging to the British Museum. For Gervais (Apt^res, iv.
p. 325), when speaking of his species, says : — " Le dessous sans pore secriteur median et
marque pres de son hard externe d^une simple ligne lonyitudinale" But the specimen
named by Newport has a conspicuous median porous area on each sternite (with the excep-
tion of the first and last), and, in addition, upon some of them a well-marked elliptical
depression, which could scarcely have escaped Gervais's attention. In fact, the specimen
named Ocophilus barbaricihs by Newport agrees well with the description of a specimen
named Himantaritim tceniatum by Meinert, and I have consequently no doubt that the
two are specifically identical.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 121

The species is wiclelj^ distributed. Newport's specimen was from Barbary ; Dr. ^lei-
nert's from Egypt ; and ia addition to tliis Afghan specimen tlie British ^[useum possesses
others from Smyrna, Bushire, and Karachi.

CRUSTACEA.

13. Hemilepistus klugii (Brandt).

Of this Isopod several examples, which were identified by the R,ev. A. E. Eaton, were
taken between Muskii and BaLa-morgliab.

14. Gammarus pulex (Linn.).

Specimens of this wide-ranging Amphipod were taken in tlie streams leading from
Do-Shakh in Afghanistan.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. I. Tarantula medica, sp. n., ? young, u:it. size.
1 a. Ditto, ? adult, :iat. size.
I /;. Ditto, (J adult, iiat. size.
1 c. Ditto, face, eularged.
1 d. Ditto, sternum, eularged.
1 e. Ditto, epigyne, eularged.
1/. Ditto, palp of 1^ from below.

1 g. Ditto, palp of c? from the side.

2. Nemesia iuhifex, sp. n., $ , nat. size.

2 n. Ditto, ? , nat. size (lateral view).
2 b. Ditto, clicliccne, eularged.

2 c. Ditto, sternum, eularged.
2(1. Ditto, eyes, enlarged.

3. Buthus jjurthoruiii, sp. n., cephalo thorax, x H.

3 a. Ditto, manus, x li.

3 6. Ditto, extremity of tail, x H (lateral view).

3 c. Ditto, from below.

4. Buthus ufjhanits, sp. u., cephalotliorax.

4 a. Ditto, manus.

4 b. Ditto, extremity of tail.

5. Orthodactylns schneideri, under surface of tail.

6. Rhcix aurea, sp. n. ; ocular tubercle with abnormal seta.

7. Scolopendra trnncaiiceps, sp. ii. ; anal somite from below.
7 a. Ditto, anal somite from above.

7 b. Ditto, prostcrual teeth.

8. Hiinantarium tceniatum, head from above.

8 a. Ditto, head from below.

8 b. Ditto, anal somite from below.
8 c. Ditto, steruite of 50th somite.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 19

122 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

COLEOPTERA.

By CO. Waterhouse,
Assistant in the Zoological Department^ British Museum.

GEODEPHAGA.

1. DioCTES Lehmanni, Menetr. Mem. Ac. Pet. 1849, p. 25, pi. i. f. 7.

A local species, originally described from Kisil Koum.
Sab. Badghis.

HYDRADEPHAGA.

2. Cybistee, triptinctatus, Oliv. Ent. iii. 1795, 40, p. 14, pi. 3. f. 24.

A widely distributed Asiatic species.
Hah. Hot spring, Tor-sbakh, Badgbis.

PALPICOENIA.

3. Hydrophilus caraboides, Linn. Paun. Suec. no. 214.
A European species.

LAITELLICORNIA.

SC ARAByE ID JE.

4. ScARAB.^us SACER, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 545.
Sab. Hari-rud valley.

5. HOMALOCOPRIS TMOLUs, Eiscbcr, Ent. Ross. i. j). 141, t. 13. f. 1.

A local species, originally described from Kirgis.
Sab. Badgbis.

MELOLONTHIDiE.

0. Lachnosterna, sp.

A testaceous yellow species, witb pitcby yellow bead, tborax, and legs ; about an inch
long, sbining ; tbe tborax closely and ratber finely punctured ; the elytra moderately,
closely, and finely punctured, witb tbe usual costae ratber broad.

Two examples, male and female.

Sab. Badgbis.

[Tbis species was frequently found in tbe Badgbis, stuck on thorns, tbe store of one of
tbe numerous Butcher-birds. — J. E. T. A,]

BUTELID^.

7. Adoretus, sp.
Sab. Badgbis.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 123

C E T N 1 1 D .E.

These are all European forms.

8. Tropinota squalida, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 556.
Hab. Badgliis.

9. OxYTHYREA STiCTiCA, Limi. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 552.
Ilab. Hari-rud valley.

10. Cetonia floralis, Fabr. Mantissa, i. p. 31.
Hab. Persia ; Hari-rud valley.

11. Cetoxia ARjiiExiACA, Menetr, Cat. Eais. p. 190.
Hab. Badgliis and Hari-rud valley.

12. Cetonia, sp.

A single specimen of a species allied to C. armeniaca, but smaller (7 lines long), black,
with a few white marks.* This is possibly a new species, but I cannot venture to describe
it from a single example.

Rab. Hari-rud valley.

SEEEICOENIA.
B U P R E S T I D iE.

13. JuLODis LJ5VIC0STATA, Gory, Mon. iv. p. 10, pi. 3. f. 11.

Hah. Persia ; Hari-rud valley.
A Persian species.

11. Jtjlodis euphractica. Cast. & Gory, Mon. i. p. 18, pi. G. f. 25.

Hab. Hari-rud valley, Badghis, and Persia.

[Was collected on willow-branches, flying over the high walls surrounding the
orchards, and lighting on the top branches of a willow, in preference to other trees.
Was chiefly noticed at Turbat-shaikh-jami, Kliorasan. — J. E. T. A.]

15. JuLODis variolaris. Pall. It. i. 1773, p. 161 ; Ic. p. 03, t. D. f. 2.

Hub. Badghis, Persia, and valley of Hari-rud.

A South-Russian species.

[Tills very handsome Beetle was local, and only captured when seen flying oif a bush
and then ridden down. It may be common enougli, but is very difficult to detect, owing
to its colouring. — J. E. T. A.]

IG. Capnodis miliaris, Klug, Symb. Phys. Bupr. 15, t. 2. f. 1.

Hah. Badghis, Persia.
A Persian species.

19*

124 1)K. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

17. Capnodis tenebrionis, Liuu. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. G61.

Ilah. Persia.

A South-European species,

HETEROMEEA.

Tenebrionid^.

ERODIINiE.

IS. Spyrathus politus, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)

Niger, nitidus ; capite antice asperato ; tliorace disco discrete subtiliter punctate,
lateribus crebrius sat fortiter punctatis ; elytris nitidis, basi sat crebre punctatis, ad
apiceni creberrime asperatis. Long. 9 millim.

Front of the bead granular ; granules moderately lai'ge and close together on the front
of the epistome, gradually becoming smaller posteriorly ; the extreme vertex smooth.
The angles of the cheeks very slightly prominent, less so than in ^S*. indicus. Thorax
very convex, widest at the posterior angles, where it is three times as broad as the length
in the middle, gradually (but not mucli) narrowed anteriorly; with a slight sinuosity in
the middle of the base. The punctures on the disk are fine but distinct, separated from
each other about four or six times the diameter of a puncture ; on the sides the punc-
tures are larger and deex:)er, and on the margin and at the anterior angles are placed
close together. The anterior angles are very acute. Elytra very convex, broadest just
below the shoulders, narrowed at the apex ; more convex at the base, and more obliquely
sloping down posteriorly than in *S'. indicus. The surface polished ; the punctures not
very fine, separated from each other by about four to six diameters of a puncture.
Towards the sides and behind the middle the punctures are somewhat asperate, and at
the apex are replaced by moderately fine granules which are placed near together.
Presternum closely and very coarsely and strongly punctured ; the mesosternum coarsely
and irregularly punctured. Abdomen finely transversely strigose, the basal segment
w ith a few large punctures.

Hab. Between Quetta and Khusau.

Adesmiin^.

19. Adesmia fagergremii, Baudi, Dent. ent. Zeit. xix. (1875), p. 27.

Hab. From Quetta to Kliusan, Ilari-rud valley, and Badghis.

The specimens brought by Dr. Aitchison agree very well with specimens in the British
Museum collection from Persia.

[All these Adesmias were noticed as working in pure sand, running in and out of
holes, their habits very much resembling Ants. — J. E. T. A.]

20. Adesmia panderi, Fischer, Bull. Mosc. 1835, p. 313, pi. 8. f. 3.
Ilah. Hari-rud valley and Badghis.

TVo examples only. This species was originally described from Tureomania.

THE AFGIIAX DELIMITATIOX COMMISSIOX. 125

21. Adesmia sodalis, sp. n. (Plate XIV. figs. 2, 3.)

Nigra, sat nitida ; thoracc trausvcvso, convexo, parce subtilissime punctulato ; clytris
bene convexis, singulis in medio carina parum crenulata instnictis, inter suturam
et carinam seriebus duobus fovearum rotundatarum, inter carinam et mnrginem
tuberculis 4 vel 5 pcrparum elevatis ornatis; tibiis posticis compressis. Long.
5I-6 lin., lat. cf 3, ? 1 liu.

This species is nearly allied to A. carinata, but is relatively shorter and more convex,
and the impressions on the elytra are different. The head is dull, without punctures
posteriorly, but Avith the cpistome rather closely punctured. The thorax has fine punc-
tures scattered over the surface. Each elytron has a well-marked acute costa a trifle
nearer to the suture than to the margin ; the sutural area gently convex. Between the
suture and the costa are two lines of large, shallow, somewhat round, impressions ; the
surface is slightly wrinked. The space between tlie costa and the margin is obliquely
declivous ; the surface very finely rugose ; in the middle there arc a few small tubercles.
The lateral margin is furnished with a double series of small shiiiiui; tubercles. The
under flanks are rather dull and very finely rugulose.

[Ilab. Baluchistan, working amongst dry sand, their general appearance and habits
very like large black Ants.^ — J. E. T. A.]

Blaptix^e.

22. Blaps omixosa, lEcnetr. Cat. Bais. p. 198.

*Sah. Badghis and Hari-rud valley.
Three examples.

23. Blaps pruinosa, Eald. Bull. Mosc. vi. 1883, p. 53.

Sah. Between Quetta and Khusan.
A single specimen.

24. Blaps punctostuiata. Sober, Studi Ent. p. 329.

Hah. Between Quetta and Khusan.

Several examples. The species is an Indian one.

25. Blaps tridentata, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 9.)

Nigra, nitida, convexa ; thorace modice convexo, subtiliter crebre punctulato ;
elytris bene convexis, obsoletissime striatis, subtiliter punctulatis, apice parum
jn-oducto, tridentato. Long. 17 lin., lat. 7 lin.

The punctuation of the head and thorax is fine and moderately close. The apex of
the elytra is tridentate ; the central tooth (formed l)y production of the suture) is a little
longer than the lateral ones.

Tlie male has a tuft of fulvous hair at the base of the second abdominal segment ; the
basal segment is transversely wrinkled, and there is a very prominent tubercle at the base.

The female only differs from the male in being a little more convex in the elytra, with
the apex a little narrower ; the abdomen is simple.

126 DR. J. E. T. AITCHISON OX THE ZOOLOGY OF

Variety. — A smaller specimen (14 lines long) differs from those above described in
being much more shining, the elytra more convex and very smooth.

This species closely resembles B. ominosa in its general form ; but is at once distin-
guished from its congeners by the form of the apex of the elytra.

Hah. Between Quetta and Khusan.

26. Blaps FELIX, sp. n. (Plate XIY. fig. 12.)

Nigra, parum nitida ; tliorace subquadrato, parum convexo, sat crebre punctato,
lateribus paulo elevatis, postice levissime sinuatis, antice rotundatis ; elytris modice
convexis, apice cordatis, marginatis, sat fortiter irregulariter punctatis, obsoletissime
striatis. Long. 18 lin., lat. 6f lin

The punctuation of the head is distinct, not very close, except at the back, where it is
crowded and rough. The thorax is unusually flat, gently convex on the disk, with tlie
fine margin slightly reflexed ; the ])unctures are moderately strong, moderately close
together, but more distant on the disk. The elytra are very slightly convex at the base,
a little more so posteriorly, gradually declivous at the apex ; the fine margin is very
conspicuous from above near tlie shoulders, but is lost sight of at about one tliird from
the apex, appearing again at the apex; the apex is produced horizontally for about
four millimetres. In some lights the elytra are seen to be slightly striated. The
punctures are moderately strong, frequently subconfluent transversely, very slightly
asperate. The tibiae are asperate, subcylindrical.

Hah. Badghis and Hari-rud valley.

27. Prosodes diversa, sp. n. (Plate XIV. figs. 10, 11.)

Nigra, subopaca; thorace basi parum angustato, subtiliter sat crebre punctulato,
disco paulo convexo, lateribus deplanatis, marginibus perparum elevatis ; elytris
fere Isevibus, dorso perparum convexo, ad latera et apicem declivis ; tibiis tenuiter
asperatis ; tarsis bene comprcssis ; anteniiarum articulo 7° lato.
6 . Augusta ; i)edibus longioribus. Long. 12i lin., lat. 4i lin.
? • Lata. Long. 13 lin., lat. 6 lin.

The antennre are rather short ; the seventh joint al)out twice as broad as the preceding
joint, somewhat triangular. The thorax has a slight impression at each anterior angle,
and at the base there is in most, of the examples a curved transverse impression at the
base (interrupted in the middle), and there is a shallow impression within each posterior
angle. The surface at the posterior angles is somewhat rugose. The elytra have
numerous short, irregular scratches, and here and there a very small puncture may be
traced. In the male the sides are almost vertical ; in the female slightly turned under.
Hah. Badghis and Hari-rud valley.

This species is allied to P. ohlusa, but is quite differently sculptured, and flatter on
the back of the elytra, &c.

One female example has the elytra wrinkled all over, evidently from some accidental
cause.

28. DiLA LJEVicoLLis, Gcl)ler.
Hah. Badghis and Hari-rud valley.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATIOX COM.MISSION. 127

PlJIELIIN^.

29. DiESiA COSTIFERA, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 13.)

Nigra; thorace opaco ; elytris rotuudatis, nitidis, convcxis, ad suturam plauatis,
singulis costis tribus crenulatis vel serratis ornatis, marginibus lateralibus serratis ;
tarsorum articulo ultimo dilatato longe hirsute. Long. 11-12 lin., lat. 0-7 lin.

General form somewhat that of Pbnelia angnlata. Antennae rather long and slender,
brown, sparingly hirsute, the apical joint a little longer than the tenth, narrowed at the
base, broadest at about one quarter from the base, acuminate and sponge-like at the
apex. Lab rum brown. Tliorax twice as broad as long, convex, dull, with a long
shallow impi-ession near the l)ase ; anterior angles slightly prominent and diverging.
Elytra considerably broader than the thorax ; shining, bu.t more opaque at the apex,
which is triangularly produced. Tlie first costa is not much raised, crenulate ; the
second is more elevated, and is furnished with short acute spines : neither of these costce
reach the a2:)ex. The third costa is sublateral, very strong, and the spines arc a little
longer than those on the second. The interval between the suture and the first costa is
nearly flat ; the next interval is gently concave ; the interval between the third and fourth
costa; is rather In'oader and more concave. The anterior tibise gradually enlarged to the
apex, moderately spinose and hairy. The posterior tibice are subcylindrical, spinose,
and hairy at the apex. The apical joint of the tarsi is much widened at the apex, and
furnished with long fulvous hairs, almost concealing the claws. The prosternal process
is very prominent posteriorly, roughly sculptured. The mesosternum is dotted with
small tubercles.

On the thorax there arc numerous very short black bristles, each one arising from a
dull black dot, giving the surface the appearance of being punctured, which, however,
is not the case.

Hah. Sandhills, Baluchistan (between Quetta and Khusan).

30. OcxERA GRACILIS, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 8.)

Elongata, convexa, nigra, sat nitida ; antennis gracilibus, thorace minus creln'e

subtiliter punctate, longe piloso ; elytris basi thorace vix latioribus, postice paulo

latioribus, convexis, ad apicem gradatim declivis, confertim sat fortiter irregulariter

granulato-asperatis, breviter pilosis ; pedibus gracilibus, tarsorum posticorum articulo

basali elongato. Long. G-7 lin., lat. 3-3| lin.

This species differs from all others known to me in the form and sculpture of the

elytra, which, instead of being suddenly declivous at tlie apex, gradually slope down ;

the granules which cover the surface are somewhat large, round, and shining, placed

rather near together, and are not arranged in regular lines ; punctures are also scattered

in the intervals between the granules. The tenth joint of the antennae is nearly globular,

shining.

Hah. Badghis and Hari-rud valley.

81. OcNERA GOMORRHANA, Reiche, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 18.j7, p. 215.
A single specimen, which appears to be refei-able to this species, and of which specimens
in the Museum are from Sinai and Bagdad.

SaJ). Sandhills, Baluchistan (between Quetta and Khusan).

128 DK. J. E. T. AITCHISOX ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

32. TuiGOXOscELis NODOSA, Fisclier, Eut. Ross. i. p. 149, t. 14. f. 3.

Tliis species, when iu good condition, lias the elytra covered with a white chalky
substance, leaving the granules black. It was originally described from Bokhara.
Hah. Badghis and Hari-rud valley.

33. Teigonoscelis loxgipes, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 5.)

Elongata, nigra, subopaca ; thorace sat transverso, convexo, crebre granulate ; elytris
obloiigo-ovalibus, ad suturam depressis, granulis parvis parum elevatis discrete
sparsis ; pedibus longissimis, sat gracilibus, tarsis louge hirtis. Long. 9 lin., lat.
51 lin.
Thorax relatively small for species of this genus ; about one third broader than long ;
the anterior angles not very prominent. The granules on the surface are very small,
moderately close together, but not crowded ; they are less distinct on the front margin
and at the sides. The elytra are flattened on the back ; the shoulders are not at all
prominent, as in T. grandis, &c. The granules are small and not much elevated ; much
less conspicuous, but much more numerous than in T. grandis. The sides are more
rounded. The legs very long; the anterior tibioe not quite so much dilated as in
T. grandis, convex on their anterior surface, and very finely and closely asperate.
Hah. Between Quetta and Khusan.

34. Sympiezocemis kessleri, Solsky, Hor. Soc. Ent. Boss. xi. p. 291. (Plate XIV.
fig. 4.)

A single example of this very interesting species.
Sab. Badghis and Hari-rud valley.

Cistelid^e.

35. Omophlus leftueoides, Fabr. Mant. i. p. 85.

Hab. Hari-rud valley and Badghis*.
A European species.

C AX THAR ID ^.

36. Melob vaeiegatus, Donov. Brit. Ins. t. 07.

Three examples. A European species.
Sab, Hari-rud and Badghis.

37. Meloe tuccius, Ptossi, Faun. Etr. i. p. 283, t. 4. f. 5.

Two examples. A European species.
Sab. Hari-rud and Badghis.

38. Mylalris klugii, lledt. Denkschr. AYicu. Ak. i. 1850, p. 49.

Sab. Hari-rud v^alley.
A Persian species.

* [Collected oocurriug in great hosts upon Pintacia vera, eating the young leaves, in May. — J. E. T. A.]

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 129

39. Mtlabris variabilis, Pallas, Ic. p. 81, t. E. f. 7.

Sab. Hari-rud valley and Kliorasan.
A European species.

40. Mylabris Frolovii, Germ.
Hub. Badghis.

41. Mylabris maculata, Oliv. Ent. iii. 47, p. 7, 1. 1. f. 9.

Mab. Hari-rud valley and Badghis.
A European species.

42. Cantharis conspicua, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 15.)

Nigra ; capite rude punctato, fronte gutta sanguinea notata ; antennis ferrugineis,
articulo basali nigro ; thorace rude punctato ; elytris rufis, confertim rugulosis
et punctulatis, apice nigro ; tarsis plus minusve ferrugineis. Long. 11-13 lin.
The punctures on the head and thorax are rather strong, but rather unequal in size,
moderately close together. The thorax has a slight impression on the disk, a little in
front of the middle ; and there is another impression at the base. The elytra are
rugulose and densely and rather finely punctured ; each elytron has two dorsal and one
lateral fine lines. The antennae are a little attenuated from the thu-d joint to the apex.
Sab. Hari-ru.d valley.

48. Cantharis glabricollis, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 7.)

Rufo-flava, nitida, corpore subtus nigro; antennis et orenigris; capite thoraceque
glabris, punctis nonnullis sparsis ; elytris rugulosis, nitidis ; pedibus nigris, fcmo-
ribus (apice excepto) tibiisque posticis (apice excepto) rufo-flavis. Long. 6-8 lin.
Antenna? a little longer than the head and thorax ; slightly thickened towards the
apex. The punctures on the head and thorax are not numerous and are rather obscure.
The elytra are considerably rugulose, but shining, with obscure jDunctures scattered
over the surface ; the costse obsolete. The body beneath and the coxse and trochanters
black ; the anterior tibise with a little red on the anterior surface.
Hab. Hari-rud valley.

44. Cantharis LiETA, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. G.)

Nigra, nitida ; thoracis lateribus flavo-rufis ; elytris cyaneis ; pedibus rufo-piceis,
tarsis nigro-piceis. Long. 8-9 lin.

Antennte dull black, slightly thickened towards the apex ; the basal joints in part
pitchy. Head above tinted with dark steel-blue, rather strongly and moderately closely
punctured, with a small red spot between the eyes. Thorax much flattened, very
smooth, with a shallow impression in front and at the base. Elytra finely rugulose,
with fine pimctuation interspersed ; each elytron with the usual three fine costae. The
head, the sides of the thorax, and the legs are clothed with rather long pile. The
abdomen is delicately punctured, tinted with bronzy green.

Sab. Badghis.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 20

130 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

45. Apalus plagiatus, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 14.)

Nigei', opacus ; capite thoraceque sat latis, confertim subtiliter punctulatis ; elytris
sanguineis, plaga nigra discoidali notatis ; abdominis segmentis apicalibus ferrugineis.
Long. 7 lin.

Antennge about one third longer than the head and thorax together, slender. The
second joint slightly elongate ; the third joint one quarter longer than the second. Head
broad and triangular ; with a distinct impression on the vertex. Thorax a little narrower
than the head, impressed in front, and with a longitudinal impression behind. The
punctuation is fine and very dense; one of the examples has the punctures a little
separated in the middle of the front, the surface here is consequently somewhat shining.
The elytra are bright red, densely and finely rugulose ; each elytron has an elongate
black patch, which does not reach the sides, but sometimes touches the suture below the
scutellum and at its posterior part.

JSab. Hari-rud valley and Badghis.

LONGICORNIA.

Cebambycid^.

46. Ploc^dertjs scapularis, Fischer, Lettre a Pander, 1821, p. 6.

Sab. Hari-rud valley*.

Described originally from Bokhara. The specimens vary from 12 to 17 lines in length.

LAMIIDiE.

47. Agapanthia nigriventris, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 16.)

Sat lata, depressa, griseo-nigra, parum nitida, parce griseo-pubescens ; thorace lineis
tribus, scutello, elytrorum margine anguste flavo-pubescentibus ; antennis pallide
annulatis ; abdomine nitido parce griseo-piloso, sat crebre subtiliter punctulato.
Long. 9 lin., lat. 3 lin.

This species has the general form of A. kirhyl, but the thorax is rather less convex.
Head sparingly clothed with long black pubescence, the punctuation dense and fine ;
there is a short spot of yellow pubescence on the vertex. The thorax is broad, a little
narrowed at the extreme base, constricted in front ; the punctuation is very dense and
rather fine. The elytra are closely and rather strongly pvmctured, scarcely shining,
slightly tinted with bluish grey ; the pubescence is very short, pale grey, and only visible
in some lights ; when viewed obliquely the elytra have a speckled appearance. The
margin is narrowly bordered with yellow. The underside of the body is sparingly
clothed with yellowish pubescence ; but that on the abdomen is very scanty and pale
grey. The punctuation is moderately close, consisting of extremely fine and some larger
punctures intermixed.

Hah. Hari-rud valley.

* Always caught in the sheathiDg stem-leaves of Ferula foetkla (the Assafoetida plant)

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 131

Phttophaga.

48. Labidostomis humeralis, Sclincider, Neu. Mag. i. 2, 1792, p. 192.
Hub. Badffhis.

A European species.

49. Agelastica alni, Fabr. ?

Possibly the specimens brought by Dr. Aitchison may be distinct from the common '
European A. alni ; the only difference, however, is that they are a trifle more elongate.
Eab. Hari-rud valley.

PSEUDOTRIMERA.
Cocci X E LL ID-€.

50. CocciNELLA SEPTEMPTJNCTATA, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. X. p. 365.
Hab. Badghis.

A European species.

DIPTERA.

By C. O. Waterhouse,
Assistant in tlie Zoological Department, British Museum.

1. Chironomus, sp.
Two species.

[In streams in the Hari-rud valley, as at Daua-sanjiti and at Kilki, the water was
full of the larva of some insect ; it occurred as a very minute scarlet point, as if just a
speck of blood, and gradually grew to good dimensions. These did not look weU in a
tumbler of water : w^e did our best to clear the water, but in vain ; however they proved
to have been harmless. They were most common where sheep had been watered in any
numbers. — J. E. T. A.]

Tabanid^e.

2. Tabanus tropicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 1001.

Sab. Helmand valley.
A European species.

[Our horses were pretty severely bitten by this species at Padda-sultan on the
Helmand ; this fly and the large Asilus are well known to the natives, and called " Sone."
These frequently cause a stampede amongst cattle, they say. — J. E. T. A.]

20*

132 DR. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

3. Tabanus, sp.

A small greyish species, three lines in length, with the sides of the two basal segments
and margins of the following segments of the abdomen pale rusty yellow ; the legs
partially yellow ; wings hyaline.

Mab. Hari-rud valley and Khorasan.

[Near Mt. Do-Shakh my ponies were nearly driven mad with the numbers of this very
small species ; although in ones or twos they did not give much trouble, when in large
numbers, as I saw them, they were extremely irritating to the cattle, chiefly attacking
the head and fore legs. — J. E. T. A.]

ASILID^.

4. AsiLUS, sp.

A large black species, clothed with yellowish-grey pile ; eighteen lines in length, with
hyaline wings.

Hab. Hari-rud valley and Khorasan.

[This large species of Asilus was seen in the Hariab valley and also in Khorasan,
Persia ; its bite is very severe to horses. — J. E. T. A.]

Tachinid^.

5. Tachina, sp.

Possibly this is T. ititida of Walker. It is six lines in length, nearly black, with
somewhat smoky wings ; the abdomen shining, rusty reddish yellow, with a broad
median stripe and the apical segment black. The face is yellowish.

Hub. Hari-rud and Badghis.

[This hairy bee-like fly gave our horses much trouble on the march to Chashma-sabz
from Khusan, 1884. They seemed to live at the roots of bushes in clay soil, and were
disturbed in our riding through the scrub ; they were very silent and quick on the wing,
and always tried to land in the nostrils of the horse ; it is called " Kajak." — J. E. T. A.]

RHYNCHOTA.

HEMIPTERA.
SCUTELLERID^.

6. Graphosoma semipunctata, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 698.

Mr. W. L. Distant, who kindly examined this and the other Rhyuchota, considers the
specimens collected by Dr. Aitchison to be merely varieties of the European T. semi-
■punctata. The thoracic spots are smaller than is usual in this species.

Hab. Hari-rud valley.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 133

Pentatomid^,

7. Carpocoris nigbicornis, Fabr.

The two examples brought do not differ from the ordinary European form.
Hub. Hari-rud valley and Badghis.

ILygmibm.

8. Ltg^us familiaris, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 363.
Sab. Hari-rud valley.

HOMOPTERA.
ClCADID^.

9. CiCADATRA QU^RULA, Pallas, Reisen, ii. Append, p. 83.

Sab. Hari-rud valley and Khorasan.

Dr. Aitchison's specimens are, I think, evidently referable to "Walker's Caphaloxys
qua (Jyimac Ilia (Cat. Hom. i. p. 238), although they are a little larger than the type, which
is from North India. According to the British Museum collection, 0. quadrimacula is
only a synonym of Cicadatra qucerula, Pallas.

HYMENOPTEEA.

By W. F. KiRBY,
Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum.

The determination of this small collection has been attended with considerable
difficulty, owing partly to the specimens having been preserved in spirit (a method
peculiarly unfitted for hairy insects such as bees) and partly to many of the allied species
described from Eastern Europe and Western Asia lieing unrepresented in the British
Museum.

It has therefore been impossible to determine some of the species in the collection
with certainty, owing to the unsatisfactory condition of the specimens ; and in numerous
other cases the determinations must remain somewhat doubtful for the present until
the insects can be verified by comparison with actual specimens of those which they
are believed to represent.

Most of the species exhibit well-marked African affinities, several being apparently
identical with Algerian insects. Others are allied to insects collected by Fedchenko in
TvQ'kestan ; but the proportion is smaller than might have been expected.

I have not ventured to describe more than one or two well-marked forms as new.

134 DE. J. E. T, AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

HYMENOPTERA ACULEATA.

HETEROGYNA.

EOBMICIDiE.

FORMICIN.^.

1. Cataglyphis viatica, Fabr.

Formica viatica, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. p. 308. n. 20 (1787).

A common species throughout Southern Europe, Northern Africa, and Western Asia.
Hub. Hari-rud valley.

Sphe GID^.

2. Ammophila mandibulata, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 18.)

Female. Length 18 millim. Black, antennae greyish, head and prothorax above and
face shining, finely and thickly punctured ; mandibles very large, spotted with red, sides
of prothorax longitudinally striated, with a round bare elevation behind, perhaps
surrounded with grey pubescence in fresh specimens ; mesothorax dull, coarsely and
thickly punctured; metathorax longitudiually striated; scutellum with a depression
before the extremity ; petiole about one third the length of the abdomen, smooth and
shining, with a red spot at the extremity; abdomen polished, smooth and shining;
occiput, cheeks, prothorax and front coxse, femora and tarsi furnished with very long
black bristles ; all the coxoe with a large white depressed callosity before the extremity ;
spines on the tibiae and tarsi short, but numerous ; fore wdngs fusco-hyaline, hind
wings subhyaline.

Very closely resembles the North -American A. hictuosa, Smith ; but in that species
the face is much more coarsely punctured, the white coxal callosities are small or
wanting, and the long bristles, which are nearly wanting on the four hind femora of
A. mandibulata, are very conspicuous on all the femora.

Hab. Hari-rud valley.

n y ssonid^.

3. Stizus unipasciatus.

Stizus unifasciatus, Rad., Fedchenko's Reise, Sphegidce, p. 39, pi. v. fig. 3 (1877).
Originally described from Samarcand.
Hab. Hari-rud valley.

4. Stizus terminus, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 17.)

Female. Length 22 millim. Head above the antennae and behind the eyes entirely
black ; scape of antennae, nasus, clypeus, labrum, and inner orbits sulphur-yellow ;
antennae (except the yellow scape, and the red second joint), tips of mandibles, and
mentum black ; prothorax black, hairy, broadly bordered with yellow behind ; mesothorax
black, the sides above, and the mesopleura, and a spot before and behind, yellow ; tegulae

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 135

reddish ; scutellum and metathorax with transverse yellow spots ; abdomen yellow ahove,
black at the extreme base, the sutures marked with transverse dark bands, all connected,
the first, and broadest, black, the hinder ones reddish, more or less varied with black ;
terminal segment entirely black ; abdomen beneath reddish at base, and with a continuous
reddish stripe, expanding at last suture and darkening towards the last segment ; legs
yellow, the coxae, tegulae, upperside of the femora, and the upperside of the hind legs
reddish ; wings strongly tinged with smoky yellow.

Allied to S. Uljanini, Rad.

Hah Hari-rud valley.

5. Stizus tages, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 20.)

Female. Length IS millim. Yellow ; face clothed with grey pubescence ; a black
band on the vertex over the two hindermost ocelli, and projecting squarely downwards
on each side to a level with the front ocellus, which is narrowly surrounded with black,
especially below, where the colour projects into a point ; a black spot above each
antenna, and the tips of the mandibles and the extreme occiput black ; antennae
reddish, scape yellow ; prothorax yellow, with a round black spot in the middle in front ;
mesothorax black, with two short yellow lines in the middle in front, beyond the base ;
shoulders and scapuhe yellow ; pectus black in the middle, and reddish yellow,
clothed with grey hair, on the sides ; scutellum yellow, with a large red oblong
spot in the middle ; postscutellum yellow, narrowly edged -tt-ith black in front ; meta-
thorax yellow, marked ^vith a large obtuse-angled black triangle, and l)ounded behind
with narrow black lines ; the sides reddish, clothed with grey hair ; abdomen yellow, the
base black ; the first two sutures broadly black, the first connected with the base by a
black line ; the remaining sutures above and those below very narrowly black or
I'eddish ; terminal segments inclining to reddish ; legs yellow ; the coxae and trochanters
marked with black and reddish ; hind legs slightly reddish above.

Hab. Hari-rud valley.

Allied to 5'. hitescens. Pall.

DIPLOPTERA.

V E S P I D ^.

6. POLISTES HEBE.EUS.

Vespa hebr(m, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. p. 292. u. 58 (1787).

Several specimens of this widely distributed and very variable species.

Hah. Hari-rud valley.

7. Vespa orientalis.

Vespa orientalis, Liiin. Mant. Plant, p. 540 (1771).

A common species in S.E. Europe, Egypt, and N. India.
ILab. Helmand valley.

136 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

[This species, mtli FoUstes hebrceus, was obtained in old clay buildings on the Helmand,
associating together, and so much mixed that at the time it looked as if they were
interbreeding.

I saw no Wasps in the Hari-rud or Badghis, and no Honey-bees, except once in some
mud walls at Karez-iHas. Honey is unknown except from the forest districts.— J. E. T. A.]

mellieeea.
Andrenid^.

8. Hyl^us turanictjs (?).

HijlcBus turanicus, Mor., Fedchenko's Reise, Mellifera, p. 279 (1877).

Sab. Badghis.

A single damaged specimen.

9. Andrena hattorfiana.

Nomada hattoj-fiana, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 389. n. 6 (1775).

A common and widely distributed European species.
Sab. Hari-rud valley and Badghis.

A p I D ^.

10. Crocisa bidentata, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 19.)

Male. Length l^j lines. Deep black, strongly punctured; face between the ocelli
and labrum, occiput, prothorax, borders and two spots on hind margin of mesothorax,
and upper sm-face of the short broad tibige, clothed with white pubescence ; scutellum
very broad, somewhat convex, the hinder angles strongly produced, and the metathorax
also spinose. Abdomen bidentate at apex. Fore wings deep violet-black ; hind wings
subhyaline.

Allied to C. scutellaris, Fabr., but larger, and (in the two specimens before me) with
no trace of white markings on the abdomen.

Sab. Hari-rud valley.

11. EUCERA CLYPEATA.

Eucera clypeata, Erichs., Waltl's Reise, ii. p. 108 (1835) .

Common in Southern Europe and Western Asia.
Sab. Hari-rud valley.

12. Tetralonia, sp.

A single specimen of a black species with white pubescence, not closely allied to any
previously contained in the British Museum collection.
Sab. Hari-rud valley and Badghis.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 137

13. Anthophora atroalba(?).

Anthophora atroalba, St.-Farg. Hym. ii. p. 73 (1811).

In tlie British Museum, from the Canaries ; it is likewise recorded from S. Europe and
Algeria.

Sab. Hari-rud and Badghis.

[This species (and, I think, Encera chjpeata) was found in the sheathing leaf-stalks of
the Assafoetida plant, in a semiunconscious state. — J. E. T. A.]

14. Anthophora liturata (?).

Anthophora liturata, St.-Farg. Hym. ii. p. 74 (1841).

Four specimens, apparently belonging to this species, but hardly determinable, having
been soaked in spirit. A. liturata was originally described from Oran (Algeria), but
has likewise been taken in Turkestan by Eedchenko. Kot previously in the collection of
the British Museum.

Hub. Hari-rud valley and Badghis.

15. Xtlocopa hellenica.

Xylocopa hellenica, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. France (2), i. p. 114 (1843).

Previously recorded from the Balkan Peninsula, Kirghis Steppes, Caucasus, Asia
Minor, Bagdad, and Turkestan.
Sab. Hari-rud valley.

In addition to the above there are several other specimens of Bees in bad condition
in the collection, Avhich I cannot at present determine.

OETHOPTERA.

By W. F. KiRBY,
Assistant in the Zoological Department, Eritish Museum.

As in the case of the Symenoptera, the species of Orthoptcra represented in this
collection belong principally to distinctly Mediterranean types, and many of them were
already recorded to possess a very Avide range. 'Eavf or none exhibit well-marked
affinities with the Indian fauna. The materials at my disposal have not been sufficient
to enable me to identify all the species Avith positive certainty.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 21

138 DE, J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OP

Blattid^.

1. POLYPHAGA (?), Sp.

Four species of a very broad apterous form, possibly belonging to a new genus, but
whicb it would be unadvisable to describe at present.
Hab. Collected in the Badgbis and Hari-rud valley.

[These were seen usually on sandy soil where camels had been resting for the night,
moving about amongst the dung. — J. E. T. A.]

Mantid^.
Ebemiaphilin^.

2. Eremiaphila arabica.

Eremiaphila arabica, Sauss. Mem. Geneve, xsi. p. 254, pi. vii. fig. 56 (1871).
This desert genus is represented by a specimen of one of the most widely-ranging
species, which extends to the frontiers of India.

Hub. Collected between Quetta and Khusan, along the route of march.

Mantin^.

3. poltspilota striata.

Mantis striata, Stoll, Spectres, pi. xi. fig. 41 (1813).

A single damaged specimen belonging to this or to a closely allied species. M. striata
occurs throughout Tropical Africa and its islands, and is also said to have been taken in
Borneo.

Hab. Collected in the Hari-rud valley.

4. HiERODULA R0BUSTA(?).

Hierodula rohusta, Sauss. Mem. Geneve, xsi. p. 73, pi. vi. fig. 53 (1871).

A single bleached specimen, agreeing with Saussure's figure in the shape of the
prothorax. Saussure obtained his type from the East Indies, without specifying any
exact locality.

5. Mantis religiosus.

Gryllus (Mantis) religiosus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 426. u. 6 (1758).

Two specimens. Common throughout S. Europe, N. Africa, and W. Asia.

Empusin^.

6. (Blepharis) mendica.

Mantis mendica, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 275. n. 7 (1775).

An immature specimen of this widely distributed species, already known to extend
from the Canaries to Syria. The generic name is preoccupied in Pisces (Cuv. 1817), and
should be replaced by some other.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION. 139

GRTLLIDiE.

7. ACHETA AFRICANA.

Gnjllotalpa africana, Beauv. Ins. Afr. Amer. p. 229, pi. ii. C. fig. 6 (180,^).

Two specimens. The species is common throughout Tropical Africa and Asia, and
even extends to Australia and New Zealand.
Hab. Hari-rud valley and Khorasan.

8. Grylltjs capensis.

Acheta capensis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 281, u. 6 (1775).

One immature specimen. A still more widely-ranging species than the last, as it has
been taken in all quarters of the globe.
nah. Between Quetta and Khusan.

locustid^.
Phymatin^.

9. Chrotogonus homaxodemus (?).

Ommexycha homalodemum, Blanch. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, v. p. 615, pi. xxii. fig. 4 (183G).

Agrees fairly with the insect described and figured by Blanchard from Sennaar ; but
its identity cannot be positively affirmed without comparing specimens from that
locality.

Hab. Between Quetta and Khusan.

10. Pyrgomorpha bispinosa.

Pyrgomorpha bispinosa, Walk. Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mas. iii. p. -i'J9. n. 8 (1870).
Four specimens. Walker's type was from S. India.
Hah. Badghis.

PAMPHAGIN.E.

11. EUNAPIUS GRANOSUS.

Pamphagus {Eunapius) granosus, Stal, Bihang Svensk. Akad. IlancU. iv. (5) p. 31 (187(i).

Four specimens in different stages of growth. Stal's type was received from Algeria.

Hab. Hari-rud valley and Badghis.

ACREDIN^.

12. (Acridium) ^gtptitjm.

Gryllus [Locusta) cegyptius, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 138 (1764).

Common throughout the Mediterranean district.

As Tetrix, Latr. {Tettix, Fisch.), is co-tj^iical, and therefore synonymous witli
Acrydiuni, Geoffr. & Fabr., Acridium, auctorum, will require to be renamed.
Hab. Hari-rud valley and Badghis.

140 DE. J. E. T. AITCHISON ON THE ZOOLOGY OF

13. EUPREPOCNEMIS LITTORALIS.

Gryllus Uttoralis, Ramb. Faune Ent. de rAndalusie, ii. p. 78j pi. vii. figs. 1, 2 (1839 ?).

Three specimens, apparently belonging to this species. It has previously been recorded
from South Spain, Egypt, Kordofan, Ehodes, and Beyrout.
Hah. Between Quetta and Khusan.

14. ACRIDA GBA.NDIS (?).

Tryxalis grandis, King, Symb. Phys. ii. pi. xv. fig. 1 (1830).

A bleached specimen, agreeing fairly with King's figure, but exhibiting no trace of
blue or red colour at the base of the hind wings. It is very doubtful how far the
numerous named species of this genus are really distinct. King described the species
from Egypt.

Sah. Between Quetta and Khusan.

V)^l

15. Statjeonotus makoccanus.

Gryllus maroccanus , Tbunb. Mem. Acad. Petersb. v. p. 244 (1815).

A common species round the Mediterranean, and one of the most abundant and
destructive locusts in Cyprus.
Uab. Badghis.

locustin^.

16. LoctjSta danica.

Gryllus [Locusta) danicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. (2) p. 702. n. 77 (1767).

Three specimens of another widely-ranging locust, which is met with in most parts
of the Old World.

Hal). Between Quetta and Khusan.

17. Sphingonotus kittakti (?).

Sphingonotus kittaryi, Saiiss. Mem. Soc. Phys. Geneve, xxviii. (2) no. 9, p. 207 (1884).

A single discoloured specimen, probably belonging to this species. Saussure's types
were received from Turkestan and the shores of the Caspian.
Sal). Hari-rud valley and Khorasan.

18. TnillNCHUS CAMPANULATUS (?).

ThrincMis campanulatus , Fiscb. Bull. Mose. vi. p. 378 (1883) ; Orth. Ross. p. 2o7, pi. xi. fig. 1 (1846).
Two specimens, differing from the figure chieily in the narrower band on the hind
wings. Described by Eischer de Waldheim from Georgia.
Hah. Ilari-rud valley and Khorasan, Persia.

In addition to the previously-mentioned Orthoptera, there is a species of Caloptenus (?)
new to the British Museum (one mature and two immature specimens), and one or two
other immature specimens, which I am not at present disposed to notice further.

THE AFGHAN DELIMITATTON COMMISSION.

141

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

^ig. 1. Spyrathus poUtus.

2. Adesmia sodalis, (^ .

3. „ » ?.

4. Sympiesocemis kessleri.

5. Triyonoscelis longipes.
G. Cantharis heta.

7. „ glahricoUifi.

8. Genera gracilis.

9. Blaps tridentata.

10. Prosodes diversa, g .

Fig. 1 1 . Prosodes diversa, $ .

12. Blaps felix.

13. Diesia cosiifcra.

14. Apalus plagiaiiis.

15. Cantharis conspicua.

16. Agapauthia nigrivcntris.

17. Siizus terminus.

18. Ammophila mandihulatn,

19. Crocisa bidentata.

20. Stizus tagcs.

GALL-INSECTS.

By G. B. BucKTON, F.R.S., F.L.S.

^''iTH the collections brought home by Dr. Aitchison from Afghanistan were some galls
nhich have been handed over to me for examination. They were gathered in 1885, on
Pistaeia vera, and were of various sizes, forms, and colours, as bright orange, purplish
red, or green. When cut across they showed single, smooth, shining cavities, each of
which had an exit at its base, near the peduncle, from which the insects, when mature,
would have made their escape. Within the hard woody walls a quantity of exerementi-
tious matter was found, mixed with a flocculent material, and numerous whitish bodies,
numbering perhaps from thirty to fifty. Tlicse contents formed a mass at the base of
the gall.

A. Larval form of Pemphiijns coccus, iiarthenogeiiic female (enlarged). B. Natural appearance of (fall.

C. The same, opened.

Under a lens the grains had the appearance of grape-sugar. The substance was
soaked for a short time in water, and then treated with weak alcoholic potash, which
slowly dissolved the fatty matter ; and then the bodies of the insects separated out sufli-
ciently distinct for drawing.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V.

22

142 THE ZOOLOGY OF THE AFGHAN DELIMITATION COMMISSION.

Although the galls contained no winged forms, which would at once have certified the
genus, there can he no reasonahle doubt that the insects belong to the Pemphiginse
(Aphidinie), five species of which, Passerini states, infest the Pistacia in Italy. Pour of
these are of the genus Pemphigii,s ; but as their chief difl'ercnces seem to consist in the
form and situation of the galls they raise, their claims to a distinct species may be
doubted. As this Afghan species is quite blind, a better acquaintance with the insect
may prove it new to science ; therefore any name assigned to it now must be considered
as temporary.

A short description may be here given.

Pemphigus coccus ( ? ).

Larval form of the parthenogenic female. Globose, yet broadest across the abdomen ;
deeply ringed. Head square ; antennae five-jointed, not counting the terminal nail-like
process ; fifth joint the longest. Eyes none. Proboscis short, reaching to about the
second coxa3. Legs stout, and furnished with a double claw. Cauda blunt, having two
minute spines. Colour, when alive, probably greenish, mottled with white, and sparsely
covered with silky filaments. Nectaries not visible.

Some of the galls gathered had round holes pierced in their sides. These had been
doubtless the exits of parasites, for the remains of cocoons were discovered within, but
no trace of the bodies of aphides.

Size of larvae 0-0450 x 0-0280 inch.

[ 1^3 ]

IV. Studies in the Morphology of the Lejndojjtera. — Part I. Sy W. Hatchett
Jackson, M.A., F.L.S., Beputy Linacre Professor of Anatomy in the University
of Oxford.

(Plates XV.-XIX.)

Read 21st November, 1SS9.

1 HE present paper rejjresents a portion of an investigation which was begun some
years ago but was laid aside at the time for want of material ; its resumption was
prevented by the claims of other and very pressing duties until the summer of the
present year. The results obtained are now laid before the Society in the hope that they
may prove of interest, and as a first contribution from studies which still remain to be
finished. There are, however, one or two points in this first portion which will require
some further elucidation ; but as a year must elapse before the necessary specimens can
be procured, it seems to me that it is better not to keep back what has been done,
especially as the points in question are not of critical importance.

Two subjects are here dealt with. The first is the external anatomical marks by
means of which the sex of a chrysalis may be determined ; the second, the mode in
which the azygos oviduct or vagina of the female butterfly with its accessory organs
develops between the close of larval life and the assumption of the state of the imago *.

§ 1. The External Anatomical Characters distinctive of Sex in the
Lepidopteran Chrysalis.

After a search of some extent in the literature which deals Avith the anatomy of the
Lepidoptera, I have come to the conclusion that none of the many authoiities who have
studied this order of Insecta liave ever noticed the fact that the sex of every chrysalis is
denoted by fixed anatomical characters f. Yet such is the case. If the dorsal aspect of
a chrysalis is carefully examined, it will be seen at once that there are thirteen somites
following the head, three thoracic, and ten abdominal, the last somite carrying the
cremaster, which represents the anal valve of the caterpillar. The eighth somite, which
has a particular connection with the object of this section, may be identified at once for

* A preliminary account of the results of this investigation was sent to the ' Zoologischer Anzeiger ' on Oct. 7,
and appeared in No. 322 of that periodical for Dec. 2nd, 1S89.

t My search iu this connection has extended through the works of Kirby and Spcuce, liurmcister, Wcstwood,
Camerano, Grabcr, Scudder, and various anatomists, as 'well as writers of special monographs such as Lyonet,
Herold, and Suckow. Figures occur here and there in which the markings distinctive of sex are more or less
clearly indicated, but their import has not been recognized. See Addendum, p. 148, post, and Zool. Anz. Jan. 27. 1S90.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 23

141. PROF. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

practical purposes without the labour of couiating by the fact that its stigmata are
abortive as compared with the stigmata of preceding somites. The characters which
determine the sex are to be found on the ventral or sternal aspect of the ninth somite in
the male, and in the corresponding region of both the eighth and ninth somites in the
female. They were first recognized by myself in 1875, and I have used in succeeding
years whatever opportunities have presented themselves of verifying their truth not only
by the inspection of specimens but also by means of breeding and dissections.

The male sex is indicated by a linear depression in the sternal region of the ninth
somite, a depression which represents the aperture of the ductus ejaculatorius of the
imago. It presents itself in one of three slightly differing shapes.

(1) It is a fine line situated in a raised area and provided with two oval lips, one
right, the other left. This is the form which is seen in Pieris and is shown in PI. XV.
fig. 1.

(2) It is a more strongly marked line inclosed in a nearly circular cup-shaped area
witb edges strongly raised. The sternal region of the ninth somite is a smoother
continuation of the lateral portions of the somite. This form is the one seen in the
genus Vanessa {V. zirlicce, lo, Atakmta, 2^olychloro8) and is shown in PL XV. figs. 4
and 5. In some specimens the edges of the inclosing area are more strongly pronounced
on the right and left, forming a couple of lips, and then the area has a more or less
oblong aspect.

(3) It is a very well defined linear depression, guarded by two lips, one on the right,
the other on the left. These lips are tumid, broad at their centres, and pointed at either
extremity ; or, in other words, tliey are cither oval or somewhat triangular, the bases of
the triangles being the linear depression itself. The whole structure lies either in the
centre of the sternal region or at its posterior limit. Examples are Pap'dio Macliaoii
(PI. XV. fig. 8) and Sphinx Ugustrl (PI. XV. fig. 11). The latter figure is taken from
a spirit-specimen of an individual killed immediately on pupation ; in older living
specimens the dark colour and the thickening of the pupal cuticle rather obscure the
structure. All the Heterocera Avhich I have examined possess this third shape.

The female sex is to be recognized by the aspect of the sternal regions of tlie eighth
and ninth somites. There are typically and primitively two linear depressions, one in
each of the sternal regions named, but they may be hidden or become confluent. These
depressions coincide respectively with two pairs of vesicles invaginated from the hypo-
dermis ; see infra, pp. 159-lGO. There are several types of structure to be distinguished.

(1) Tiie eighth and ninth sterna are each marked by a short fine longitudinal line,
surrounded by an oval and slightly raised area. This type is seen in Pieris and is
shown in PL XV. fig. 2.

(2) The eighth and ninth sterna are marked by a longitudinal line which is apparently
continuous. The sternal region of the ninth somite is, as in the male, a smoother
continuation of the lateral portions of the somite. This type is seen in the various
species of the genus Vanessa and is exemplified in PL XV. tigs. G and 7, taken from
V. lo. The essential difference between it and tlic preceding type depends on the
formation of a median furrow corresponding to the course of the azygos oviduct by

^

jrOEPHOLOST OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 145

which the two typical linoai- dej)ressious seen in Pieris arc ofl'ectually ohscurcd.
PI. XV. fig. 15 is a view of tlie inner aspect of the empty pupal cuticle of V. lo, and
shows the remnants of the chitinous linings of the duct of the bursa copulatrix {b) and of
the oviduct (o) respectively, at a late stage, however, of growth, and therefore of greater
extent than in the newly formed pupa. Still they indicate the existence of the structures
evidenced outwardly in Pieris, and described in V. lo in the second section of tliis
paper (pp. 159-100, 102, 104) *.

(3) In all specimens of PapiUo Maclwon that I have seen the ninth somite is very
narrow ventrally and is crossed by a line as in Vanessa. The ventral portion of the
eighth somite is broader, and a line extends forwards from its hind margin for about
one third of its breadth. This type is figured PI. XV. fig. 9.

(4) All the Heterocera which I have examined are characterized by a peculiarity of
the ninth sternal region. It is prolonged forwards to a greater or less extent as a
triangular plate invading the eighth sternal region, and it is at the same time not clearly
limited from the tenth somite behind ; or in other words the intersegmental line between
the ninth and tenth somites is not quite continuous from side to side across the ventral
line. These features are shown in two of the Sphingidte, Protoparce mauritii (Butler),
PI. XV. fig. 10, and Spliinx Vujnstri, fig. 12, on the same Plate. The figures also
illustrate a further peculiarity of the Heterocera. In Protoparce liumritii it will be
noticed that there are two fine longitudinal lines or depressions, one in the eighth
sternum and a second, the shorter of the two, at the apex of the triangular forward
extension of the nintli sternum, whereas in Sphinx Ugustri there is but a single linear
depression situated in the sternal region of the eighth somite, inclosed, however, by
triangular lines passing backwards. The single d..epression represents the two depres-
sions seen in Protoparce. Of the correctness of this conclusion I have no doubt, for the
following reasons : — -First, dissection of a one day's old jiupa of Sphinx Ugustri has shown
me the existence of exactly the same parts that are seen in PL XVII. fig. 34, taken
from F. lo. There is an anterior vesicle witli rudiments of a bursa copulatrix and
receptaculura seminis, and a posterior double vesicle. The main difi'orence in these
organs, as compared with the organs of V. lo, is that the anterior and posterior vesicles
are closely apposed to one another. The second reason is that in the cast pupal cuticle
of the same moth, as well as of a Smcrinthus ocellatiis, I have found two bands united
at their bases, which are evidently the cast chitinoid linings of the ducts of the bursa
copulatrix (i) and of tlie oviducal tube (o). They are identical with the structures
figured in V. lo on PI. XV. fig. 15, and they are shown in figs. 10 and 17 on the same
Plate. There is yet a third reason, and that is the occurrence of a single or of a double
depression in ditferent chrysalids of the same or allied species. Such a variation I have
seen only once, and that quite recently, among the very many examples, probably 200
or more, of Sphinx Ugustri that have passed under my notice. It is figured PL XV.
fig. 13. A specimen of Smerinthus oculatus belonging to my friend Mr. Poulton is a
second instance to the point ; as a rule, however, this species has but a single depression.

* See p. 155, ou pupae of V. lo of undetermiiieJ sox.

23*

146 PROr. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

The same statement is true of Stn. populi, but a specimen in the Zeller collection \\\ the
British Museum and two specimens in my own possession are exceptions. In the
Stephens collection of " Metamorphoses " in the British Museum is a specimen of Cossus
lignvpercla with two depressions distinctly separated. Other specimens that I have seen
possess but one. Two specimens of Zeuzera cescuU in the same collection differ in a
similar way ; one has a single depression, the other a double. All examples of Cucullia
verbasci bred by myself, and they are many, have had but one depression ; the sole
example of C. scrophularice seen by me, and it is in the Stephens collection, has two.
In the same collection is a specimen of Thyatira trldens and another of Th. psl * ; the
former has a single depression, the latter a double.

The external anatomical characters distinctive of sex in a chrysalis and above described
are very constant, so far as I have seen after many years of observation ; and whenever
it has been in my power to verify my own conclusions on the subject, no error of
determination has ever been detected. There is, of course, a certain amount of varia-
bility in minute details, but it is never of such a kind as to prevent the recognition of
the sex. Por some time j)ast I have been collecting instances of this variability in
JPieris hrassicce, and on a future occasion I may hope to figure them.

The following table gives a list of the species examined. It relates only to the female.
From time to time single examples of individual species have come under observation of
which unfortunately no record has been kept. They all belonged, however, to the
Heterocera and to the type 4 b, infra. The numbers prefixed to the names indicate the
number of specimens seen by me, and wdiere no such number is given it is to be
understood that it has been very great indeed. The letters " B.M. " stand for
British Museum, i. e. the Natural History Museum, as it is now called, and figures
following these letters indicate the Museum number. " Z " stands for Zeller collection ;
" St " for the Stephens collection of Metamorphoses, both in the National collection.
I may here express my thanks to my friend Mr. Heron, of the Zoological Department of
the Natural History Museum, for his kind assistance, and to Mr. Doncaster, of the Strand,
who courteously permitted me to inspect his stock of pupa3.

1. Pieris brassicce; P. rapce ; 3 P. napl; 1 Mindra cyaneus (Moore), from Ceylon, B.M. 83, .52.

2. 137 Vanessa' lo; V. urticce ; 26 V. pnlychloros; 2 Papilio Alexanor, Z. ; 1 P. polytes, from N.W.

India, B.M. 84, 38 ; 1 Ornithoptera aeacus, B.M. ; 1 O. {Papilio) minos, B.M.
8. 28 Papilio Machaon; 35 P. podalirius ; 1 P. inerope, from S. Africa, B.M. 78, 10; 20 Thais cerisyi ;

3 Th. hypernuBstra, B.M.
4 a. With double apertures.

5 Acherontia Atropos ; 1 Sphinx convolvuU, St.; 1 S. ligustri; 2 Deilephila euphorbia, St.;

2 Choerocampa porceUus, St.; 52 Ch. elpenur; 1 Ch. alecto, from N.W. India, B.M. 84, 38;

2 Ch. nerii, B.M., Z. ; 1 Sinerinthus ocellatus ; 3 Sin. populi ; 1 Protoparce mauritii, from Natal,

B.M.; 1 Daphnis Horsfeldii, Java, from the Horsfield collection, B.M. ; 1 Cossus ligniperda, St.;

1 Zeuzera cesculi, St. ; 1 Cucullia scrophularice, St.; 1 Thyatira {—Acrunyda) psi, Z.; 4 Nyssia

sonaria.

* These are the names given by Stephens ; the speoies are now assigned to the genus Acronycta.

MOEPHOLOGI OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 147

4 b. With a single aperture.

2 Acherontia Atropos; Sphinx /irjusfri; 2 Ghcerocampa elpenor ; Smerinthus ocellatus ; Sm.
populi ; 2d Sm. mice ; 11 Enc/w/ia Jacobfca; ; 23 Arctia caja; 2 Cossus lit/nipcrda ; 1 Zvuzara
(Bsculi, St.; 1 Stauropus fayi, St.; 2 Notodonla dictteoides ; 1 N. dromcdarius, St.; 1 Leucmiiii
straminea, St.; Phakra bucephala ; 1 Thyalira { = Acronyctu) iridens, St.; 2 Gortyna flamigo,
St.; Mamestra brassicte ; lo M. persicarice ; 1 Achatia ( = Panolis) piniperda, St. ; 'y Diantluecia
irregularis; 1 MiseUia oxyacantha, St.; 1 Hadena ( = Agriopis) aprilina, St.; 3 Hadena glauca ;
13 H. chenopodd; CiiculUa verbasci ; 1 Bucephala {=Cucullia) umbratica, St.; 3 Gonoplcra
libatrix; 2 Selenia illustraria ; 18 Nyssia zonaria; 13 Biston hirtaria.

The sti'uctures to which are due the marks distinctive of sex in chrysalids develop
towards the close of the caterpillar's life, and the cuticle that lines them is in continuity
with the cuticle of the future pupa. It is conceivable that the cuticle of the caterpillar
might in a given instance be sufficiently transparent to permit of their being seen ; it is
conceivable also, but not probable, that they might happen to develop at an earlier
stage of larval existence. Under no other conditions is it ^^ossible for them to afford aid
in deciding the question to what sex a living caterpillar belongs. It is easy enough to find
the answer to the question by dissection, as will apjoear later on (pp. 158-159 and note),
or by inspection in those few instances where the integument is of sufficient transparency'
to permit the testes and ovaries to be seen, and where at the same time there is a
difference of colour in those organs. I have examined, and in vain, for distinctive
external anatomical indications of sex, numbers of caterpillars of Pieris brassicce,
Vanessa lo, SpJiinx Ugustri, and Phalera bucephala, and have found none. It seems to
me, liowever, that the larger and longer caterpillars of Vanessa lo and the smaller
caterpillars of SpJiinx lUjustri. belong, as a rule, to the female sex. But I should not
like to be too positive without tables of measurements and weights. It is not only
possible but likely, however, that instances where size differentiates the sex of the
caterpillar may be found. Peculiarities of colouring are said to do so in some cases.
For example Weniger has stated, in the ' Entomologist ' (xx. 1887, pp. 87-89), that after
the second or third moult of the caterpillar of Altacus yama-mai, A. Vcrnyi, A. selene,
and A. cecropia, a coloured mark on the sternal region of the eighth abdominal somite
affords a certain test of sex. The mark in the female is a " black blotch " in the middle
of a yellowish tint, which in natural size is not larger than a large pin's head. The
male differs from the female in the fact that the black blotch has in its centre " a dark
green spot." In both sexes the distinctive mark disappears when they are killed and
" emptied." It is therefore probably due to a peculiarity in the larval cuticle. At least
there is no structure belonging to the reproductive organs in both sexes alike which has
the position assigned by Weniger. Professor Wcstwood points out, on p. 193 of his
' Entomologist's Text-book,' 1838, that, according to de Geei-, brown caterpillars of the
yellow underwing, Triphcena pronuba, produce males, green caterpillars, females ; and I
gather from § 15, p. 20 of Ilerold's ' Entwickelungsgcschichte der Schmetterlinge '
(Cassel & ^Marburg, 1815), that other instances are given in Kosel von Rosenhofs work
' Der monatlich-herausgegel)enen Insecten-Belustiguugen,' published at Niiremberg in
1746-61, and illustrated with a large number of plates. This work I have seen, but

14S PROF. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

want of time has prevented my searcliing its pages so as to point out the proper
references *.

Addendum. — Since this paper was read I have found tliat the anatomical sexual
distinctions of chrysalids were known in part to O. Wilde, and are briefly mentioned
in his work ' Systematische Beschreibung der Raupen unter Angabe ihrer Lebensweise
und Entwickelungszeiten,' Berlin, 1S61. There is a copy of this book in the Insect
Hoom at the Natural History Museum, where it was shown me by my friend Mr. Heron.
In many of the plates to the second ])art sexual signs are affixed to some of the figures
of the chrysalids. The cremaster appears to differ in some cases in tlie two sexes, just as
do the antennae. On p. 4 of the Introduction, Wilde states thai the male pupa possesses
" in der Mitte der Bauchflache des letzten Hinges zwei kleinere, durch eine Langsfurche
getrennte Hockerchen, wiihrend diese Stelle bei der weiblichcn Puppe geglattet, dagegen
abcr hinter dem Einschnitte zwischen dem 7ten und 8ten Hinge, iiber der Mitte des
letzteren, eine seichte, mehr oder weniger deutliche, kiirze Langsfurche wahrnehmbar
ist. Die Unterscheide entspreche der verschiedenen Lage der Eortpflanzungsorgane bei
den beiden Geschlechtern." Wilde appears to have been acquainted with only one type
of the Heterocera, at least in the female, viz., the one with confluent apertures. A
comparison with the foregoing account will show that there is a greater variety in the
sexual marks than he supposes, and that he has not placed them with complete accuracy,
owing probably to his not knowing the true number of segments in the abdomen.

A second authority has noticed the sexual apertures of chrysalids. Dr. Haase of
Konigsberg has been good enough to draw my attention to J. T. Ch. Ratzeburg's work
'Die Eorst-Insecten, ' Th. ii. (Berlin, 1840), and to give me a reference to its pages.
On p. 6, Ratzeburg comjiares the segments of the pupa with the segments of the
caterpillar, to which he assigns, by the way, 9 abdominal segments (p. 4). Speaking of
the last three larval segments, he says, " Letzere scheinen in der Puppe zwar 4 zu sein
(also der ganze Hintcrleib 10-ringlig), allein das kommt nur daher das der After sich
besonders abschniirte. Dicht vor der Afterspalte liegt die Geschlechtspalte. Bei der
mannlichen Puppe setz sie sich aber bis in den vorletzten lliug fort, wahrend sie bei
den weiblichen auf der letzten beschriinkt ist (z. B. T. xii. E. 3, 4, p.). So kann also,
meine Beobachtung zufolge, miinnliche und weibliche iilierall in der Puppe untei'-
scheiden (s. d. zahlreichen Abbildungen)." With reference to this passage I may
remark that, as stated later on in the second part of my paper (pp 151-2), there are
really ten abdominal segments both in the catei-pillar and pupa alike, and that Ratzeburg
(like his successor in time, Wilde) was not acquainted with the detailed variations of the
sexual apertures of pupce as described in the preceding pages. He figures in the female
only Vanessa ])olijchloros and the Heteroceran type 4 b with confluent apertures. In his

*" Mr. Doncaster tells me that in the ^atjrida; the male cuterpillar is brown, the female green, and that the male
caterpillars of Or(/i/ia antiqua and 0. gonosligma have j-ellow dorsal brushes, the female brown. In all there are 13
or 14 species thus distinguished. Suckow ('Anat. Phjsiol. Untersuehiingcn,' Heidelberg, ISIS, p. 23) states that the
male DendroJhnns pini difi'crs from the female (1) by its smaller size, (2) by its lighter, almost smoky grey colour,
and ('.i) by a black-brown band, situated behind the second pair of prolcgs, which begins laterally aud takes an oblique
dorsal course. This band is obscurely marked in the female.

MORPHOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTEEA. lit)

account lie also misplaces or misdescribcs the positions of the apertures in the two
sexes, though the particular figures to which he refers his readers appear to bear out
his words. But others of his figures are more correct than his account ; e. g. Taf. xiv.
figs. 4p ? , 4^ 6 , and Taf. xvi. figs. Ip, 2p,Sp, which show the male aperture in the
segment in front of the anal segment, and the female (confluent) aperture as situated
apparently in the centre of the eighth segment, i. e. the segment in front of the one in
whicli the male aperture occurs.

Dr. Haase also remarks to me that the sexes of the Lcpidopteran chrysalid have been
"long known to all practical Lepidopterists." This may be the case in Germany, but
it is certainly not so in England, so far as concerns the sexual apertures of the pupa.
Before my paper was read I consulted Professor Westwood and several other practical
Lepidopterists, who assured me to the contrary. Moreovei", except on the assumption
of ignorance, it is hard to account for the complete silence of text-books in general on
the subject.

§ 2. Development of the Azijgos Oviduct and its accessory Organs in Vanessa lo.

It is a well-known peculiarity of the Lepidoptera that the female ducts have two
external apertures. The only exception known to me is Nematois metallicus, described
by Cholodkowsky in the ' Zeitschrift fur wiss. Zool. ' xlii. 1885. From his account I
gather that there is only one aperture in this Micro-Lepidopteran, and that one the posterior
of the two usual apertures. All the Macro-Lepidoptera which have been examined
possess an aperture which leads into the bursa copulatrix, and is placed on the ventral
aspect of the eighth somite, and a second aperture which leads outwards from the
oviduct and is placed ventrally to the anus, on the papilla that terminates the abdomen.
The aperture of the bursa is the one by which copulation is eff'ected ; the oviducal
aperture the one by which tlie ova arc always laid. Fig. 19 on PL XV. shows the
azygos oviduct and accessory organs of Vanessa lo, the type I have investigated. It is
given more as a standard of reference for the developmental history than for any other
purpose. The four ovarioles, cut short, are to be seen on each side [ov., ov.) ; they are
attached to the ends of the paired oviducts {od., od.) which in their turn enter the azygos
oviduct (ocZ') *. This tube terminates by an aperture just below the rectum (/•). The
accessory organs appended to the azygos oviduct are, in order from before backward, a
" seminal canal " {s.c), leading to the bursa copulatrix {b.c), a receptaculum seminis
(r.s.), and a pan* of sebaceous glands (s.gl.), with a common duct {d.s.gl.). Imme-
diately belo'iv the termination of the azygos oviduct is a pair of glands supposed to be
odoriferous by von Siebold. The left one alone is visible (od.gt.). The seminal canal
(s.c), it may be noted, opens on the dorsal aspect of the azygos oviduct. It is somewhat

* Four ovarioles on each side is the number typical of Lepidoptera. Tlie only known exceptions are mentioned
by Cholodkowsky, in his paper cited in the text {op.cit. p. .5(!0). They are the following: — Psi/ihe helix with six on
each side (A. Brandt), Sesia scolliformis with fourteen (E. Brandt), and ytmalois metallicus with twelve (one
specimen), sixteen (one specimen), eighteen (two specimens), and twenty (six specimens).

150 PEOF. W. H. JACKSON OX THE

dilated at its origin, as in Euclidia glypliica and Fluski chrysltis (vou Siebokl, Archiv
fiir Anat. u. Physiol. 1837, p. 420) ; it is also tortuous in its course. It opens laterally
into the duct [d. b. c.) of the bursa copulatrix {h. <?.). In Danais ArcMppus {=Aiiosia
2)lexipptis) as described by Burgess (Anniv. Memoirs, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1880) it has
" near the middle a pear-shaped chamber, the spermatheca or sperm reservoir " (p. 12) ;
and according to von Siebold (loc. cit.) it has in Tortrices an appended pyriform vesicle.
The bursa is shown as collapsed, and its walls thrown into folds in this figure taken from
an unimpregnated female. Its duct is slightly dilated near the aperture, which is shown
on PI. XVI. fig. 25, ah.c. It will be seen from the same figure that the seventh
and eighth sterna are fused, and that the eighth sternum is much thickened and,
moreover, grooved ventrally. At the antei'ior end of the groove is an elliptical body,
which is glass-like and transparent. It is formed by a hyaline chitinous thickening
sliown in section on PI. XV. fig. 20, e, b, and guards the bursal aperture from below.
Owing to its exti"eme thickness it must, I imagine, act like a clip on the inti'omittent
organ of the male. The receptaculum seminis commences with a narrow portion, the
ductus semiualis [d.s.), followed by two irregular dilatations, the equivalent of the
capsula semiuis (c.s.). To the dilatations succeed in turn a slender tube or gland
{(jl., r.s.), which is much longer than the imago itself, and consequently is shown only at
its commencement. Von Siebold {op. cit. p. 420) states that the capsula is a dilatation
of the duct in Papilio Ifachaon and IIipp>archia (= Cmioni/mpha) pxmiphllus. In Pieris
hrassicce it is, as is usually the case, a j^yriform vesicle. It is absent in Danais Archippiis
{Anosia plexippiis) according to Burgess {op. cit. supra). The whole receptaculum is
called the " einhorniges Absonderungsorgan " by Herold, Avho regarded it as a gland.
Von Siebold, however, has found the capsule filled with sperm after coition {op. cit.
p. 419) *. The gland attached to the capsule is never absent, and in some instances
terminates in a fork (von Siebold, op. cit. p. 420), e. g. in Sj)hinx liffustri. The paired
posterior gland {s.gl.) is said by von Siebold {op. cit. p. 393) to secrete the substance that
coats the ova and glues them to some foreign body. He calls it a sebaceous gland. The
two tubular portions, or glands proper, are of immense length and tenuity, and their origins
only are drawn in the figure. The two vesicles in which they end are here confluent,
but in Pieris, as is usual, are completely separate ; they have always a common duct
leading to the azygos oviduct. The odoriferous glands are not universally present in
Lepidoj)tera. Von Siebold records their existence in Argynnis melitcea, Zygcena, &c.
{op. cit. p. 417, or 'Anatomy of Invertebrated Animals,' translated by Burnet, London
and Boston, 1854, p. 453, note 22). They are not figured by Herold in Pieris brassier,
and may not exist in that species.

No explanation has yet been given as to how it comes about that there should be two
separate apertures to the female ducts of the Lepidoptera, though the existence of the
two apertures has been known from the days of Malpighi. De Lacaze-Duthiers lias

* The complete nbseucc of the capsula in i)a7ifH's { — Anosia), as described by Burgess, might seem to militate
against Von Siebold's statement. It is no doubt replaced funetionallj- in this butterfly by the dilatation present
on the seminal canal, and termed by Burgess spermatheca. He does not, however, mention whether or not he
ever found it full of sperm.

MOEPHOLOGT OF THE LEPIDOPTERA, 151

devoted a paper to the order in his researches on the female genital armature of the
Insecta. Herold has treated of the development of the organs in both the male and
female of Pieris brassicce, and Suckow has investigated in a similar way JDendrollmus
plni. Bessels's paper in the ' Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zool.' xvii. 1807, deals solely with the
testes and ovaries, their development, and the larval ducts in connection with them *.

The conclusions come to by de Lacaze-Duthiers (Annates des Sci. Nat. (3), xix. 1853)
may be shortly summarized to the following effect : — First, the aperture of the bursa
coj^ulatrix is in connection with the seventh abdominal sternum, and is a peculiarity of
the Lepidoptera not met with elsewhere among Insecta. Secondly, the oviducal aperture
is in the eighth somite, the normal position among Insecta ; and its proximity to the
anus is to be explained by the loss of the somites (ninth, tenth, and eleventh) which
very commonly intervene between them. Thirdly, the abdomen is composed of eight
somites ; in tlie imago it appears, however, to consist in some instances of nine, even
where another species of the same genus has but eight. The explanation is that a
delicate lamella may be intercalated between the thorax and the first abdominal somite.
The latter, in this case, is connected to the thorax by two processes, one on either side
the lamella in question.

All these conclusions appear to be, I regret to say, incorrect. Their incorrectness
may be deduced by reference to PI. XVI. figs. 21, 22, 23, and 21, which represent
the abdomen of the caterpillar, of the newly formed jiupa, of the chrysalid more than
one day old, and of the imago, of Ycinessa lo. And the figures given not only display
the somites of the abdomen, but, as they are drawn to the same scale, they show another
point, the change of shape and size undergone liy this part of the body in the passage
from the larval to the imaginal state. It is a change often overlooked, and the only
writer who has lately drawn attention to it is Graber, in his work ' Die Insekteu '
(Natui-kralte Series, xxii, 1877, pp. 513, 511) ; but his figures are small and diagram-
matic f.

The older authorities on Entomology assign nine somites to the abdomen of the
caterpillar. Packard lias drawn attention to the fact that ten is the usual number
(American Naturalist, xix. 1885, pp. 307, 308). This Avas the number found by
Kowalewsky in the embryo of Smermthus popidl, all ten somites bearing feet (Mem.
Acad. Imp. St. Petersbourg (7), xvi. 1871, p. 53, Taf . xii. figs. 8 and 10) ; but I note in
an abstract of Tichomiroff's Russian paper on the develojiment of Bombijx marl that he
found eleven abdominal somites in the embryo of this moth, all provided ■» ith feet save
the first (Naples Jahresberichte, 1882, llexapoda, p. Il2) %. The first eight abdominal

* Cholodkowsky has figured the genitalia in a young stage of Abraxias (Zerene) grosxularhita (Zeitschrift f. wiss.
Zool. xlii. T. xix. fig. 2) ; and Emerton has published some notes on the changes in the internal organs of the pupa
of the Milk-weed Butterfly {Anosia ple.i-ippus) in the ' Proceedings of the Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.' xxiii. pt. 4, 188t<.
But neither of tliera .idvances our knowledge of the subject in the least, beyond what was stated by Herold.

t For the remarkable diminution of weight which occurs in the pupa, see Poulton, ■ Trans. Entom. Soc' 1886,
pp. 170-1 T'.l, and Urech, 'Zool. Anzeiger,' xi. 1888, p. 205 et seqq.

t In the embryo of Ocisleropficha quercifolia, Graber found the abdominal segments at first devoid of appendages.
When the latter a])pear they develop only on those sogmeiUs in which they persist in the adult. He therefore
considers them as secondanj apjiendages (Morjih. Jahrbuch, xiii. 1888, pp. GOO, ClU).

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 24)

152 PROF. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

somites of the larval T'. lo have each, as is usual, a pair of spiracles, the ninth has none,
the tenth bears the anal valve and anal prolegs. The distinctness of the ninth somite
from tlie tenth was hinted at by Lyonet. The posterior ring, he says, appears " a la
verite souvent, comme ici, compose de deux ; mais pour conserver I'uniformite, il con-
vient de ne le considerer alors comme un seul anneau subdivise" (' Traite Auat. de la
Chenille qui ronge le bois de saule,' 17G2, p. 21 of tlie "description anatomique ").
Later on, in treating of the musculature, he speaks of the last ring, his ninth, as con-
sisting of an anterior and posterior part. His figures demonstrate the separateness of
the two portions. Sir John Lubbock assigns nine somites to the abdomen of Pygcera
{Phalera) hucephala, as is clear from jip. 183, 184 of his memoir relating to the muscles
of the caterpillar of that moth (Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii. part iii. 1858), but it does not
appear that he regarded the tenth as a separately existing somite. A ghmce at
PL XVI. fig. 29 proves at once that the ninth somite in Vanessa lo is completely
separated from the tenth, and that it has bundles of muscles, fewer in number than the
eighth, but strictly conformed to the same type. The latter statement would not be
exactly true of the tenth somite. Attention may also be drawn to the existence on the
ninth segment of this caterpillar of a latcro-dorsal spine, and a tubercle with a small
hair-like spine, representing the second row of spines of preceding segments ; see
PI. XVI. fig. 21 and its description. W. Miillcr has drawn attention to a similar
fact in the caterpillar of Acnjea pellenea as showing the double character of the so-called
twelfth (/. e. ninth abdominal) segment (Spengel's Zool. Jahrbiicher, i. 1886, pj:). 529, 530).
In the pupal condition (PL XVI. figs. 22, 28) the same number of somites may be
traced as in the caterpillar, and it is a curious fact that Kirby and Spence (Introduction,
iii. 1826, p. 251) assign ten somites to the pupa, though not to the caterpillar. The two
figures of pupfB here given are contrasted in certain respects. Pig. 22 is that of a pupa
killed at the moment the susj)ended larva had begun to cast its cuticle, the operation
being completed afterwards by dissection. It is slender, and its somites very distinctly
separated from one another. Pig. 23 is that of a chrysalid more than one day old ; it
shows a stouter abdomen. The intersegmental membranes, whicli are of considerable
extent in this species, ai'e completely folded inwards and hidden ; the rings of the somites
are thvis lirought into close contact. This contraction in length and the greater
stoutness of body are caused by the excessive shortening of the muscles soon after the
assumption of the pupa state. The points to be noted in l)oth figures alike are (1) the
presence of eight pairs of spiracles, the first pair hidden by the wings in fig. 23, as is
generally the case, whilst the last or eighth pair are, as usual, abortive, a fact evident on
comparing PL XVI. figs. 27 and 26 with fig. 28 and the description given*; (2) the
perfect distinctness of the ninth somite ; (3) the replacement of the anal valve by the
cremaster (cr.) ; and (4) the formation of the sustentor ridges {s.r.) and sustentors of
Riley. The distinctness of the ninth somite in the pujia is also shown in the side

* Heroic! states that the male pupa of J'icrls hnissiae lias eight abdominal somites, the female seven or doubtfully
eight ; that both sexes have alike six stigmata, the first somite always being devoid of one. He is in error in all
these statements. See his ' Entwickeluugsgoschiehte dcr Schmctlerlinge,' pp. 34, 00, (i'J and note, 84, and p. xxiii
of description of plates.

MOEPHOLOGT OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 153

vieAvs of Pieris and Sphinx ou PI. XV. figs. 3 and 14. The homology of the anal
valve and cremaster was discovered by myself in 187(5, but was not published till 1888
('Forms of Animal Life,' edit. 2, p. 153). Mr. Poulton has confirmed the homology by
the presence of a peculiar streak of colour in A^lia tau (Trans. Entom. Soc. 1888,
p. 5(56). But I have foimd lately that E.iley gave the same homology in his paper " On
the Pliilosophy of Pupation " ('American Entomologist,' iii. 1880, p. 1G2). Kiinckel,
however, in a brief account published in the ' Comptes Rendus,' xci. 1880, pp. 395-397,
just after the appearance of Riley's paper, stated that the cremaster was made by the
fusion of the anal prolegs. The truth of Uiley's view is proved by PL XV. iig. 18, where
the cremaster is drawn as displayed by dissection within the anal valve of the larva.
The terms susteutor ridges and susteutors areprojwsed by Ptiley in the paper just quoted.
He honiologizes the sustentors with the soles or "plantiB" of the anal prolegs, the
susteutor ridges with their limbs. In this horaologv I believe him to be wrong. The
sustentor ridges and sustentors are probably peculiar develojiments of the body of the
tenth somite, found only in some Lepidoptera. The eminences on either side the anal
furrow (PI. XV. figs, 1, 4, 8, 11, r/p.), or rectal prominences, as they are termed by
Riley, represent the prolegs. To this point I hope to return in my next contribution,
and will only add here that the anus of the chrysalis lies just below the base of the
cremaster, at the dorsal end of a long anal furrow which represents the furrow or
depression between the two anal prolegs of the caterpillar.

The abdomen of the imago (PI. XVI. fig. 24), as compared with the abdomen of
both catei-pillar and 2)upa, is not only less in size and bulk, but it appears also to consist
of only nine somites, the number usually assigned to it. The fii'st somite is short, its
sternum fused to that of the second somite ; its tergum is composed of a middle lobe,
de Lacaze-Duthiers' lamella (p. 151, uiite), and of two lateral lobes; its spiracle {sp.) is
hidden at the bottom of a deejj recess *.

The following six somites (2-7) with their spiracles are quite distinct, but the seventh
steriuuu is fused to the eighth, as is more clearly figured in PI. XVI. fig. 25. The
eighth somite (8) has a distinct tergum and sternum, the latter containing the orifice of
the bursa copulatrix (PI. XVI. fig. 25, a.b.c). Its spiracles are lost; indeed the
atrophy of the trachete which originates from the abortive eighth spiracles of the pupa
is nearly complete by the 4tli or 5th day of pupal life in Vanessa lo. In a male imago
of Sphina; Ugustri I have seen slight scars indicating their position.

There remains the anal cone or papilla {ta.p., PI. XVI. fig. 25), which contains
the oviducal aperture as well as the anus, and is usually denominated the ninth
somite. I shall show further on (pp. 16G-7, PL XIX. figs. 73, 75, 77, 78) that when the
oviducal aperture shifts backward till it is close beneath the anus, an ingrowth or fold of
hypodermis takes place surrounding the anus, oviducal aperture, and odoriferous glands.
This fold corresponds to a small portion only of the tentli somite, i. e. to the anal area.
Consequently I believe that it is more correct to maintain, at least witli refereuce to

* The peculiar conformation of the tergum of the first somite is, I believe, duo to the presence of strong bundles
of muscles which arise from its middle lobe and pass into the thorax. Tl'.e existence of the spiracles of ihis somite
in the spot indicated was verified bv dissection.

24*

154 PROF. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

Vanessa lo, that the part of the abdomen from the posterior edge of the eighth sternum,
and the spot where there is a slight fold in the pleural membrane of eitlier side
(PL XVI. fig. 25, X ) backwards, represents the ninth and tenth somites of the larva
and pupa, now indistinguishable, whilst the terminal cone is a new formation within the
area of the tenth somite. The eremaster of the female pupa, it may be added, undergoes
complete atrophy, and is not represented in the imago.

It remains to give a summary of what is described by Ilerold in his ' Entwickelungs-
geschichte der Schmetterlingc ' (Cassel and Marburg, 1815), and by Suckow in his
' Anatomisch-Physiologische Untersuchungen der Insecten und Krustenthiere,' Th. 1
(Heidelburg, 1818), so far as their accounts relate to our purpose.

In the full-grown female larva of Pieris brassicce, the species investigated by Ilerold,
the larval oviducts which are continuous with the larval ovaries run backwards near the
dorsal middle line ; they pass between the tracheae given off from the seventh pair of
stigmata, and are attached to a main trachea of the bundle by a filament ; they each
turn towards the ventral middle line in the seventli somite behind the seventh stigmata,
pass beneath the main longitudinal and oblique muscles of the somite, and are attached
close together to the hypodermis (=Sclileimnetz) in the middle ventral line at the
posterior margin of the seventh somite *. From the attached ends of the larval oviducts
start fine longitudinal strito which traverse the eighth sternal region and connect the
larval oviduct to a white mass composed of two oval pieces attached to the hypodermis
( = Sclileimnetz) beneath the rectum upon the intersegmental membrane immediately
following the eighth somite (=auf der hintersten oder letzten ringformigen Einkerbung
der Raupenhaut, op. cit. p. 10). During the quiescent state preceding pupation the two
oval pieces become approximated to the ends of tlie larval oviducts, owing to a sliortening
or contraction of the hypodermis (Sclileimnetz). As soon as pupation has taken place,
they fuse with the oviducts and acquire a soft loose consistence (eine weiche und auf-
gelockerte Consistenz, op. cit. p. 49). During the pupal state the two larval oviducts
fuse together at their point of union with the oval pieces to constitute the common {i. e.
azygos) oviduct, whilst the oval pieces give rise to three processes, a left larger, the
rudiment of the bursa copulatrix (Ilerold's " Samenbehalter "), a right smaller, the
rudiment of the receptaculum seminis (Hcrold's " ein-horniges Absonderungsorgan "'),
and a bifid posterior, the paired sebaceous gland (Ilerold's " zwei-horniges Absonderungs-
organ "). The mass which gives rise to these processes disappears, whilst they increase
in size and acquire the form they possess in the imago. Herold nowhere explains how
the two separate apertures to the genital duct are acquired ; nor can any information be
gained from his text or later plates (Taf. xxvii., xxix., xxx., xxxi., and xxxiii.). But he
was quite aware of their existence and describes them in his account of the genital
organs of tlie imago with good figures (Taf. iv. figs. 1, 2).

Suckow's investigations were carried out on DendroUmus {Odonestis) j^ini', or, as he
terms it, following LinnEBus, Bomhijx piid. Ilis results agree with Herold's, but certain
slight difi'erences may be noted. The two filamentous oviducts are prolonged beyond

* Herold describes the course of the ducts correctly, but the way in which he figures them in his plates (Taf. vii.,
ix., xi.) is most misleading.

MORPHOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 155

their point of attacliment between tlie seventh and eightli somites as two separate
broader and longitudinally striated l)ands, Avliich end in contact with two small white
knobs. They shorten gradually in the quiescent caterpillar, and are thickened at the
commencement of pupal life. By their union they form the vagina. The two knobs
just mentioned are, at the outset, separated from one another by a slight space, and are
fixed to the hypodermis (Sehleimnetz). A nerve derived from the terminal ganglion of
the chain passes to each of thiMU. Whilst the formation of the vagina is taking place,
the knobs approach one another and unite; moreover they are brought by the contrac-
tion of the muscles and skin in pupation into opposition with the attached ends of the
two oviducts, a statement which seems somewhat at variance with what is said as to the
origin of the vagina. They are destined to give rise to four swellings, the rudiments of
the bursa, the receptaculum, and tlie two sebaceous glands. The latter, with a want of
consistency, are said to be derived from " the knobs themselves." Suckow, like Herold,
does not explain how there come to be two oviducal apertures, though he knew them to
be present, uor do his two plates (Taf. v., vi.) afford any clue to a solution of the
difficulty.

. My own investigations now to be detailed have been carried out entirely on Vanessa lo.
It was my intention to re-examine Fierls hrassicce, but unfortunately there was a great
scarcity of this butterfly at the beginning of the year 1889, and neither my own
exertions nor the exertion of friends could procure a sufficient supply. I hope, however,
to supplement next year the material now in my possession, and to give the results in
my next contribution. Of Vanessa lo a large supply of specimens was obtained on
July 10th and 14tli from one and the same locality on the banks of the Isis. The
history of these specimens may be shortly stated in the form of a table : —

Killed as larvte by TachincB 14

Dissected and preserved as larvse 44

Killed by accidents in pupation 5

Pupte of undetermined sex 17

Male puptv 123

Female pupai 137

340

In addition to the fourteen larvte killed by Tachhice, two pupae subsequently perished
by the same means. As to the pupa? of undetermined sex, it may be explained that if a
pupa fails to catch hold of its pad of silk and consequently falls to the ground, owing to
the strong conti-action of the muscles which sets in soon after pupation, the abdomen
becomes curved towards the ventral aspect, and the eighth and ninth sterna are drawn
beneath the seventh sternum, so that the sexual apertures are completely hidden.

There are two points of biological interest connected with the pupse to whicli I should
like to draw attention briefly.

The tirst is the large proportion of females as compared witli males, which contrasts
greatly with what was found by Bessels in other species. Even supposing that the

156 PEOF. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

seventeen pupte of undetermined sex were all male, an unlikely occurrence, and it is to
be regretted much that pressure of work prevented my examining closely the butterflies
to which they gave origin, there would be 140 males to 137 females, i. e. about equal
proportions of the two sexes *. Another more curious circumstance was noted. The
friends who kindly accompanied me and helped me to collect the specimens took their
supply from ditferent colonies of caterpillars from those from which I took my own supply.
Our several finds were kept in different boxes, and it was found subsequently that the
individuals in the several boxes Avere principally, but not entirely, of one or of the other
sex. How far the colonies in which the caterpillars of V. lo feed may be derived from
different batches of ova I do not know.

The second point relates to the coloration of the pupae. It is a well-known fact that
tbe papte of the Peacock butterfly may be very dusky in colour or green and golden.
Every pupa that I saw actually at the moment of casting the larval skin possessed a
lio-ht green hue ; the only noticeable difference between individuals lay in the colour of
the ccelomic fluid contained in the wings. The darker the tint the pupa was destined
to assume, the darker the green of that fluid. My pupiie fell naturally into three classes.

(1) A large number of caterpillars suspended themselves singly on the food-plants, the
common nettle. The part of the nettle, stalk, or leaf to which they were suspended was
for convenience removed and pinned to the underside of a box-lid which was then placed
over the box. They consequently hung in the dark. The puptie to which they gave
origin were yellow-green, their spines reddish, tipped with black. They had bright
golden specks at the bases of the abortive spines of the anterior somites and a few
pigmented streaks on the wings. Three caterpillars found by myself and my friend
Mr. Latter, suspended to the nettles in the nettle-bed whence we obtained our supplies
of specimens, pupated within a few hours of their capture and belonged to this class.

(2) Many caterpillars suspended themselves in larger or smaller groups to the nettles,
to the sides of the boxes in which they were kept, or to the muslin covering the open
tops of the boxes. The pupae to which they gave origin differed inter se. Those at the

* Bessels gives tho following table of the numerical relations of males to females as he observed them (Zeit-
schrift fiir wiss. Zoologie, xvi. p. 560) : —

Speeies. No. of males. No. oT females.

Pontia brassicae 70 19

Sphinx euphorbite 100 35

Gastropacha rubi 40 10

„ potatoria 48 13

Mamestra brassicoe 80 30

The names are as he gives them. I have a number of pup» of Pieris hrassicce (winter brood)_at the present time.
There are 2fl males to 37 ftmalcs.

Mr. Doncastcr, of the Strand, has lately permitted me to go over a number of pupse. The following notes as to the
relative proportions of males and fcmale.s were taken: — Papilio JJcuhuon, c? 21, $28; P. podaJirius, ^ 37, 2 35;
'J'hais cerisi/i, cf i;4, $ 20; Sphhix Ivjustri. J 19, 5 17; Smcr'mtluts 2-iopull, J 15, 5 20 ; >im. tilue, S 35, 5 29;
Chcerocumpa elpenor, S 49, $ 50; Dianthmia Irrcijuhtris, J 12, 2 5; Iladcna ijJatica, (^ 8, 5 3 ; i/". cliCHOpodii,
(J 17, $ 13; Nijssia zomma, tS 21, $ 22.

MOEPHOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 157

outer mai-gius of tlie groups resembled very closely the pup;e in class (1), wliereas those
in the centre were more and more dusky according as the group contained more or fewer
members. There was in fact a regular gradation in tlie auKJunt of Ijlaek pigment
present.

(3) A large number of caterpillars wiiich had just ceased to feed were placed at the
bottom of an empty wooden box ; the box was covered with muslin, and over the muslin
was placed the lid of a linendraper's box covered with purple-black paper. Tlie dark
side was turned to the caterpillars ; tlie lid overlajiped the box by six inches at least on
every side, and it was pressed down l)y a weight. The prisoners were thus in absolute
darkness. Without exception they suspended themselves to the muslin, and the j^upa;
to wliich they gave rise had extremely dark bodies and peculiar sooty-looking wings.
The golden spots at the base of the abortive spines were scai'cely visible *.

These experiments on colour-variation, Avhicli were quite by the way, seem to me to
bear out Mr. Poulton's conclusions, formulated in his paper on "The cause and extent of
a Special Colour-relation bctAvccn certain exposed Lepidopterous Pupae and the surfaces
which immediately surround them," in the ' Philosojjhieal Transactions,' vol. 178, 1888,
p. 311 et seqq.

Turning now to the development of the azygos oviduct with its accessory organs, 1
shall divide their history into the following five stages: — (1) the full-grown caterpillar;
(2) the formation of the azygos oviduct, which occurs during the quiescent period
preceding pupation ; (3) the stage during the time in which the bursa copulatrix is still
in direct union witli the oviduct; (4) the stage in which it acquires its adult indirect
union ; (5) the formation of the terminal papilla of the abdomen. This mode of division
seems to me better than taking stages of so many days old. As a matter of fact ditferent

* My frieud Mr. Mitchell was rearing caterpillars of V. urtlctv at the same time that I was rearing those of /'. lo.
He fed them in a dark brown box with a few holes punched in the lid for the sake of ventilation. The holes were
small and could have admitted but little stray light. The caterpillars turned to pupa; which were uniformly of a
very dark hue with a slightly reddish ground-tint. Among the nettles brought to mo I found two pupae of i'.
urtiice of the most brilliant golden and green hue, so golden and green, in fact, that my friend Mr. Toulton declared
them both to be ichneumoned. lie was right as to one, and wrong as to the other, which produced a perfect
butterfly.

The difference noted in the text in the tone of the green colour of the ccclomio fluid, in accordance with which the
pupae became light or dark, was very striking. Another point worth recording was the presence, at least here and
there, of a red pigment in the hypodermis (as I suppose) of the caterpillar preparing to pupate, but not visible,
however, in the newly formed ])upai, and the brilliant ruddy hue of the residue of food in the digestive tract. It
has struck me that an examination of thi' following points might yield interesting resuHs in corinection with the
variability of the colour of piipaj of I', lo: — the spectroscopic ijualit\' of the light passing througli the larval cuticle;
the origin, distribution, and fate ol the red pigiuent of the hypodermis ; the effect produced by tlie evolution of the
yellow fat-body which increases so enormously in bulk after the suspeiisioiT of the caterpillar; the spectroscopic
value, if any, of the yellow colour of the fat-body, and of the green-coloured cadomic fluid of caterpillars reared in
light and darkness. It is probable that an answer to these points, into wdiich I hope to en(juire in the course of next
summer, may lead to a comprehension of the physical basis underlying the colour-changes of pupa;. As all the
newly formed pnpie of V. Id have much the same tint, and the pigmentation is produced rapidly after the assumption
of the pupal state, it se.ms to me that much must depend on the nature of the nutritive material supplied to the
pigment-producing cells by the coelomic fluid.

158 PEOF. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

individuals do not develop quite at the same rate. My caterpillars taken on July 10,
pupated between July 13 and 17 ; the butterflies emerged between August 1 and 4,
i. e. they were 20 to 23 days in the pupal condition, or as a possible maximum 23 days,
and as a possible minimum 16 days. The second batch taken July 14 pupated between
July 18 and 22, and emerged between August 3 and 7, i. e. they were in the pupal state
17 to 21 days, or as a possible maximum 21 days, and as a possible minimum 13 days.
It may be added that in both sets of instances euaergence was quite irregular, or, in
other words, those which pupated first did not necessarily emerge first. It is stated by
implication in Buckler's ' Larvse of the British Butterflies and Moths,' edited by
Stainton, Ray Soc. 1886, i. p. 179, that the pupal state of this butterfly lasts 13 to 15
days. The great prolongation of time in some, at least, of my own specimens was due
beyond a doubt to the cold weather that set in just after they became pupae, and the fact
that emergence of the whole batch took place within the limits of one week was caused
by the sudden heat that began on July 29 and lasted through the first week of August.

(1) The full-geown Caterpillar.

Tlie larval ovaries are situated in the fifth abdominal somite, and close to the dorsal
middle line, as in caterpillars of other species. Their proximal or attached extremities
are approximated and they diverge from one another posteriorly. In colour they are
whitish, with a yellow tint over their proximal halves, a tint which deepens in intensity
during the quiescent period preceding pupation, and during the first few days of pupal
existence. They are cylindrical in shape, but when the neighbouring parts of the fat-
body are drawn away their outline becomes somewhat irregular owing to traction on the
delicate filaments which connect their edges to the adjacent lobules of fatty tissue.
Four opaque white lines, the future ovarioles, traverse the larval ovaries lengthwise and
converge to their hinder extremities, I'rom which spring the larval oviducts. The latter
are very delicate filaments, extremely hard to see. If the caterpillar is still feeding they
are generally free for their whole course or involved in the fat-body only here and there,
but the nearer the quiescent period approaches, the more involved in it do they become.
They run backwards more or loss parallel to one another in the latero-dorsal region;
they approach and pass between the tracliea3 arising from the seventh pair of stigmata,
and are tied, eacli by a delicate filament, to one of the main tracheal stems. They then
turn abruptly towards the ventral aspect of the body and are attached to the hinder edge
of a trachea. This trachea arises from the seventh stigma on each side, runs inwards
beneath the musculature of the seventh somite, and unites with its fellow in the ventral
median line. Each oviduct accompanies the transverse trachea of its own size as far as
the ventral edge of tlie ventro-lateral longitudinal muscle-bundles. It then takes a
curved course beneatli the ventral longitudinal muscle-bundles to tlie spot where it is
attached. This attachment is close to the posterior edge of the seventh somite, internal
to, i. e. nearer the middle line than the attacliments of the ventral muscles. A small
space separates the attachments of the two oviducts. These facts are illustrated
PL XVT. figs. 21', 30, 31, and are explained in the description of the figures. The

MORPHOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 150

attached extremity of a right larval oviduct is figured PL XVI. fig. 32. Tlie left oviduct
of the same specimen had an exactly similar appearance, and hoth end in a single
root. A delicate and short filament passes from the oviduct near its root to the hypo-
dermis. It seems to consist simply of nucleated connective tissue, and in tliat case
would point to the existence of a superficial coat of cells such as was found by Spicliardt
to invest the pupal vas deferens of Lipa7Hs dispar. He states that the coat was absent,
however, in the pupae of Smerintlms ocellatns and of other species examined by him,
though it appears to be always present in the adult. See Verhandl. dcs naturh.
Vereins der preuss. Eheinlande, l'-8G, pp. 7, 8, 28, 29. A small trachea also approaches
the root of the oviduct, but I do not know its destination. Bessels, in the Zeitschrift
fiir wiss. Zool. xvii. 18G7, describes (p. 561) the oviduct as terminating in tbe hypo-
dermis (Schleimnetz) by four unequal braiiches each of which " opens " separately ; and
he makes tliis mode of termination distinctive of the oviduct as contrasted with the vas
deferens, whicli " opens " by a single slightly broadened out termination. He figures
(Taf. xxxiv. fig. 30) the ventral end of the oviduct of Gastropacha ruM. The oviducts
are at this period, as at a later, solid structures (PL XIX. fig. 59) *.

The ventral muscle-bundles leave a small space in the median ventral line uncovered
thronghout the whole length of the abdomen. The chain of nerve-ganglia overlies this
space. The terminal and compound ganglion of the chain is situated about its centre in
the seventh somite and forms a very convenient landmark. In the vacant space of the
eighth somite, and in its posterior half, is a rounded body divided by a median furrow
into two oval halves, one right, the other left, rarely completely symmetrical and alike.
A second body is placed in the vacant space of the ninth somite, but in its anterior half;

* The male caterpillar may be at once identified by the following points of structure :— The testes are placed
close together dorsally in the same somite as are the ovaries, but each of them is a deep orange-coloured semilunar
body divided by three farrows into four segments one behind the other. The convex aspects of the testes are turned
towards one another. The rudiments of the four future testicular tubes are placed transversely. The vas deferens
originates from the concave aspect of the testis and from its third segment. It passes behind the eighth abdominal
spiracle, and then turns round the bundle of trachete originating from that spiracle towards the ventral line, but
above, not under, the musculature. The two vasa deferentia are attached to the anterior edge of a small disc-like
body, which in its turn is attached by filaments to the ventral surface of the rectum, and not to the hypodermis as
Herold states of Picris brassko: The invagination of hypodermis destined to form the ductus ejaeulatorius and
accessory glands takes place in the ninth somite, and in the position occupied by the paired posterior vesicles of the
female (PI. XVII. fig. 33).

The testes and ovaries are often dissimilar in colour. Bessels gives the following table (Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zool.
xvii. p. 553) : —

Species. Ovary. Testis. Fat-body.

LlpariscUspar Yellow. Flesh-red. White.

OastropacJia poiatoria ,, Yellow. m

SpMm- evphorhm „ Eeddish. Yellow.

Pontia hramca; , Violet. Wliite.

Cossus I'Kjniperda White. ^^ lute. »

Sphhuv ligustri and Phaltra hucephalu agree, I find, with Cos.s^f.s-. In Ponfia i^^Pkris) hrasskce the fresh fat-body
posteriorly to the 6th segment is greenish or olive-yellow, anteriorly to it opaque yellow or green on the dorsal
aspect, but on the ventral aspect white. The fat-body of Vantssa lo is yellow and becomes orange in the pupa.
SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. V. 25

160 PEOF. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

it is divided by a furrow into two almost pear-shaped lialves, tlie broader ends of the
pears being apposed, their stalks represented by filaments, usually double, rarely single
or incompletely double. The two bodies, the anterior in the eighth somite, the posterior
in the ninth, are completely independent one of the other; the ninth intersegmental
furrow crosses between them. The furrows which divide them into two halves, a right
and a left, indicate their bilateral character. In Pieris bmsslcce, which possesses paired
bodies of exactly similar character, tlie furrows are deeper, and in Phalera bucephala
the two halves are at first independent and separated by a space. They may be
originally independent in Vanessa and Pieris, but if so it is at a stage earlier than any I
have seen. Transverse sections of the bodies show that they are formed by wide-
moutlied and shallow invaginations of the hypodermis. The filaments attached to each
half of the posterior vesicle are also attached at their opposite extremities to the rectum.
The anterior filament consists of connective tissue, inclosing a trachea. The posterior
consists similarly of connective tissue, but it contains a well-defined band which looks
like degenerating muscular tissue. In my specimens no cross striae are visible in it, and
consequently its nature must remain for the present undetermined. Both filaments
spread in a radiating fashion over the roof of the vesicle. They atrophy away and
disappear entirely by the time the larva becomes a pupa.

The paired bodies of this stage are seen on PI. XVI. fig. 29, and on an enlarged scale
PL XVII. fig. 33. The series of sections PI. XVII. figs. 50 «, b, c, d, belong to the earliest
stage in my possession, PI. XVIII. figs. 52 a, b, c, to a later stage. They are taken from
the first pair of vesicles and show very clearly their paired character. In certain of the
sections (figs. 50c, 50 rf) a small lateral fold (x) may be noticed. Comparing them with
the corresponding sections of an older stage, PL XVIII. figs. 52 a, 52 b, it will be noted
first that the lateral folds ( X ) have increased in depth, and tliat the vesicle itself is
perched upon them, is deeper and somewhat less evidently paired. The lateral folds in
question are the first indications of the median portion of the azygos oviduct ; at present
they extend no further than the base of the vesicle. Figs. 51 a, b, PL XVII., represent
sections of the posterior pair of vesicles of the early stage, and they differ but little
from the corresponding sections (figs. 53 a, b, c, cl, PL XVIII.) taken from the later
stage.

It is genei'ally said that no cell-outlines are distinguishable in the hypodermis of
Insecta, and that it consists of a layer of protoplasm with scattered nuclei overlying a
homogeneous basement-membrane (see A. Schneider, Zool. Eeitrage, ii. pt. 1, pp. 82,
83), but if a reference is made to PL XVI. fig. 32, it will be seen that cell-outlines
are very distinctly indicated in the hypodermis of the caterpillar of F. lo. And it seems
to me in consequence that the lines crossing the sections of the vesicles at this stage do
really indicate cell-outlines. Further particulars as to this point are given in the
account of the next or second stage of the development.

MOEPHOLOGT OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 161

(2) Formation of xIzygos Oviduct.

The formation of the azygos oviduct, and the changes which accompany it, take
place during the quiescent period preceding pupation. The characteristics of this stage
may he summarized thus. They comprise : —

(1) Changes in the two pairs of hyjiodermic vesicles of the larva ;

(2) The formation of the azygos oviduct and the establishment of tlie apertures of
the bursa copulatrix as Avell as of the oviduct ; and

(3) The connection of the paired larval oviducts to the azygos oviduct.

It will be seen therefore that the second stage is one of prime importance in the
history of the organs with which this investigation deals.

The first pair of vesicles loses completely all trace of its original paired character.
There is a gradual increase in size and at the same time an elongation in the antero-
posterior direction. The two ends of the vesicle increase in length and become pointed,
especially the posterior end (PL XVII. figs. 34, 37, be, rs.). And as the time of pupation
approaches, the anterior end becomes more swollen and even slightly bilobed, though
this, I am inclined to think, may be an abnormality, whilst the posterior end increases
still more in length, and is bent down upon itself to the left side (PI. XVII. fig. 36,
he, rs.). It is readily seen from a comparison with later stages tliat the swollen anterior
end of the vesicle is the future bursa copulatrix^ and the pointed posterior end the future
receptaculum seminis.

The posterior pair of vesicles also increases in size and in length, and towards the end
of this stage gives origin to two posterior tubular processes (PI. XVIII. fig. 54>k, gl.).
The two processes increase in length and become curved ventrally upon themselves so
that they are cut twice over in sections taken from specimens about to pupate
(PI. XVIII. fig. 55 i, gl., gl.). In fact the external appearance at this stage is very similar
to what is seen in PI. XVII. figs. 38, 39, gl., gl. The dorsal median part of each vesicle is
converted partly into one of the tubular processes in question and partly into a common
or single short anterior portion, which subsequently connects the two tubes with what is
now the widely open basal portion of the vesicles from which the extreme posterior
portion of the azygos oviduct is developed, see figs, ^kg-b^^k, PI. XVIII. The basal or
oviducal portion closes ventrally, just before the larva becomes a pupa but remains in
continuity with the hypodermis. It leaves, wheu it closes, a small aperture, the future
oviducal aperture, at its anterior end (PL XVIII. figs. 55/", 55^).

The azygos oviduct is formed in three portions : first, the part underlying the anterior
pair of vesicles, which is partly developed in the preceding stage ; secondly, the part
which connects the anterior vesicle to the larval oviducts, which is established next ;
and thirdly, the part connecting the anterior vesicle to the posterior vesicles. The two
latter parts differ in their mode of origin.

The median portion is completed early in this stage. The two folds noted in th
previous stage, one on each side of the anterior vesicles (PL XVII. fig. 50, PL XVIII.
fig. 52, X , X ), increase in vertical height, and their lower margins approach and fuse. The
closure appears to take place first in front of the future bursal aperture and then behind it.

e

25*

162 PEOr. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

The development of tlie second portion is very rapid indeed. Tlie liollow base
(PL XVII. fig. 50, PI. XVIII. fig. 52, X , X ) upon which the first vesicle is raised extends
forwards, but it does so apparently only for a certain distance. At present exact details as
to the mode of growth at the apex of this portion are not clear to me. This much is certain
that while near the base of the vesicle there is a tube with walls formed of a single
layer of cells, the tube as it nears the larval oviducts becomes solid, and is more or less
confounded with the hypodermis. My own impression is that there is an ingrowth from
thehypodermis of cells which subsequently arrange themselves in the form of a tube ; in
other words the invagination of cells is at first solid. This impression is borne out by
tiie section shown in fig. 56, PI. XIX., which comes from a quiescent caterpillar. The
cells of the hypodermis are at this time considerably elongated, at least in the posterior
portion of the body of the animal. Moreover, they lie sloping forwards ol)liquely in the
region of the oviduct and are consequently always cut at an angle in a transverse section.

The posterior portion of the azygos oviduct develops as a widely open furrow
extending backwards from the anterior vesicle to the posterior vesicles, with the basal
portion of the cavity of which it is continuous ; in fact it is seemingly formed by a
continuation of the two folds wliich elevate the anterior vesicle (PI. XVII. fig. 50,
PL XVIII. fig. 52, X, x). By the time the caterpillar is ready to pupate, the furrow is
converted into a tube by the fusion of its edges.

The tubular azygos oviduct thus constituted opens to the exterior in two places, by a
small aperture beneath the anterior vesicle, which coincides usually more nearly to the
base of the recej)taculum seminis than to tlie base of the bursa copulatrix, and by a
second aperture just in front of the anterior end of the sebaceous region of the posterior
vesicles. A well-marked external or superficial furrow corresponds to nearly the whole
extent of the azygos oviduct, even after its complete establishment. The chitinoid
cuticle dips into this furrow, which is thus the cause of the longitudinal line crossing
the sternal regions of the eighth and ninth somites of the chrysalis.

The facts stated above are illustrated in the series of figures given in PL XVIII.
figs. 54-, 55.

The larval oviducts are taken up by the anterior extremity of the first section of the
azygos oviduct. Their ventral ends are at the close of this period perfectly separate
from the hypodermis at the spot where the hypodermic ingrowth of cells to form the
azygos oviduct becomes connected to them. It seems to me that they grow slightly at
their ventral extremities towards one another ; for the distance between the two ventral
ends in the active caterpillar is certainly diminished in the quiescent caterpillar about to
pupate. They are still solid in cross section at this time, and possess a single layer of
superficial nuclei (PL XIX. fig. 59). A surface view of the ventral ends of the two ducts
(PL XIX. fig. 58), taken from a caterpillar which had just entered on the quiescent
stage, lends support to the idea that the oviducts grow ventrally.

If a section of the hypodermis at this stage, made more or less parallel to the
surface, is carefully stained, it wiU be seen that it consists of distinctly darker arese
surrounded by lighter lines. The darker areoe, I believe, represent the bodies of the
hypodermic cells connected by a small amount of intercellular substance (PL XVII.

MORPHOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 163

fig. 47). In cross sections the hypodermis is marked by vertical lines indicating
elongate cells ; the nuclei are small and stain very darkly (PL XVII. figs. 18, 49). A
detailed figure of a section through the walls of the azygos oviduct beneath the anterior
vesicle is given (PI. XIX. fig. 64), from which it will be seen that the walls of the
oviduct, like the walls of the vesicle, have the same histological appearance as the cells
of the hypodermis from the body-wall. In this figure there is also shown a coating or
envelojie of tissue (m) exterior to the layer of hypodermic cells. Similar tissue is found
investing more or less the bursa copulatrix, receptaculum seminis, median and posterior
portions of the azygos oviduct. It has, under a low power of the microscope, a finely
granular look, quite different from that of the fat-body. Under a high power it appears
to consist of minute irregularly shaj^ed cells. It is present in later stages, and is found
to assume, when a specimen is stained with borax carmine, a pink colour, quite distinct
from the more yellow colour of the fat-body. It seems to me, in fact, composed of
raesoblast cells derived from the coelomic fluid (?), which give origin finally to the
muscular and connective tissue coats of the genital apparatus, the invaginated hypo-
dermis forming only the epithelium.

(3) Growth and Changes with the Bursa Copulatrix in direct
UNION with the Azygos Oviduct.

The period covered by this stage lasted in my specimens for about four days. The
changes in shape and size which take place in the parts already formed will be readily
understood from a study of PI. XVII. figs. 38-45 and the following brief description.

The bursa copulatrix is at first a pyriform vesicle, with no stalk at all worth men-
tioning. It lies in the middle line and is placed very nearly vertically, a position which
is exchanged for one slightly tilted backwards, then for one turning forwards and
inclined more or less to the animal's right side, and last of all for one pointing straight
forwards on the left side of the animal. The stalk or duct of the vesicle grows con-
siderably in length, and becomes well marked off from the vesicle itself. The latter
commences to grow somewhat later, and the sharp distinction between it and its stalk
at the place where the two parts unite, may, as in the specimen figured PL XVII. fig. 44,
be lost to a certain degree. This, however, is not invariably the case.

The receptaculum seminis is at the beginning of this period short and sharply bent
down upon itself to the left ; but it increases very rapidly in length, and the portion
bent down becomes straightened. The whole structure is, in the early part of this stage,
strongly inclined backwards, and to the animal's left side, but becomes by degrees more and
more vertical. Its base or point of origin is at first placed a little to the left, and slightly
behind the base of the stalk of the bursa copulatrix. The two gradually separate, and
towards the end of this stage, the point of origin of the receptaculum is very decidedly
behind the origin of the stalk of the bursa and on the median dorsal aspect of the azygos
oviduct.

The changes undergone by the region of the posterior vesicles which gives origin to
the paired sebaceous glands of the imago are considerable. At the beginning of the

164 PEOF. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

stage tlie oviducal aperture is placed well iu front of the anterior tubular end of the

sebaceous portion {cf. p. 185 on fig. 65), which is separated throughout its whole extent

on the ventral aspect from the hypodermis, the space between the two being occupied

by intrusive fatty tissue. The two tubular portions, the future glands, lie parallel to

one another, are sharply arched and curved upon themselves, and the portion common

to them at their point of origin is flattened dorso-ventrally, of fair lateral extent, but of

no great length (PL XIX. figs. 65, 66). As development proceeds the tubes show a

o-eneral increase in size, become a little tortuous, but continue to be curved upon

themselves. The common basal portion is a little shorter, slightly dilated on each side ;

the oviducal aperture is more directly beneath it, and consequently the tubular antei'ior

portion of the gland apparatus is nearly vertical and somewhat confused with the azygos

oviduct, as is seen from the sections PI. XIX. figs. 67, 68. All the changes just

detailed are more and more accentuated by degrees. The gland-tubes diverge from one

another laterally and are directed backwards, but as they lengthen, curve forwards at

their apices. The common basal portion is distinctly separated into a right and left

dilatation, connected as sections show {cf. figs. 67, 68) to the azygos oviduct by a

short and distinct tu.bular duct hidden in the vertical view beneath the common basal

portion. The oviducal aperture is now placed immediately below or slightly behind the

common basal portion of the gland tubes. Finally, as may be seen from PI. XVII.

fig. 44, the duct {d.v.gl.) connecting the two dilatations or vesicles of the sebaceous

glands to the azygos oviduct lengthens out, and the azygos oviduct itself extends

backwards {p.od'.), carrying its aperture, i.e. the oviducal or posterior aperture, with it.

As to the azygos oviduct. At first, that is to say at the time corresponding to fig. 38,

PL XVII., no change of any noticeable degree is obvious from what obtained at the

close of the preceding stage. Its anterior or bursal aperture lies just below the bases of

the bursal and receptacular outgrowths (PL XVIII. fig. 55 d), its posterior or oviducal

aperture is just at the anterior end of the sebaceous apparatus (PL XVIII. fig. 55/).

Both apertures are very minute and very close together. At the time corresponding to

fio-. 40, PL XVII. , its anterior extremity is still solid, but the portion in front of the

bursal aperture is rounder in cross section than it was, and separated by a greater

distance from the hypodermis, fatty tissue intervening. The portion of the azygos

oviduct behind the bursal aperture and in front of the oviducal aperture is now clearly

separated from the hypodermis by a space filled with intrusive fatty tissue (PL XVII.

fi". 41). The oviducal aperture itself is nearly directly below the base of the sebaceous

vesicles. At the close of this stage the bursal aperture is connected by a tubular duct

(PL XVII. fig. 45) to the azygos oviduct, and the oviducal aperture is still farther

back, situated well behind the base of the sebaceous vesicles (PL XVII. fig. 44,

p.od'.).

The paired oviducts increase in size, and at the period to which fig. 40, PL XVII.
belongs have acquired a distinct lumen (PL XIX. fig. 60). The lumen is a fine
channel which appears to extend ventrally, or in other words it develops in a direction
proceeding from the ovary towards tHe azygos oviduct. It never communicates Avith
the latter until the parts have assumed the size and proportion shown in figs. 61, 62,

MORPHOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 165

PL XIX., which in the case of my specimens indicates a lapse of about three days or
rather more from the close of the previous stage. The communication is figured
PI. XIX. tig. 62. I am inclined to think that it is not established sometimes till a yet
later period.

There is nothing much to be noted in the histology of the organs during this stage.
Their walls are composed of a single layer of cells. The chitinoid cuticle lining the
azygos oviduct and its apertures to the exterior is very much more distinct than it was ;
and a delicate cuticle may be traced in the stem of the receptaculum seminis and the
vesicles of the sebaceous glands. The minute cells mentioned before (p. 163) as coating
the azygos oviduct, especially the portion between the two external ajjertures, may be
traced in a thin coat over the paired oviducts, anterior section of the azygos oviduct,
duct of the Inirsa, stem of the receptaculum seminis, duct and vesicles of the sebaceous
glands. There does not seem to be any change in the histological appearance of these
cells.

(i) The indirect Union of the Bursa Copulatrix with the Azygos Oviduct,
AND THE Development of the Odoriferous Glands.

The bursa copulatrix has up to this time been in direct union wdth the azygos oviduct.
At the close of the preceding stage it assumes, as tigs. 44, 45, PL XVII. show, a
position decidedly to the left of the middle line of the azygos oviduct, a change of
position which is shared by the tube connecting the azygos oviduct to the anterior or
bursal aperture. The connection Ijctween the bursal duct and the oviduct is converted
in this stage into a short tube which opens into the azygos oviduct on its dorsal aspect,
and into the bursal duct itself laterally. This tube is the future seminal canal. It is
shown in fig. 46, PL XVII., and in section in fig. 69, PL XIX. As may be seen from
the latter figure, the course taken by it is not horizontal, but obliquely upwards from
the oviduct to the bursal duct. Of the two ends of the tube the oviducal is larger than
the bursal. In later stages it assumes an S-shaped curvature, and its oviducal end is
frequently markedly dilated. It may be noted that the bursal duct proper is now in the
same straight line or in direct continuity with the duct which previously led from the
azygos oviduct to the anterior or bursal aperture. The duct last mentioned is derived,
in the first instance, not from the anterior paired vesicle of the caterpillar, like the
dorsal portion of the bursal duct of the imago, but from the azygos oviduct itself.

xlnother important feature at this period is the appearance of the two odoriferous
glands. The posterior or oviducal aperture of the azygos oviduct continues to shift
backwards ; it is behind the vesicles of the sebaceous glands and near the anus.
Eighteen to twenty sections intervene between it and the bursal or anterior aperture, as
compared to four, five, or eight sections, at the assumption of the pupal condition. It is
separat from the anus by only six to eight sections. In other words the distance it has
gained in one direction it has lost approximately in the other. The odoriferous glands
develop as two tubular ingrowths of the hypodermis, one on the right, the other on the
left, of the middle line, perfectly distinct one from the other ; that is to say, each of

166 PEOF. W. H. JACKSON OX THE

them has its own separate aperture to the exterior. The ingrowtlis are ia front of or
anterior to the oviducal aperture, between it and the bursal aperture. They arc near
the oviducal aperture and uiulerlie the anterior margin of the vesicles of the sebaceous
glands. One of them is shown in fig. 74, od.gl., PI. XIX.

Two points of minor interest may be noted. The stem of the receptaculum seminis
constantly bears near its entrance into the azygos oviduct a minute pyriform vesicle
(PI. XIX. fig. 70). This vesicle is evident to the naked eye in dissections belonging
to later stages. It is not present in the imago, and it represents transitorily the
pyriform capsula seminis of Pieris and many other Lepidoptera, which is replaced,
functionally at least, by irregu.lar dilatations of the receptaculum in Vanessa.

The second point is the almost complete disappearance of the furrow in the ventral
hypodermis corresponding to the ventral furrow in the chitinoid cuticle crossing the
eighth and ninth sternal regions. The hypodermic cells themselves are of much
diminished vertical length, and veiy readily separate from the pupal cuticle. On their
outer surface is a darkly staining layer looking like a new cuticle. It is, I believe, a
coagulable fluid, for in the next stage it is increased in amount, and in some of the
sections the growing scales may be seen imbedded in it. There is also a curious median
ridge of elongate hypodermic cells (PI. XIX. fig. 71) running forwards for a short
distance from the bursal aperture, whicli is now a deep funnel-shaped cavity. The cells
of this ridge appear eventually to secrete the thickened glass-like chitin of the globular
body covering the entrance to the bursal aperture ; see p. 150, ante.

(5) The Eokmation of the Terminal Abdominal Papilla.

At the commencement of this stage, in specimens, that is to say, 21 to 36 hours older
than the last described in the previous stage, the two odoriferous glands have increased
in length, their apertures have approached one another medianly, or to put it in other
words, and perhaps more correctly, the hypodermis forms a prominent ridge to the
outer side of both apertures, so that they open into a common depression or pit. To
the right and left of this depression there is a slight infolding of the hypodermis (x), the
first indication of the formation of the terminal abdominal papilla. These facts are
shown in the section drawn PL XIX. fig. 75. The infolding becomes a little deeper
in sections following the one figured and taken from the same specimen (PI. XIX.
fig. 77, X).

In specimens about 21 hours older still, the changes thus described are much more
conspicuous. The apertures of the two odoriferous glands are more deeply placed, and
there apjiears to be a very short common vestibule, as may be gathered from the section
figured (PI. XIX. fig. 70). The condition of the parts closely approaches that which
obtains in the imago. The lateral infoldings of hypodermis to form the terminal
abdominal papilla are deepei% much more so indeed further back, as may be seen from a
section through the anus (PI. XIX. fig. 78, x)- The oviducal and anal apertures are
now so close together that the latter is cut through two sections behind the former. It
may be added here, to point the contrast, that the anal aperture at the commencement

MORPHOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTEKA. 1(57

of pupal life was distant 2 raillim. from the bursal aperture, and 1-7 millim. from the
oviducal as measured approximately. At this stai^e it is about 1"75 millim. distant from
the former, whilst, as just stated, it is now immediately behind the latter.

A dissection from a specimen slightly older than the one from which the sections
were prepared is figured PL XIX. fig. 73. It shows the rectum (r) above, the
oviducal aperture {o.ap.) in the middle, and the odoriferous glands [od.gl.) below, and
the infoldings of hypodermis (/,/) surrounding them. The distance from side to side
measured from the apex or ridge of one to the other fold is '75 millim. approximately,
and in a vertical direction from just above the rectum to the common base of the;
odoriferous glands about the same amount. The terminal papilla, which is represented
by the area inclosed by the folds, consequently occupies but a small portion of the whole
area of the tenth somite of the pupa. In this somite the vertical distance from the
base of the cremaster to the spot where the ninth sternum ends between the sustentor
ridges is 2'45 millim., and from the ridge of one sustentor to the ridge of the other at
the spot where they are widest apart, 2"1 millim. These facts speak for themselves.

The only other points to be mentioned are the following : — (1) The paired oviducts
are now very short, have increased in diameter, and their lumina are of considerable size
(PI. XIX. fig. 63). (2) The tubular duct connecting the sebaceous vesicles to the
azygos oviduct takes now, as it does in the imago, a decidedly backward course. (3)
There is a very well developed and thick coat of minute cells surrounding the median
and posterior portions of the azygos oviduct, and the coagulable fl.uid (?) mentioned
before (p. 166) is much increased in amount, and may be seen here and there imbedding
the growing scales, and drawn out into irregular bands and filaments by the separation
of the pupal cuticle from the hypodermis (PL XIX. figs. 72, 77, cu.l.).

The formation of the terminal papilla of the abdomen is the last feature requisite to
complete the developmental history dealt with in the present paper. The generative
organs have by this time almost assumed the proportions they possess in the imago.
There is a slight further growth in size, but the final histological differentiation of the
organs has scarcely commenced. It is not my purpose, however, to enter here into a
detailed investigation of changes of the latter kind.

Summary of Results.

^ 1. The External Anatomical Characters distinctive of Sex in the Chrysalis.

1. The male chrysalis is characterized by a linear depression in the nuith sternal
region.

2. The female chrysalis is characterized in one of the following ways : —

(i.) By two linear depressions, one in the eighth sternal region, the other in the

ninth,
(ii.) By a longitudinal furrow crossing the posterior third of the eighth sternal

region, and a similar complete furrow crossing the ninth.

SECOND SERIES. — ZOOLOGV, VOL. V. 26

168 PROF. W. 11. JACKSON OX THE

(iii.) By a continuous longitudinal furrow crossing the eighth and ninth sternal
regions.

(iv.) By a triangular forward extension of the sternal region of the ninth somite
invading the sternal region of the eighth, together with either (a) a linear
depression in the eighth sternal region, and another at the apex of the
triangular extension, or {b) a single depression close to or in the apex of the
triangular extension and produced by a confluence of the two depressions
before mentioned.

§ 2. Levelopment of the Azygos Oviduct and its accessor?/ Organs in Vanessa lo.

(1) The paired oviducts of the imago are developed from the larval oviducts. The
latter are, as stated by Herold, Suckow, and Bessels, attached at their ventral ends to
the hypodermis near the posterior margin of the seventh somite, close together and in
the median ventral line. They are at first solid, but acquire lumina early in pupal life.
A little later their lumina open into the lumen of the azygos oviduct.

(2) The azygos oviduct is derived from the hypodermis ; it may be divided into three
sections, a median, an anterior, and a posterior.

The median section develops as two folds, one on either side of the anterior hypo-
dermic vesicle (5 infra). The folds meet ventrally and fuse, leaving, however, an
aperture, the future bursal aperture.

The anterior section, the first completed in order of time, appears to develop, so far as
its posterior portion is concerned, by the ventral union of two folds extending forwards
from the median section ; but so far as its anterior portion is concerned as a solid
ingrowth of hypodermic cells which becomes subsequently tubular. The anterior end
of this section imites with the ventral ends of the larval oviducts while they are still
solid.

The posterior section, the last to be completed in order of time, develops as a deep
furrow formed by two lateral folds, an extension backwards apparently of the lateral
folds, which give origin to the median section. They unite with the base of the posterior
hypodermic vesicles (6 infra). The future oviducal aperture is left when the base of the
posterior vesicle closes.

(3) The anterior aperture of the azygos oviduct or bursal aperture retains a constant
position ; it opens in the sternal region of the eighth somite. At hrst it leads directly
into the azygos oviduct, but during growth the connection between the two becomes
tubular, the tube being formed from the oviduct, and forming eventually the ventral
portion of the bursal duct of the imago.

(4) The posterior or oviducal aperture is at first close behind the anterior aperture,
but during pupal life shifts backwards and comes to be placed immediately below or in
front of the anus.

(5) The bursa copulatrix and receptaculum seminis are both derived from a paired
anterior vesicle, invaginated from the hypodermis of the eighth somite in its middle
sternal region. The vesicle loses its paired character and overlies the median section

MOEPHOLOGT OF THE LEPIDOPTKRA. 1G9

of the azygos oviduct. It grows in length antero-posteriorly. Its anterior end becomes
swollen and develops into the bursa eopulatrix ; its posterior end becomes elongated
and pointed, and develops into the receptaculum seminis.

The rudiment of the bursa eopulatrix gives origin to the terminal vesicular portion of
the organ and to that portion of the bursal duct which is dorsal to the point of entrance
of the seminal canal. The bursa and its duct at first open into the dorsal aspect of the
azygos oviduct ; they then shift to its left side and are continuous with the tubular
portion of the oviduct leading to the bursal aperture, which becomes the portion of the
bursal duct ventral to the point of entrance of the seminal canal. Pinally, tiie lateral
connection between the bursal duct and the azygos oviduct becomes tubular and forms
the seminal canal.

The rudiment of the receptaculum seminis is at first bent down upon itself to tlie loft
side ; it increases rapidly in length and straightens out. It has a transitory pyriform
vesicle appended to it. Later on it is diiferentiated into the three sections reco"nizable
in the imago.

(6) The two sebaceous glands of the imago, their vesicles and cominon duct leading to
the azygos oviduct, are derived from tlie median dorsal portion of the paired posterior
vesicles invaginated from the hypodermis of the ninth sternal region, whilst the
common or basal ventral portion of the same vesicles becomes the extreme posterior end
of the azygos oviduct.

The anterior end of the dorsal portion retains an aperture into the azygos oviduct and
becomes subsequently the tubular duct and the vesicular dilatations of the glands.

The posterior end of the dorsal portion grows out into two tubes, a right and left, the
sebaceous glands proper. They are at first curved upon themselves and parallel to one
another. As they lengthen they diverge and turn forward.

(7) The odoriferous glands of Vanessa originate as separate tubular ingrowths, a right
and a left, from the hypodermis just in front of the oviducal aperture. Later on thev
acquire a common vestibule.

(8) It has been shown incidentally that the caterpillar and the pupa possess ten
abdominal somites, corroborating Packard's statement as to the cateri)illar.

(9) The terminal pai)illa of the abdomen of the imago is formed by the ingrowth of
two folds of hypodermis, a right and left, inclosing a small portion only of tlie area of
the tenth somite. Accordingly it docs not represent a ninth somite, as is generally iield ;
the whole ninth somite and the rest of the tenth somite of (Ik; pupa are not clearly
marked off from the eighth somite of the imago. Tlie eremaster disappears completely
in the course of pupal life. The apparent eighth tergum of the imago probablv
represfnits the eighth and ninth pupal terga, and the tenth, if any portion of it is
persistent. The pleural region of the ninth pupal somite and of the tenth, so far as it
exists, is represented by the soft membrane lying beliind the ridge extending dorsallv
from the eighth sternum of the imago (PI. XVI. fig. 25 x). As the; Inirsal aperture
lies near the centre of the eiglith sternum, this region may possibly include in the imago
a portion of the ninth sternal region as well. The softer int(!gument behind connecting
it to the base of the terminal papilla would in that case coincide with a portion of tlie

20*

170 PROF. W. H. JACKSON ON THE

ninth sternum, and the ventral portion of tlie tenth somite of the pupa anterior to tlie
place of origin of the terminal papilla.

(10) The eisjhth pair of abdominal spiracles is abortive in the pupa and is lost in
the imago. The other seven pairs of abdominal spiracles persist.

(11) There is a cuticular secretion, apparently fluid, formed by the hypodermis just
before the appearance of the scales.

There are a few points as to which further investigation or confirmation is necessary.
They are the following : — the nature of the band contained in the posterior filaments
attached on the one hand to the rectum, on the other to the posterior paired vesicles of
the caterpillar ; the exact mode in which the anterior section of the azygos oviduct
originates ; the way in which it becomes connected to the paired oviducts whether by its
growing uj) to them, or by their growth uniting them to it; the details of the histolo-
gical process by which the posterior oviducal aperture shifts backwards ; the character
of the secretion found in the later stages (4 and 5) between the hypodermis and the
pupal cuticle. These various points I hope to determine in the course of next summer.

General Conclusion.

The uniformity which prevails in the structure of the genitalia of the Lepidoptera at

large, so far as concerns essential features, is so great in the species that have been

examined, that it warrants the assumption that a similar uniformity will be found to

obtain in the mode in which they develop. It is true that Herold has given a very

different account of the development as observed by him in Fieris brassicce to what is

stated in the foregoing pages. He has stated that the paired and azygos oviducts in

that Butterfly are alike derived from the paired larval oviducts, and that the bursa

copulatrix, receptaculum seminis, and sebaceous glands are all outgrowths of a common

rudiment placed at the anterior margin of the ventral region of the ninth somite.

Suckow's account of the development of the organs in DeiiclroUmus pinl is identical in

all essentials. But an examination of several full-grown female caterpillars of Pleris

' brassicce has shown me that the very same rudiments are present in them as have been

described in Vanessa lo in the present paper. So, too, the full-grown female caterpillar

of Phalera bucephala and a one-day old female pupa of Sphinx ligustri have parts

exactly similar to what are shoAvn in PI. XVII. fig. 33 in Vanessa lo. There can be

little doulit that Herold's and Suckow's descriptions are erroneous, and that a fair

uniformity prevails, at least in the Macro-Lepidoptera, in the mode in which the accessory

female sexual apparatus develops.

It is a remarkable fact tliat very little has been done to elucidate the mode of origin
of the secondary genital ducts and their appended accessory organs, either in the male or
female, in difterent orders of Insecta *. Ball)iani asserted in 1872, but in general terms

* Addendum. — The statement in the text refers solely to developmental data. The presence of a ehitinoid cuticular
lining appears to constitute a safe anatomical criterion for the purpose of differentiating the portions of tlie sexual
apparatus derived from epiblast or hypodermis from those which are not so derived. See on the subject, as treated
from a comparative- an atomy point of view, Palmen's work ' Ueber paarigo Ausfiihrungsgiinge der GeschlecMs-
organe bci Insccten : ' Leipzig, 1884.

MOEPHOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 17]

only, the independent origin of the ovarioles and the efferent ducts of oviparous Aphides
(Ann. des Sc. Nat. 5, xv. no. 4, p. 43). But he regarded the vagina as a modified or
enlarged portion of tlie common oviduct {op. cit. (5), xiv. 1870, no. 9, pp. 7, 8) ; he stated,
however, at the same time, in the last-quoted memoir (pp. 8-11), that the accessory
female organs were outgrowths of the vagina itself, an origin surmised by Weismann in
his account of the post-embryonal development of the Muscidaj (Zeitschrift fiir wiss.
Zool. xiv. 1864, pp. 290, 297). Witlaczil has described in his ' Entmcivelungsgeschichte
der Aphiden ' the formation of the vagina from an ectoderinic invagination, and the
derivation of the oviducts from the ovarioles, and in the oviparous female the outgrowths
from the vagina which give rise to the accessory organs (Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zool. xl.
1884, pp. 599, 605, 606). The same facts have been observed by Anton Schneider in
several insects [Coccus, Lepisma, Acanthia, Chironomtis, Tenebrio). His results are
stated very briefly and without illustrative figures (Zool. Beitrage, i. 1885, pp. 203, 26f).
To the ectodermic invagination in botii sexes he gives the name of " Herold's duct," and
says that it was discovered by Ilerold in the male and female caterpillars of JPleris
hrasslcce. This statement is, however, erroneous ; no such discovery was made bv
Herold, as the text of his memoir or of tlic abstract of it given p. 154 of this paper
will show. The most precise investigations on the subject have been made by Josepli
Nussbaum in both sexes of two species of Pediculidte, Lipeurus hac'Uus and Goniocotes
hologaster, parasites of the Dove, and in Blatla orientalls ; but in the last named liis
observations on the female were only carried out to a certain extent, whereas they were
complete in the case of tlie male. The account in extenso of his work was published
with figures in the Polish language, to which was added a German summary in 'Kosmos,'
Lemberg, 9th yearly issue. Prom the Naples ' Zoologischer Jahresberichte ' for the year
1884, p. 148, Arthropoda, I gather that he describes also in this paper the development
of the parts in Culex. I have not been able to see it, but in the record mentioned it is
stated to be essentially the same as the preliminary paper published in the ' Zoologischer
Anzeiger,' v. 1882, pp. 037-643. As to Blatta there is a brief account of the develop-
ment, signed by Nussbaum in Miall and Denny's work on the Cockroach (Studies in
Comp. Anat. iii. 1880). The formation of the reproductive organs is treated of ou
pp. 193-195, and iigures given of the developing parts in the male.

Nussbaum's conclusions, as summed uji by himself ou p. 042 of the ' Zool. Anzeiger,' v.
are to the following effect : —

(1) The current impression that the larval ducts unite with one another and give
origin to the whole system of sexual ducts is incorrect ; they form only the vasa
deferentia or the oviducts.

(2) All other parts of the eflFerent apparatus (uterus, vagina *, receiitaculum serainis,
ductus ejaculatorius, penis, and appended glands) develop from the hypodermis.

(3) The connective tissue and the musculature of the efferent apparatus are derived
from mesoblast cells present in the body-cavity.

(4) The efferent ducts originate as paired rudiments. All azygos parts (uterus, penis,

* The term " uterus '" hero is applied to what is usually called vagina, and the term " vagina '" means, according
to iliall and Denu}-, what is usually called genital pouch, so far, at any rate, as concerns the Cockroach.

172 PEOF. W. ir. JACKSON ON THE

receptaculum scminis, azygos glands, &c.) are at first paired. The azygos efferent
apparatus of Insects must therefore be deemed as morphologically a sccoadary and more
complicated form.

(5) The male and female efferent ducts are strictly homologous.

(G) The cavities of the oviducts, viterus, vagina in the female, of the vasa deferentia,
appended organs and ductus ejaculatorius of the male arise independently and come into
connection secondarily.

My own observations on Vanessa lo, which are, however, limited to the female,
support Nussbaum's conclusions in most particulars. The larval oviducts which seem to
come from the same embryonic rudiments, as do the ovaries themselves, are converted
into the paired oviducts of the imago, whereas the rest of the efferent apparatus with its
appended organs is derived from the hypodermis. The hypodermis, however, only gives
origin to the epithelium of the organs ; their connective and muscular tissues spring
from other cells W'hich appear to be contained in the ccelomic fluid or blood. The
rudiment from which the bursa copulatrix and receptaculum seniinis are derived is
distinctly paired in Vanessa, more so in Pievis hmssicce, aud most of all in Fhalera
bucephala, where the two parts are at first entirely separate. The paired character of
the rudiment is lost, and then the bursa aud receptaculum grow out, not from opposite
sides, so that one of them might be considered as an organ belonging to the left side of
the body, the other to the right, but from opposite ends, a very remarkable feature ;
consequently neither of them belong to one or other side of the body, but both equally
to both sides, if regard be had to the primitive condition of the rudiment. Similarly the
sebaceous glands, which are paired, are derived from the dorsal portion of a paired
rudiment, the two parts of which are widely separated in JPhalera hucephala. In these
organs, however, the paired character of the rudiment is persistent, and the only fusion
that takes place is in the portion which forms the vesicles of the sebaceous glands and
the single duct that leads from them to the azvi^os oviduct.

The azygos oviduct itself, however, is not paired either primitively or at a later period,
unless the posterior extremity derived from the basal portion of the posterior vesicles
may be considered as paired in the first instance. In this respect the development of
the organ in Vanessa contrasts with the conclusion formulated by Nussbaum. At the
same time it agrees with the simple character of the vaginal rudiment in Ajjhis and
some other Insecta ; only it must be borne in mind that in the Butterfly it is, as will be
pointed out presently, a portion only of the anterior section of the azygos oviduct that is
really homologous with the vagina of other Insecta, and this portion, as it happens,
differs, iu part at least, in its mode of development from the rest of the azygos oviduct.
Moreover, and this is a second point of difference, the cavity of the azygos oviduct of
Vanessa is from the first in connection with the cavities of the rudiments of both bursa
and receptaculum and of the sebaceous glands. This is not true, however, with respect
to the paired oviducts. They are at first solid ; their cavities when formed are inde-
pendent and only come into connection at a later j)eriod with the cavity of the azygos
oviduct, facts entirely in accordance with Nussbaum's statement on the same point.

MOEPHOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 173

But the most curious feature in the developmental history of the Lej^idoptei-an azygos
oviduct is the distinct evidence it affords of the fact that it is divisible into sections
which must have been successively acquired in the phylogeny of the order. T7p to the
last stage of active existence the female caterpillar may be said to exist, so far as its
genitalia are concerned, in an embryonic condition, one which is persistent only in
female Eplienieridcs among living insects, as has been shown by Palmen, ' Ueber paarige
Ausfiirhungsgange der Geschlechtsorgane bei Insecten,' Leipzig, 1884. The ovaries
and the paired oviducts are alone present, and the latter end ventrally near the posterior
edge of the seventh abdominal somite. Were they sexually mature, this is the exact
state of things found by Palmen in the female imago of the Mayflies. The prolonged
embryonic condition of the parts as they exist in the caterpillar, clearly shows, among
other things, that the larva of the Lepidoptera is a specialized form. The next step is
the appearance of the rudiments of the accessory organs, and then of a fold on either
side of the common rudiment of the bursa and receptaculum. The two folds approach
one another ventrally ; their edges do not fuse, however, and before they do so the fii-st
section of the azygos oWduct is established and is in connection, solid connection it is
true, with the paired oviducts. The first section may therefore be considered as the
homologue of the vagina in other Insecta. The condition now established is very
similar to what is found in sexually mature Orthoptera, using that term in the signification
to wliich it is limited by F. Brauer, in his " Systematiseh-Zoologischen Studien " (Sitzb.
Akad. "Wien, xci. Abth. 1, 1885, p. 358), to include only the Orthoptera vera of other
authors, minus the ForficuUdie. In Blotta a short vagina, the uterus, so-called by
Nussbaum, connects the paired oviducts to the exterior ; it opens on the eighth sternum.
The spermatheca opens behind the vaginal aperture on the ninth sternum and the
colleterial or the sebaceous glands still further behind. The same arranijement obtains
in the Acrididce and Triualidce according to Berlese (Atti Accad. dei Lyncei (3), Memo-
rie, xi. 1881, p. 273), but in the JUaniidce, LocnstidcB, and GryllidcB the spermatheca
opens into the dorsal wall of the vagina — in other words, the latter is of greater length
(Berlese, op. cit. pp. 271-273). The middle section of the azygos oviduct of Vanessa
persists for some time as an open furrow, and the third section, the last formed, is a
furrow in direct continuity with it, extending backwards as far as the base of the
sebaceous apparatus. The conversion of the whole furrow into a tube does not take
place until pupation is at hand ; and when its closure occurs it leaves two openings, an
anterior and a posterior, a peculiarity of the Lepidoptera, and one that clearly stamps,
from the phylogenetic point of view, the middle and especially the third section of the
oviduct as later acquired structures *.

Of the two apertures in question the anterior or bursal mtist be considered as the

* Doyere stated, in the Annales des Sc. Xat. (2), \ii. 1837, pp. 203-205, that in the Cicada there is a vestibule
into which opens anteriorly the azygos oviduct, and dorsally the spermatheca ; it opens itself posteriorly into the base
of the ovipositor, and veutraUy behind the ovipositor. I have no means of verifying the fact myself, and de Lacaze-
Duthiers throws no light on it in his paper on the composition of the ovipositor in the Cicadidce (Annales des Sc.
Xat. (3), xviii. 1852, p. 339 et seqq.). No later authority seems to have written on the subject.

174 PROF. \V. H. JACKSON ON THE

partial liomologue of the vaginal orifice in other orders of Insecta. It opens in the
sternum of the eighth somite, the typical position of the vaginal aperture, as disclosed
by the researches of de Lacaze-Duthiers. It is only a partial liomologue for the
following reason. A little consideration shows that the true vaginal aperture is the
opening of the llrst into the second section of the azygos oviduct. The bursal aperture
is, strictly speaking, the ventral opening of the second section, and it leads into a tube
which has been secondarily developed by the ventral closure of a furrow. Its persistence
may be explained on the supposition that it is necessai-y for copulatory purposes, and
points rather to the conclusion that the bvirsa copulatrix and receptaculum seminis were
differentiated sti'uctures at a time when tlie second and third sections of the azygos
ovidu.ct were still a continuous open furrow. The lateral position of the bursa and its
separation from the azygos oviduct are probably late features in the phylogenetic history
of the Lepidoptera, subsequent even to the closure of the furrow.

The existence of a second or posterior aperture is probably to be attributed to the
advantage gained by a terminal position for the aperture through which the ova are
laid. The remarkable way in which this aperture shifts backwards seems to point very
distinctly to this explanation, especially as the Lepidoptera are entirely devoid of the
outgrowths which form the ovipositor in some orders, e. g. most Orthoptera.

It may therefore be said that there are three stages ti-aceable in the evolution of the
genital ducts in the Lepidoptera : an Ephemeridal stage, which ends towards the close
of larval life ; an Ortliopteran stage, indicated during the quiescent period preceding
pupation ; and a Lepidopteran stage, which begins with tlie commencement of pupal
life. As was mentioned before (p. 149) the female genital ducts of Nematois metallicus
possess but a single external aperture, and the bursa opens into the dorsal wall of the
azygos oviduct. It is possible that a better acquaintance with the anatomy of the
Micro-Lepidoptera may disclose transitional or primitive states of the organs in question,
just as Walter's researches (Jenaische Zeitschrift, xviii. 1884) have clearly shown that a
primitive biting condition of the mouth-parts exists at the present day in some Micro-
Lepidoptera, and more particularly in the genus Micropteryx.

There is one other point to which it is worth while drawing attention. What is the
significance of the cuticular secretion formed by the hypodermic cells at a certain period
of pupal life ? Is it analogous to wliat occurs in the higher Amphibia, lizards and
snakes, where certain cells break down completely and provide a liquid which facilitates
the process of casting the old cuticular epidermis ? If this be the explanation it would
naturally be a process occurring at every moult. Whether such is the case with the
moults of the caterpillar I do not know, but the surface of a newly-formed pupa is moist
with a liquid, and it is the hardening of this liquid when exposed to air that glues the
wings and legs to the surface of the body. Or is the secretion to be regarded as a
modified cuticle thrown off within the first formed pupal cuticle ? It is well known that
an Ephemcron casts a thin pellicle after it has escaped from the sub-imago state, and
there is some evidence to show that the same process occurs in the Lej)idoptera.
Professor Westwood drew my attention some time ago to a passage in Curtis's ' British
Entomology,' in the description of plate 147, where that most accurate authority records

MORPHOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTERA. 175

the fact that he saw an imago of Acherontin Atropos moult a complete and thin pellicle
after its emergence from the pupal cuticle. I have also noted a passage in Packard's
'Guide to the Study of Insects ' (9th edit., 1889). It runs thus :— " In the last stage
of Bomhiis, just before the imago leaves its cell, the body and limbs are surrounded by a
thin pellicle. This pellicle also envelops the moth just before it leaves the pupal state,
and is cast off when it moults the pupa skin. This is probably identical willi the skin
cast by the active sub-imago of Ephemera soon after it takes its flight " (p. 68).

The subject is one which I liojie to pursue further on another occasion, and will only
add here that cast pupal cuticles of Sphiitx llgustri may occasionally bo met with in
which a thin pellicle can be raised from the inner surface. An inquiry into this and
other structural changes taking place during pupal life in a series of metabolic Insects
would probably thi'ow light on the still obscure question of the origin and significance
of the quiescent pupal stage.

BIBLIOGEAPHY.

[The pages refer to the places in this memoir where the works named are quoted.]

B.iLBiANi, Ann. dcs Sc. NaturcUcs, (5), xiv. 1870, xv. 1872 [p. 171].

Berlese, Atti Accad. del Lyncei, (3), Memorie, xi. 1881 [p. 173].

Bessels, Zeitsclirift fiir wiss. Zoologie, xvii. 1867 [p. 151, p. 150 note, p. 159 and note].

Brauer, Systematisch-Zool. Studien, Sitzb. Al^ad. Wien, xci. Alith. 1, 1885 [p. 173].

Buckler, Larva? of Brit. Butterflies and IMoths, Ray Society, i. 1886 [p. 158].

Burgess, Anniversary Memoirs of tlic Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 1880 [p. 150, and note].

Cholodkowsky, Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zoologie, xlii. 1885 [p. 119, p. 119 note, p. 151 note].

Curtis, British Entomology, Description of Plate 147 [p. 174].

De Lacaze-Duthiers, x\nn. des Sc. Naturelles, (3), xix. 1853 [p. 151], and (3),xviii. 1852 [p. 173 note].

Doyere, Ann. dcs Sc. Naturelles, (2), vii. 1837 [p. 173 note].

Emerton, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, xxiii. 1888 [p. 151 note].

Graber, Die Insekten, ' Naturkriifte ' Series, xxii. 1877 [p. 151].

Graber, INIorphol. Jalirbucli, xiii. 1888 [p. 151 note].

Herold, Entwickclungsgeschiclite der Sehmetterlinge, 1815 [p. 1 17, p. 152 note, p. 154 and note].

KiKBY and Spence, Introduction to Entomology, iii. 1826 [p. 152].

Kowalewsky, Mem. Acad. Imp. St. Petcrsbourg, (7), xvi. 1871 [p. 151].

KuNCKEL, Comptes Rendus, xci. 1880 [p. 153].

Lubbock, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii. pt. 3, 1858 [p. 152].

Lyonet, Traite de la Chenille qui rouge Ic bois du Saule, 1762 [p. 152].

Miall and Denny, The Cockroach, Studies in Comp. A»iat. iii. 188() [p. 171 and note].

MiJLLER, W., Spengel's Zool. Jahrbiichcr, i. 1886 [p. 152].

NussBAUM, Zool. Anzeiger, v. 1882 [p. 171].

Packard, American Naturalist, xix. 1885 [p. 151].

Packard, Guide to the Study of Insects, 1889 [p. 175].

SECOND SEIIIES. — ZOOLOGy, VOL. Y. 27

176 PROF. W. 11. JACKSON ON THE

Palmen, Ueber paarige Ausfubrungsgiiiige der Geschlechtsorgane bei Insecten, Leipzig, 1884 [p. 170

note, p. 173].
PouLTON, Trans. Eutom. Soc. 1886 [note p. 151], 1888 [p. 153].
PouLTOxV, Pbil. Trans. 178, 1888 [p. 157].
Ratzeburg, Die Forst-Insecten, ii. Berlin, 1840 [p. 148].
Riley, American Entomologist, iii. 1880 [p. 153].
ScHNEiDEE, Zoob Beitrago, i. 1885 [p. 171], ii. pt. 1, 1887 [p. 160].
VON SiEBOLD, Arcbiv fUr Anat. u. Physiol. 1837 [p. 150].

Spichardt, Verbandl. natnrb. Vereins der preuss. Rheinlandc, 1886 [p. 159].
SucKow, Anat.-Pbysiol. Untersnchungen, Tb. 1, 1818 [p. 148 note, p. 154].
TicHOMiROFF, in Naples Zool. Jabresbericht, 1882, Hexapoda, p. 142 [p. 151].
Urech, Zool. Anzeiger, xi. 1888 [p. 151 note].
Walter, Jenaiscbe ZeitscbrlEt, xviii. 1884 [p. 174],
Weismann, Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zoologie, xiv. 1864 [p. 171].
Weniger, Entomologist, xx. 1887 [p. 147].
Westwood, Entomologist's Text-book, 1838 [p. 147].
Wilde, Systematisebe Bescbreibung der Raupeu unter Angabe ibrer Lebensweise und Entwickelungs-

zeiten, 1861 [p. 148].
WiTLACziL, Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zoologie, xl. 1884 [p. 171].

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Plate XV.

Fig. 1. Pieris brassicte, male. Ventral view of the four terminal segments (7, 8, 9, 10) of the abdomen.
(^ indicates the aperture of the ductus ejaculatorius. The tenth segment bears the sustentor
ridges, s.r. of Rilej^ The centre of the segment is marked by a line, the anal furrow, which
corresponds to the furrow between the two anal prolegs of the caterpillar, and leads to the anus
at its posterior end. cr., the cremaster; r.p., the eminences representing the anal prolegs.
The natural size is indicated in this and nine of the following figures by a line at the side.

Fig. 2. P. hrassicce, female. This figure is a corresponding view to the preceding, and the same
explanation applies to the letters. $ indicates the two female apertures.

Fig. 3. P. brassicce, female. A lateral view of the four terminal segments of the abdomen. The
perfect spiracle of the seventh segment, and the abortive spiracle of the eighth segment, are
shown. The letters as before.

Fig. 4. Vanessa lo, male. ^ indicates the aperture of the ductus ejaculatorius. A similar view to
fig. 1.

Fig. 5. V. lo, male. Enlarged view of aperture of ductus ejaculatorius. Obj. ««, oc. 2, Zeiss, draw-
tube full out.

Fig. 6. V. lo, female. ? indicates the ventral furrow crossing the eighth and nintli segments in which
are situated the two sexual apertures. The latter are minute and not visible. A similar view
to fig. 1.

Fig. 7. V. lo, female. Enlarged view of the ventral furrow of the preceding figure. Obj. aa, oc. 2,
Zeiss, draw-tube full out.

I'ig. 8. Papilio Machaon, male. A similar view to fig. 1. ^J indicates the aperture of the ductus
ejaculatorius. s = sustentors.

MOEPHOLOGT OF THE LEPIDOPTEEA. 177

Fig. 9. P. Machaon, female. A similar view. ? , indicates the female apertures. A fine line some-
times runs forwards to the posterior edge of the seventh segment from the sexual apertures
as in fig. 10. s = sustentors.
Fig. 10. Protoparce numritii, Butler, a Sphingid from Natal. "Ventral view of the last three abdominal
segments. The ninth is seen to be prolonged forwards medianly as a short triangle, at the
apex of which is one of the female apertures. It is also not completely marked off medianly
from